REGIONAL COUNCIL MINUTES February 27, 2002

The following are the minutes of the Regular Council meeting held at 7:00 p.m. in the Regional Council Chamber, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario, with the following members present: Chair K. Seiling, D. Bergman, D. Craig, T. Galloway, J. Haalboom, F. Kent, J. Martens, J. Mitchell, W. Roth, J. Smola, B. Strauss, S. Strickland, L. Woolstencroft, and C. Zehr.

Regrets: J. Brewer, J. Wideman.

DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

Councillor D. Craig declared a conflict of interest with respect to Item 2 on the Planning and Works Committee Summary in that his property borders the Forbes Creek Headwaters area identified in the Forbes Creek Sub-watershed Study as a new Environmentally Sensitive Policy Area. He refrained from voting and discussing this issue.

PRESENTATIONS a) JoAnn Woodhall, TDM Planner, Planning, Housing and Community Services re: TDM in Waterloo Region: Keys to Success

JoAnn Woodhall, Transportation Demand Management Planner, spoke on lessons learned working in Transportation Demand Management (TDM) in Waterloo Region. J. Woodhall reviewed the 12 keys to successfully implementing a TDM program. She concluded her presentation by indicating that a lot has been achieved in two years in Waterloo Region.

DELEGATIONS a) Henry Stevens, Treasurer, Board of Directors, Woodland Christian High School re: Development Charges - Woodland Christian High School.

H.. Stevens appeared before Council requesting a grant from the Region to offset the Regional Development Charge applicable to the Woodland Christian High School expansion. H. Stevens felt the policy was discriminatory in that separate and public schools are exempt under The Education Act while private institutions are not.

Staff verbally listed various local private schools that were not exempt from paying the regional development charge. A review of the by-law, including the exemptions clause, will Council - 2 - 02/02/27 be conducted in 2003. Council Members expressed concern that a precedent would be set if Woodland's request was granted and felt it was important to be consistent with the current policy.

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take no action on the request of Cambridge & District Association for Christian Education, Woodland Christian High School for a grant in the amount of $11,086.75 to offset the impact of development charges;

That the Regional Municipality of Waterloo maintain its policy of assessing Regional Development Charges on developments by private educational institutions; and

That a copy of the resolution be forwarded to the Township of Woolwich.

CARRIED b) Moratorium on Cosmetic Use of Pesticides

Chair Seiling reminded the delegations that the Region does not have any authority to enact a by-law regulating the use of pesticides. The legislative authority for enactment rests at the local municipalities.

Councillor Strickland, Chair of Community Services Committee, informed the delegation that a working group is being established with the area municipalities. This group will be reviewing the process and their work plan is expected to be presented to Community Services Committee in approximately 4 weeks. Part of this process is to determine if a by-law will be initiated at the local level or to have a regional by-law. i) Susan Koswan, Get Rid of Urban Pesticides (GROUP) ii) Daniel Sullivan, Get Rid of Urban Pesticides (GROUP)

S. Koswan, a member of Get Rid of Urban Pesticides (GROUP), appeared before Council to request a ban on the cosmetic use of pesticides. S. Koswan spoke about the effects pesticides have on our water, food, and air quality. A videotape clip showing the effects of pesticides used in Mexico was shown. In closing, S. Koswan urged Council to apply to the Province for the legislative authority to enact a by-law to ban cosmetic pesticide use.

Daniel Sullivan, age 10 and a Waterloo resident, appeared in support of a by-law to ban pesticides. D. Sullivan commented that pesticides pollute the air, ground and water. D. Sullivan urged all citizens to look after their lawns and gardens by using natural methods. iii) Penelope Polyzou, Member, 7 Generations Network

P. Polyzou, spoke in favour of a moratorium on the use of pesticides. She spoke of her experience of inhaling chemicals during a walk last summer and the resulting frustration to have action taken on her concerns. P. Polyzou expressed concern that although the lawn care industry has guidelines to follow, no one monitors and enforces compliance with these Council - 3 - 02/02/27 guidelines. iv) Jackie MacMillan, Kitchener

Jackie MacMillan, spoke of her personal experiences due to pesticide spraying. J. MacMillan explained that she is autistic and chemically sensitive since birth. Exposure to pesticides causes her normal level of functioning to drop off and she experiences side effects such as headaches. J. MacMillan was supportive of whatever action Council can take to change the toxin levels in our area. v) Judy Greenwood-Speers, Waterloo

J. Greenwood-Speers, R.N. and Green Party Member, spoke in support of a by-law to ban pesticides. J. Greenwood-Speers referred to federal government and medical reports on pesticide management. J. Greenwood-Speers urged Council to ask the Province for the delegated authority to enact a by-law to ban pesticides because this is a critical health issue. vi) Patrick O'Toole, O'Toole Lawn Care, Breslau

P. O'Toole, resident of Kitchener, spoke against a pesticide by-law saying that it is not in the best interests of the residents. P. O'Toole urged the education of people on the safe use of pesticides. He also supports the use of integrated pest management techniques which are beneficial to the environment. As a licensed applicator, P. O'Toole indicated that products used on lawns are not carcinogenic.

Mr. O'Toole was asked if his staff wear protective gear such as rubber outfits and aspirators when applying pesticides. P. O'Toole responded that the staff wear rubber boots and long pants, and that aspirators are not required. P. O'Toole stated that his company participated in a study to monitor exposure to chemicals with the University of Guelph. His staff's exposure was the lowest of all the participants in the study. vii) Chris Lemcke, Scarborough Weed Man, Scarborough

C. Lemcke, plant health care technician, spoke against a by-law to ban pesticides. C. Lemcke stated that pesticides when used properly pose no risk. C. Lemcke encouraged the use of good horticultural practices which includes using pesticides as a last alternative. He indicated that the lawn care industry is working on an IPM Accreditation Program and he encouraged companies to become involved. He acknowledged this is an emotional issue. C. Lemcke felt that by-laws do not work, citing the Hudson Quebec experience. C. Lemcke is in favour of the educated and responsible use of pesticides and supports the IPM (integrated pest management) process. viii) Tom Davies

T. Davies, a teacher and member of the Green Industry, indicated that he is not in favour of pesticide elimination but supports pesticide reduction and integrated pest management. T. Davies referred to other provinces that have enacted by-laws which experienced increased pesticide use by residents. Residents purchase these products but don't know the safe and correct application methods. He felt that a by-law is not an efficient way to reduce pesticide use. Council - 4 - 02/02/27

ix) Richard Maass

R. Maass, resident of Kitchener and owner of Peerless Turfcare, felt that a moratorium on pesticide use would not be acceptable to individuals and industries who retain lawn care operators or individuals employed in the industry. R. Maass noted that property values are impacted by the "cosmetic" appearance of citizens' homes and businesses. In Southern Ontario, 7% of the house value is attributed to the lawn plus another 7-10% from landscaping. R. Maass referred to a survey conducted last fall. 98% of the respondents believed that the lawn care industry is doing enough to reduce the use of pesticides; 65% of the respondents indicated that pesticide regulation should be handled by the provincial government; 80% of the respondents felt that the local health board lacks the expertise to correctly evaluate the pesticide issue; and 100% of all respondents indicated they would not accept reduced property values. R. Maass indicated his support for an IPM (integrated pest management) by-law. x) John Ladd, Chair, Environmental Coalition of Ontario

J. Ladd, Field Operations Manager at Turf Management Systems and Chair, Environmental Coalition of Ontario (ECHO), spoke against a pesticide by-law. J. Ladd felt that the use of pesticides is about personal choice. He indicated that by-laws don't reduce pesticide use and take their proper usage out of the hands of trained professionals. J. Ladd indicated his support for IPM (integrated pest management).

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT Regional Council hear the unregistered delegations on the pesticide use issue.

CARRIED xi) Patricia Stang, Auditorium Neighbourhood Association

P. Stang appeared in support of a pesticide ban. She indicated that the Auditorium Neighbourhood Association is working with Get Rid of Urban Pesticides (GROUP) on this issue. The Neighbourhood Association is also working with church properties in the neighbourhood to seek alternatives to pesticide use. P. Stang feels that a change in practice in her neighbourhood will inspire others to do the same. xii) Stan Rektor, Waterloo

S. Rektor spoke in favour of controlling pesticide use. S. Rektor felt that lawn chemicals pollute the air and he is concerned about air quality in the region. S. Rektor urged Council to take leadership in addressing this issue by supporting a by-law.

xiii) Mr. Robert Milligan, New Dundee

R. Milligan spoke in support of a by-law on pesticide use. R. Milligan felt that the public Council - 5 - 02/02/27 doesn't have enough knowledge about pesticides and the negative health impacts. He felt that the standards put forth by the federal and provincial government pose a risk to our health. R. Milligan is supportive of natural methods for property care.

Councillors felt that there is a coordinated process in place and it is moving along, sometimes not as quickly as some individuals would like. It was clarified that all municipalities are participating in the working group process but not all have provided input on the terms of reference. Councillors urged the working group to establish their working timetable and get information out on the consultation timetable to the public.

In response to a question if public health organizations have taken a stance on the use of herbicides and pesticides, Dr. Nolan indicated that some organizations have taken a position while others have not. Councillor Woolstencroft inquired if the Community Health Department considers pesticides to be a health issue and requested staff conduct research on this topic and report back to Council.

The question of pesticide use on regional properties was raised and Dr. Nolan responded that a report on this usage will be available at the April 2nd Community Services Committee meeting.

MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETINGS

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by S. Strickland

THAT the following Minutes be approved: a) Council - February 13, 2002 b) Planning & Works - February 19, 2002 c) Community Services - February 19, 2002 d) Administration & Finance - February 20, 2002

CARRIED

COMMUNICATIONS a) David Peters, Director, Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing re: Development Charges was received for information. b) Susan Greatrix, Assistant City Clerk, City of Waterloo, re: Special Cross Walk Treatments on Regional Roads was received for information. c) Elizabeth Witmer, MPP re: Council's correspondence pertaining to Smart Growth Councils was received for information. d) Association of Municipalities re: Successful First Meeting With Province Under The Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) was received for information. e) Ted Arnott, MPP re: Council's correspondence pertaining to Marijuana "Home-Grow" Council - 6 - 02/02/27

operations was received for information. f) Janet Billett, Committee Administrator, City of Kitchener re: City of Kitchener Council resolution pertaining to the reconstruction and widening of Victoria Street South was received for information. g) Jack Layton, President, Federation of Canadian Municipalities re: FCM's 65th Annual Conference & Municipal Expo was received for information. h) Tim Hudak, Minister, Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Recreation, re: Council's correspondence pertaining to problem gambling and the socially responsible marketing of gaming was received for information. i) Reg Alcock, MP for Winnipeg South, re: Announcing the Launch of Crossing Boundaries III was received for information. j) David L. Lindsay, President & CEO, Ontario SuperBuild Corporation re: Council's resolution pertaining to federal and provincial support for public infrastructure was received for information. k) Jane Buchan, Special Education Teacher re: An Argument Against the Cosmetic Use of Pesticides in K-W was received for information. l) Dr. Janice Lichti, D.C., Kitchener re: Pesticide and Herbicide Use in the Region was received for information. m) Brad Clark, Minister, Ministry of Transportation re: Ontario Transit Renewal Program was received for information.

MOVED by B. Strauss SECONDED by L. Woolstencroft

THAT Council go into Committee of the Whole to consider reports.

CARRIED

FINANCE REPORTS a) Tender T2001-135 Transit Uniforms

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tenders of Mark's Work Wearhouse at a price of $62,318.90, J.P. Hammill & Son Limited at a price of $21,322.73 and Gold Star Shirts Inc. at a price of $34,913.66 for Transit Uniforms as per Schedule I, including all applicable taxes, over a six (6) year contract term, with the option to renew for an additional four years.

Council - 7 - 02/02/27

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-014) b) Tender T2002-111 Landfill Dozer

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Toromont CAT for the supply of one (1) Landfill Dozer at a total cost of $805,837.56 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-015) c) Tender T2002 - 106 Cab and Chassis

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Brant County Ford for the supply of two (2) cab and chassis at a total of $262,068.90 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-016) d) Pre-Qualification of General Contractors and Mechanical, Electrical Sub-contractors for the Waterloo Region Emergency Services Training & Research Complex

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the pre-qualification of the following General Contractors and Mechanical and Electrical Sub-Contractors for the Waterloo Region Emergency Services Training & Research Complex.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-017)

e) Tender T2002-104 Miscellaneous Vehicles

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT the Regional of Waterloo accept the tenders of Schlueter Chev Olds at a price of Council - 8 - 02/02/27

$23,190.90 and Weiland Ford Sales Ltd. at a price of $252,073.10 for miscellaneous vehicles, as per Schedules I, II, and III, including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-018) f) Remuneration & Expenses of Council and Appointees for the Year Ended December 31, 2001.

The report was received for information.

(Refer F-02-019)

COMMITTEE REPORTS

Planning & Works Committee

The Summary of Recommendations of the Planning and Works Committee was presented by F. Kent, Chair of the Committee. Councillor Kent announced that the Planning and Works Committee meeting for March 5th would start at 8:30 a.m.

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve an amendment to the existing Consulting Services Agreement with Earth Tech Canada Ltd. to include additional service for final design, construction administration and site inspection for the System-wide Groundwater Disinfection Upgrade project for an upset fee increase of $140,000 plus applicable taxes to be funded from the existing capital project budget of the 2002 Twenty Year Water Capital program. [Report E-01-055.1]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into a Consulting Services Agreement with Giffels Associates Ltd. to provide engineering services for the environmental assessment, design, construction inspection and contract administration for the reconstruction/rehabilitation of Mill Creek Bridge at Soper Park, Dundas Street, City of Cambridge at an upset limit of $94,000 plus applicable taxes for the environmental assessment and design phase, with contract administration and construction inspection to be paid on a time basis. [Report E-02-012]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into a Consultant Services Agreement with McCormick Rankin Corporation for the provision of detailed design services for the rehabilitation of the Freeport Bridge at an upset limit of $139,000, with contract administration and construction inspection services to be paid for on a time basis. [Report E- 02-014]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the plans for the recommended alternative for the University Avenue Roadway Improvements, King Street to Albert Street, in the City of Waterloo, as presented in Report E-02-021 dated February 19, 2002. [Report E- Council - 9 - 02/02/27

02-021]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into an agreement with Greyhound Canada Transportation Corporation to allow for Greyhound's use of the Kitchener Transportation Center and the Cambridge Transit Terminal and the provision of certain administrative services at such facilities. The agreement shall be generally as described in Report No. E-02-027 dated February 19, 2002, and to the satisfaction of the Regional Solicitor and the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services. [Report E-02- 027]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo amend Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to reflect "No Stopping Anytime" on Regional Road #21 (Arthur Street) from First Street to South Parkwood/Earl Martin Drive, in the Township of Woolwich. [Report E- 02-025]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo:

1) Approve the continued implementation of the Leachate Control Plan for the Waterloo Landfill as outlined in E-01-018.1 including the following major components: · operation of the newly installed purge well containment system at the southeast corner of the old landfill area; · operation and expansion of source control leachate removal utilizing pumps in existing gas collection wells; · expansion of the down gradient monitoring well network; · continued refinement of the site hydrogeology; · confirmation of the hydro corridor as a contaminant attenuation zone; and · installation of a municipal watermain near the landfill site as a precautionary measure.

b) Enter into an Agreement with Conestoga-Rovers and Associates to provide engineering and hydrogeologic services necessary to support the Region in the continued implementation of the Leachate Control Plan to an upset limit of $128,900 plus applicable taxes. [Report E-01-018.1]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the appointments of Brad Erhardt, Scott Freiburger, Craig Hynd, Stephen Murphy and Bob Whitcher to the Water Efficiency Advisory (WEAC) Committee; and

That the WEAC Terms of Reference be amended to note that the appointee representing the “K-W Industrial Coalition” will now represent a “Major Regional Water User”; and further That the WEAC Terms of Reference be amended to increase the number of members from nine to ten with the additional appointee representing the "Major Regional Water User" category. [Report E-02-024]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the use of Paradigm Transportation Solutions Limited as a sub-consultant to ESG International Inc., for the Regional Cycling Master Plan update. [Report P-02-005]

Council - 10 - 02/02/27

(Refer Items 3 to 11 incl. of PW-020219/S)

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the acquisition of lands described as Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-12659, City of Kitchener, from Hydro One for the sum of $8,6000.00 plus any associated costs.

(Item brought forward from Closed Session)

CARRIED

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following actions with respect to the Class Environmental Assessment Study for Arthur Street from Listowel Road to Southfield Drive in Elmira:

a) Widen Arthur Street to add a centre two-way left turn lane and other improvements as per the Recommended Design Concept 5 as displayed at the December 6, 2001 Public Information Centre and as described in Report E-02-015 dated February 19, 2002; and

b) Place the Project File on public display for the mandatory thirty (30) days in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (Schedule “B”) Guidelines; and

c) Staff continue to work with property owners to resolve issues surrounding the re- development of adjacent properties. [Report E-02-15]

CARRIED (Opposed: D. Bergman)

(Refer Item 1 of PW-020219/S)

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo authorize staff to initiate a process to consider the designation of the Forbes Creek Headwaters area identified in the Forbes Creek Sub- watershed Study as a new Environmentally Sensitive Policy Area. [Report P-02-021]

CARRIED (Conflict: D. Craig) Council - 11 - 02/02/27

(Refer Item 2 of PW-020219/S)

Community Services

The Summary of Recommendations of the Community Services Committee was presented by S. Strickland, Chair of the Committee.

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Mitchell

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve submission of an application to Human Resources Development Canada for the provision of the Employment Options program over the 52 week period, June 24, 2002 to June 20, 2003, with a total estimated budget of $466,000, a federal contribution of $390,000 and a Regional contribution of $76,000. [Report SS-02-020]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enact a by-law as set out in Attachment "A" to Report P-02-024, dated February 19, 2002 to authorize the execution of an agreement with the Minister of Natural Resources (Ontario) as set out in Attachment "B" to Report P-02-024, dated February 19, 2002 terminating the forestry agreements listed therein in accordance with the provisions of the Forestry Act." [Report P-02-024]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo notify the Province of Ontario that it intends to renew the Right of Way Corridor Land Lease for the Kissing Bridge Trailway for a further term of 5 years. [Addendum to Report P-02-025]

CARRIED

(Refer Items 1 to 3 incl. of CS-020219/S)

Administration and Finance

The Summary of Recommendations of the Administration and Finance Committee was presented by T. Galloway, Chair of the Committee. Councillor Galloway reminded the committee members that a meeting will be held on March 6th. T. Galloway also brought forward two items from the Closed Session.

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by L. Woolstencroft

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo re-appoint Deloitte & Touche to undertake the external audit of the Regional accounts for the years 2001 to 2005 for the annual audit fee of $70,000 per year plus applicable taxes. [Report F-02-013]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the revised Accommodation Plan for the Regional Administration Building as outlined in report CR-FM-02-006 dated February 20, 2002; Council - 12 - 02/02/27

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the amendments to the 2002 Capital Plan outlined in report CR-FM-02-006 to provide funds this year to implement the short term accommodation plan with no impact on the total expenditures or financing identified in the 2002 budget. [Report CR-FM-02-006]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the operating principle, as a Human Resources policy on Workplace Violence Prevention, as outlined in Report CA-HR-02-003 dated February 20, 2002. [Report CA-HR-02-003]

CARRIED

(Refer Items 1 to 3 incl. of AF-020220/S)

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approved a Memorandum of Agreement with Canadian Auto Workers, on behalf of members of Local 4304 for the period January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2004.

THAT the Regional Solicitor take all necessary steps, including the issuance of a Statement of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, to collect all or part of monies paid by the Region for the clean up of the contamination of lands on or near 180 Columbia Street West in the City of Waterloo.

CARRIED

(Items brought forward from Closed Council Session)

REGIONAL CLERK

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo Chair and Clerk be authorized to execute documents required for a Consent and Waiver of Notice regarding an Application for First Registration under the Land Titles Act by Auburn Green Limited, Application registered as No. 1528214, Block 9, Plan 1783, part Lot 36, Plan 256 and part Lot 60, German Company Tract, City of Waterloo (Bridge Street).

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo Chair and Clerk be authorized to execute documents required for a Consent and Waiver of Notice regarding an Application for First Registration under the Land Titles Act by Centre Village Inc., Application registered as 1527550, Parts of Lots 1 and 2, Concession 2, Beasley's Lower Block and Part of Lot 15, Registrar's Compiled Plan 1378, City of Cambridge (North East corner of Can-Amera Parkway and Conestoga Boulevard).

CARRIED

(Refer CR-CLK-02-001 & CR-CLK-02-002 incl.)

Council - 13 - 02/02/27

OTHER MATTERS UNDER COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE a) By-law 96-055, as Amended, a By-law to Regulate Smoking in Public Places in the Regional Municipality of Waterloo

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by C. Zehr

THAT Council approve the By-law to Amend the Smoking By-law, as amended, for inclusion in the February 27, 2002 Council Agenda Item 21 Enactment of By-laws - First, Second and Third Readings.

CARRIED

C. Peterson Giller, Commissioner Corporate Resources and Regional Solicitor, indicated the amendment being presented is administrative in nature to remove redundant wording from the smoking by-law and to provide clearer definitions.

B. Hatton, Director Environmental Health and Lifestyles Resources, responded to questions about enforcing the smoking by-law that it would be "business as usual." It was drawn to Council's attention that a small percentage of proprietors are disregarding or openly demonstrating non-compliance to the Smoking By-law. Staff was requested to examine this as well as the private function and to develop a working alternative with a report back to the Community Services Committee.

Chair Seiling stated that Council has discussed the recent court decision on the smoking by- law and Council has agreed to file an appeal.

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo file an appeal with the Ontario Court of Justice in regard to the Provincial Offences Court decision of February 26, 2002 in the matter of the Smoking By-law prosecution of Kalenderian Investments Limited.

CARRIED b) Area Municipal Millennium SuperBuild Applications

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo give approval to and nominate the following projects for approval to the Province of Ontario SuperBuild Millennium program:

Kitchener:

• the application of the City of Kitchener for the new Kitchener Market and the allocation of $5,518,000 towards this project; Council - 14 - 02/02/27

• the application of the City of Kitchener for McLennan Park and the allocation of $540,166 towards this project; • the application of the City of Kitchener for the Huron Natural Area and the allocation of $703,316 towards this project; and

Township of Woolwich:

• the application of the Township of Woolwich for the Elmira/St. Jacobs Inflow and Infiltration Reduction and the allocation of $233,730 towards this project; • the application of the Township of Woolwich for the Union Street Extension and the allocation of $290,000 towards this project; • the application of the Township of Woolwich for the King Street/Highway 86 Interchange and the allocation of $200,000 towards this project; and

Township of North Dumfries:

• the application of the Township of North Dumfries for the New Library, Village of Ayr and the allocation of $250,000 towards this project.

CARRIED

(Refer to CC02-003)

MOVED by L. Woolstencroft SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT Committee of the Whole rise and Council resume.

CARRIED

MOVED by J. Martens SECONDED by J. Mitchell

THAT Council adopt the proceedings of the Committee of the Whole.

CARRIED OTHER BUSINESS

Councillor Zehr distributed a copy of his report of the FCM Big City Mayors' Caucus meeting that he recently attended in Ottawa.

Councillor Strauss invited the members of all area councils and members of Regional Council to attend the Elmira Syrup Festival being held April 6, 2002. Formal invitations will be mailed shortly.

Councillor Woolstencroft announced that the City of Waterloo will be holding "town hall" style meetings with the residents of Waterloo commencing March 7th regarding the recent lawsuit.

Council - 15 - 02/02/27

Councillor Galloway stated that he will be hosting the "Region-wide" program on Rogers Cable TV on March 7 & 14th . The topics featured for each segment will be two SuperBuild projects.

Chair Seiling announced that under Section 72 of the Procedural By-law, a joint meeting of the Public and Works Committee and the Community Services Committee will be held at 11:00 a.m. on March 5th. Members were also reminded of the Special Planning and Works Committee Meeting also on March 5th at 7:00 p.m.

ENACTMENT OF BY-LAWS (FIRST, SECOND & THIRD READINGS)

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by J. Smola

THAT a By-law to Set Tax Ratios for Regional Purposes and Area Municipal Purposes for the Year 2002 be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-016, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT a By-law to Set and Levy the Rates of Taxation for Regional Purposes for the Year 2002 be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-017, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT a By-law to Amend the Region's Traffic and Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to Reflect "No Stopping Anytime" on Regional Road #21 (Arthur Street) from First Street to South Parkwood/Earl Martin Drive, Township of Woolwich be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-018 signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT a By-law to Authorize the Execution of a Termination Agreement Between the Minister of Natural Resources and the Municipality Terminating the Forestry Agreement of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo under section 12 of the Forestry Act be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-019, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT Council approve a By-law to Amend By-law No. 96-055, as amended, being a By-law to Regulate Smoking in Public Places in the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-020, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT a By-law to Confirm the Actions of Council be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-021, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

CARRIED

ADJOURN

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by D. Bergman Council - 16 - 02/02/27

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

REGIONAL CHAIR, K. Seiling

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL COUNCIL MINUTES Wednesday, March 20, 2002

The following are the minutes of the Regular Council meeting held at 7:00 p.m. in the Regional Council Chambers, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario, with the following members present: Chair K. Seiling, D. Bergman, J. Brewer, D. Craig*, T. Galloway, J. Haalboom, F. Kent, J. Martens*, J. Mitchell, W. Roth, J. Smola, B. Strauss, S. Strickland, J. Wideman, L. Woolstencroft, and C. Zehr.

DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

T. Galloway declared a pecuniary interest with respect to the land lease to the University of Waterloo for the Fire Research Centre. T. Galloway is employed by the University of Waterloo.

PRESENTATIONS

PETITIONS

DELEGATIONS a) Jeff Stager, Waterloo Federation of Agriculture re: Public Relations with regard to Rural Well Water and the decommissioning of wells.

J. Stager provided statistical information on farming in Waterloo Region. He noted the number of farms in the area has remained constant, but the Federation is looking forward to the new census information. J. Stager and K. Emiry provided an update on rural well water and the decommissioning of wells on farm and non-farm property. Projects are evaluated through the Environmental Farm Plan. The Federation of Agriculture has also started a project for rural well upgrades and decommissioning projects for rural residential (non- farm) wells. K. Emiry presented a package of information explaining how the process works. J. Stager and K. Emiry thanked the Region for their past support of this project. b) Lori Strothard, Citizens Advisory Committee on Air Quality re: Idling Control Protocol for Region of Waterloo.

L. Strothard invited Council members to participate in various “Clean Air” activities including the 4th annual Clean Air Fare to be held on Earth Day and the Commuter Challenge June 4, 5 and 6. L Strothard explained that the Citizens Advisory Committee has been discussing the idling control issue. The Committee is recommending that an intensive education process take place to reduce idling. The Committee is not recommending an idling Council - 2 - 02/03/20 by-law. L. Strothard explained that a by-law is not being recommended because of enforcement concerns. The education program will focus on cost savings, and air quality. The Committee wants to launch the “Idling Reduction Education Campaign this spring. L. Strothard outlined the various air quality concerns in Waterloo Region including air inversion, health care costs and concerns, idling emissions verses regular vehicle emissions and new vehicle development reducing emissions. The Committee is asking for Regional Council support.

Council thanked Lori Strothard and the committee for the report. They also discussed the issue of education verses by-law enforcement. Councillors' concerns about idling cars at drive through establishments was noted.

K. Seiling advised that this issue will be discussed at the next Community Services Committee on April 2. c) Robert Gebotys, Concerned Parents Group re: Traffic Lights at Bridge and East Bridge Streets, Waterloo.

R. Gebotys asked Council to install the traffic lights at Bridge and East Bridge Streets in Waterloo. R. Gebotys explained the location of the existing street lights. He advised that the new Lester B. Pearson School would soon be open and children traveling to this school required an additional signal in order to be able to cross the road safely. R. Gebotys explained his interpretation of the traffic warrant study conducted by Regional Staff. He believed the warrant study did not properly evaluate the types of vehicles or pedestrian needs. He noted the existing volumes do require the installation of the traffic lights. R. Gebotys presented a comparison of the University Ave. lights and the Bridge Street situation.

Councillors questioned whether or not this matter had gone before the City of Waterloo Council. L. Woolstencroft suggested that R. Gebotys come to the City. Councillors debated the current process of area municipalities paying for the installation of lights that don’t meet the Region's warrants. Councillors noted this process was currently under review and a report from staff should be forth coming. It was noted that the current warrants are part of a national standard. Councillors debated whether or not the traffic lights at this location should be deferred until the City of Waterloo responds to the delegation. The majority of Councillors were not in favour of a deferral because the existing policy should be maintained until there is a policy change. Several Councillors provided examples of other traffic lights installed by area municipalities.

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT Council defer the decision of installing traffic lights at Bridge and East Bridge Streets until the City of Waterloo makes their decision.

MOTION LOST

Council - 3 - 02/03/20

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take no action regarding the request for the installation of traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street (Regional Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo unless the City of Waterloo agrees to fund the signals. [Report E-02-030]

CARRIED

(Refer Item 2 of PW-020305/S) d) Jack Gibbons, Chair, Ontario Clean Air Alliance re: Phase-out of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo Purchases of Coal-fired Electricity.

J. Gibbons explained to Council the opening of the electrical market to competition this spring. As a result of deregulation, customers will be allowed to purchase electricity from a variety of sources. J. Gibbons asked that the Region phase out the use of coal-fired electricity. He explained that the major industrial air polluters in the Province are 2 of the existing coal fired operations. He asked that the Region play a leadership role in phasing out the use of coal fired electricity.

Councillors recalled that the Region has previously supported the phasing out of this type of electrical generation. Councillors asked that staff review this situation including: the implications; deregulation and the new open electrical market, any resulting financial implications, purchase of our own power from the landfill site and other alternative power sources. Council asked that staff report back with a full report. e) Victoria Street South Roadway Improvements Project.

For the purpose of the minutes the following terms are defined:

Concept 3A Widen to provide two through lanes in each direction (four lanes total) with cycling facilities provided by upgrading an existing off-road trail outside of the Victoria Street road allowance;

Concept 5 From King Street to Henry Street - Reconstruct and widen Victoria Street South to four lanes (similar to 3A Modified); and From Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue - Reconstruct Victoria Street South to its existing two-lane configuration with widening for a dedicated cycling lane on each side of the road.

i) Luigi D'Agnillo, Waterloo

L. D’Agnillo appeared on behalf of the Cycling Advisory Committee. He asked that Council consider installing bike lanes on Victoria Street from Henry to King St. He noted the bicycle Council - 4 - 02/03/20 master plan called for bike lanes in this area. He questioned why the bike lanes had been eliminated in favour of the left hand turn lanes. He noted that bike lanes would be established in the section between Henry and Lawrence however this would fragment the bike lane. He stressed the need for continuity and asked that Council fulfill the requirements of the Master Plan.

ii) Peter Lehman, K-W Keys

P. Lehman supported the four-lane widening option between King St. and Lawrence. He noted traffic in the area was already at capacity. He believed the 4 lane width would be required in the future because of growth projections. He did not support the 2 lane option between Henry and Lawrence. He felt this option would cause confusion and lacked efficiency. He noted Victoria Street has had traffic problems for several years and there had always been an expectation that it would be widened to 4 lanes.

iii) David Moser, Kitchener

D. Moser read a letter from R. White. R. White was opposed to the widening of Victoria St. She asked that Council vote in favour of concept 5.

D. Moser was opposed to widening Victoria St. He was concerned about noise and air pollution, snow storage and the devaluation of properties. He suggested that the Region should buy out the property owners if they wished to widen all of Victoria St. He asked that Council vote in favour of concept 5.

iv) Doreen Maskell-Moser, Kitchener

D. Maskell-Moser supported concept 5. She was concerned that a full widening of the street would lead ultimately to increased traffic volume, noise, and air pollution. Safety would be decreased.

v) David Weaver, Kitchener

D. Weaver was opposed to widening Victoria St. to 4 lanes. He asked that the Victoria Street residential area be treated the same as any other residential area. He did not believe emergency response time was a concern. He had not seen emergency vehicles blocked at any time.

vi) Leonor Weaver, Kitchener

L. Weaver supported concept 5. She noted that the residential area was strong and healthy. She asked that the Region protect the residential area. She noted that the Region had decided not to widen Westmount at Glasgow and asked that this residential neighbourhood get the same consideration. She believed the residential neighbourhood was more important than commuter traffic.

Council - 5 - 02/03/20

vii) Mary Anne Wasilka, Kitchener

M. Wasilka questioned if the expansion to 4 lanes was responsible growth. She advised Council there needs to be a better balance between growth and existing neighbourhoods. She asked Council to think beyond the pavement and think about the community. M Wasilka provided research on the decay of inner city neighbourhoods and their relationship to urban sprawl and the installation of road infrastructure. She asked the Region to be responsible to all the stakeholders and actively support transportation demand management including public transit.

viii) Rita Kloepfer, Kitchener

R. Kloepfer is a crossing guard in the Victoria Street neighbourhood. She was concerned about the safety of the children crossing the road. She believed the 4 lane option would cause even greater safety concerns. She noted traffic volumes on the street could be low at times.

ix) Elizabeth Jaeger, Kitchener

E. Jaeger was very concerned about the monetary loss of her property. She had purchased the property as an investment property 30 years ago. She was also concerned about the safety of the elderly and children, snow removal, increase in traffic volumes and bus stops. She believes the Region should buy out all the properties if they wanted to widen the road to 4 lanes. She did not believe the Victoria Street residents should be treated any different from other residential areas.

x) Tracy Wood, Kitchener

T. Wood did not support the 4 lane widening. She introduced her children Alexander and Amanda. Alexander was concerned about how his parents would get their car out of the driveway. He also was concerned about his safety and how he would get to Victoria Park.. Amanda was concerned about the environment. She did not believe 4 lanes would improve the air quality or protect the ozone layer.

xi) Don Lisk, Kitchener

D. Lisk presented a letter on behalf of Mr. & Mrs. Elzingo. They were opposed to the widening for the following reasons: loss of property values, loss of trees, access to driveway, increase in crime, safety for pedestrians, air pollution and noise. A 4 lane option would place their property very close to the street.

D. Lisk was also opposed to option 3a - the full 4 lane widening option. He did ask that Council consider giving better bicycle access to the various bicycle trails. He noted that access for bikes along Highland Road was very difficult. D. Lisk noted that Victoria Street is not a through road across all of Kitchener. On the west side, the road terminates at the Hydro sub-station. He asked that the 2 lanes of traffic through the residential neigbourhood be preserved.

Council - 6 - 02/03/20

xii) Peter Hartmann, Kitchener

P. Hartmann was against widening to a full 4 lanes because of noise, air pollution, lack of snow storage and loss of property values. He questioned why Regional Council would protect one residential neighbourhood and not another. He asked that Regional Council buy the properties if they decided to widen the whole road.

xiii) Brian Westwood, Kitchener

B. Westwood preferred option 5a. He suggested that the Region synchronize the lights along Victoria St. He believed the widening option would decrease property values.

xiv) Audrey and Bruce Winkler, Kitchener

A. Winkler was opposed to any widening of Victoria St. She noted the merge from a 2 lane road to a 4 lane road would occur in front of her property. She believed this merge endangered her life. She suggested that the water and sewer pipes be replaced but no changes be made to the road. She did not believe Council should change the community so drastically in order to save the commuter 3-5 minutes.

Bruce Winkler noted that he and Audrey do not live at 192 Victoria St. A Winkler’s father lives in the house. He advised they maintain the house. It is already difficult to get in and out of the driveway. He noted that any widening would not benefit them. He believed traffic was traveling through the core and not necessarily downtown. He asked Council to find another plan.

xv) Kenda Seebach, Kitchener

K. Seebach supported option 5. She believed that option 3a would destroy the air quality and quality of life she currently enjoys.

xvi) David Steffler, Kitchener

D. Steffler was concerned about the negative impacts the widening would have on the neighbourhood. He noted the transportation sector was the largest contributor to the air quality. He asked that Council consider the social community. He noted as traffic increases the social activity in neighbourhoods decreases. He was also concerned about the environmental impacts. He believed there was room for improvement. He suggested that Council should spend more time reviewing a variety of transportation options including cycling, transit, car pools and car pool areas. He also asked that Council take a recorded vote.

xvii) Thomas Seebohm

T. Seebohm was opposed to option 3a. T. Seebohm did not want Victoria Street to become another Weber Street East. He believed the widening of Weber Street had had a negative impact on the neighbourhood and presented a terrible entrance to Kitchener. T. Seebohm suggested that Council purchase all the homes in the Victoria Street area if they chose to widen the road to 4 lanes. T. Seebohm asked Council to minimize the impacts on neighbourhoods in developing a mixed use model for the downtown Kitchener. Council - 7 - 02/03/20

xviii) Amanda Bradbury, Kitchener

A. Bradbury was opposed to option 3a. She noted there was only a congestion problem at rush hour. She advised that her husband can make it from Breslau to home in 30 minutes. She believed this was reasonable. She suggested Council review the timing of the advance green lights along this section of Victoria. She also believed Council should purchase the properties if they wanted to widen the street between Henry and Lawrence.

xix) John McBride, City of Kitchener Transportation Planning

J. McBride explained that the City supported option 3a. He noted that Victoria Street is an arterial road and should carry the through traffic. Victoria Street provides direct access to the downtown core. J. McBride informed Council of the various development opportunities available in the King/Victoria Street area. . He believed that other roads in the area would be impacted as motorists attempted to find short cuts to their destinations. He did not believe the City should have to deal with Regional traffic issues on local streets. The City does support Transportation Demand Management(TDM) however part of that function is to ensure that the existing transportation network functions. J. McBride did not believe TDM would totally offset the need for widening the road.

xx) Bert Kuntz, City of Kitchener Fire Chief

B. Kuntz supported option 3a. He explained the existing emergency vehicle routes and their response times. B. Kuntz advised there had been problems in accessing areas at rush hour. The vehicles can not pull over sufficiently without going over the curb. He believed option 3a provided the best solution for emergency vehicles.

xxi) Lin Haag, Kitchener

L. Haag was opposed to option 3a. She noted the residents in this area live in this location 7 days a week. This is a very personal situation for them. She noted some people have lived in the area for 50 years. She asked that Council give consideration to their issues in the same manner they have considered other neighbourhoods. She noted that she and her neighbours will pay for Council’s decision. She was in favour of bike lanes along Victoria Street. L Haag also presented statements from the property owners at 343 Victoria Street and 454 Victoria St. These owners were opposed to option 3a.

xxii) William Kennaley, Kitchener

W. Kennaley advised Council that he had participated in a 1998 focus group. The purpose of the group was to provide a wide community perspective and a possible traffic solution for the whole western end of Kitchener. The group had originally recommended that Victoria be widened to 4 lanes. The purpose of the widening was to alleviate the traffic management problems that had developed over the past number of years. He did not believe it made sense to leave the road in this condition, although he agreed that the neighbourhood would be affected. He suggested that if the road can not be widened to 4 lanes that the Region not do any work at this time. He suggested that the Region needed to look at the problem more broadly and resolve Regional concerns. Council - 8 - 02/03/20

Correspondence opposed to the road widening was also received from D. Dedersen , Victoria St. and S. Dugal, Victoria Street, Kitchener.

Council members entered into a lengthy debate on the issue.

J. Wideman, Chair fo the project Steering Committee, advised that he would be supporting the recommendation from the Planning and Works Committee. He asked that staff also consider the following 5 ideas for additional improvements along Victoria Street: increasing the amount of green time along this arterial road as well as other arterial roads, better synchronization of the traffic signals, develop an aggressive traffic diversion program encouraging commuters to use alternative routes, i.e. Fischer Hallman to expressway, the Region in conjunction with the City of Kitchener should undertake a downtown transportation study that not only considers road needs but desired transportation shifts i.e. TDM 7% reduction in automobile use, and begin the study to complete the expressway around Kitchener-Waterloo.

Several Councillors spoke in favour of retaining the section of road from Henry and Lawrence as 2 lanes. They believed the existing neighbourhood and the community should be retained. They questioned whether a significant improvement in traffic flow would occur. They supported the compromise as it balanced the needs of the neighbourhood.

MOVED by L. Woolstencroft SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the meeting continue until 12:00 midnight.

CARRIED

J. Mitchell, L. Woolstencroft and J. Haalboom asked for further consideration of bike lanes along the 4 lane section. They asked that staff review whether or not the sidewalks could be made narrower in order to accommodate the bike lanes.

C. Zehr and T. Galloway did not support the recommendation. C. Zehr noted that the City of Kitchener had supported option 3a. They believed that Victoria Street was an arterial road and should be developed as such. The redevelopment of the road will help to move traffic into the downtown core. They suggested that the broader community needed to be considered. They also did not believe any additional capacity was being achieved, so they questioned why the project should be undertaken. C. Zehr spoke about the opportunities available within the core itself. C. Zehr suggested the matter should be deferred if Council agreed there should be further discussion on the issue suggested by J. Wideman. He also questioned whether or not items c and d were now premature since a full widening is not being contemplated.

A recorded vote was requested.

Council - 9 - 02/03/20

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by J. Smola

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following actions with respect to the Class Environmental Assessment Study for Victoria Street South from King Street to Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener:

a) Reconstruct and widen Victoria Street South to provide two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue and other improvements as per Concept 5 Modified described in this Report E-02-011 dated March 5, 2002;

b) Place the Environmental Study Report for this project on public display for the mandatory thirty days in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (Schedule “C”) Guidelines;

c) Amend the Regional Official Policies Plan to remove the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Plan; and

d) Dispose of any properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton diversion that are in excess of the Region’s needs. [Report E-01-011]

CARRIED (except c and d - referred back to Committee - see ** below)

Yeas: D. Bergman, J. Brewer, D. Craig, J. Haalboom, F. Kent, J. Martens, J. Mitchell, W. Roth, K. Seiling, J. Smola, B. Strauss, S. Strickland, J. Wideman, and L. Woolstencroft.

Nays: T. Galloway, C. Zehr.

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by T. Galloway

THAT the Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue design for one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes be deferred until at least the end of 2002 in order to review further options.

MOTION LOST

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by T. Galloway

**THAT item c) and d) be deferred back to Planning and Works Committee for further discussion.

CARRIED

(Refer Item 12 of PW-020305/S) Council - 10 - 02/03/20

* D. Craig and J. Martens left the meeting at approximately 11:50 p.m.

MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETINGS

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the following Minutes be approved: a) Council - February 27, 2002 b) Planning & Works - March 5, 2002 c) Special Joint Committee of the Planning & Works and Community Services Committees - March 5, 2002 d) Community Services - March 5, 2002 e) Planning & Works Special Committee Meeting - March 5, 2002 f) Administration & Finance - March 6, 2002

CARRIED

COMMUNICATIONS a) Elizabeth Witmer, MPP re: Council resolutions pertaining to "Home Grow" Operations was received for information. b) Brenda Law, Clerk-Treasurer, Township of Puslinch re: Regional Road 13 - Townline Road, Pinebush Road to Avenue Road, Proposed Improvements was received for information. c) Elizabeth Witmer, MPP re: Council's correspondence pertaining to the decommissioning of private water supply wells was received for information. d) Association of Municipalities of Ontario re:

i) AMO Attends Finance Minister's Budget Round Table Discussion was received for information. ii) Tory Leadership Candidates Asked To Set Out Their Policy Plan For Municipal Governments was received for information. iii) Province Appoints Social Housing Services Corporation Board of Directors was received for information. e) Wayne Wettlaufer, MPP re: Correspondence to Honourable Brad Clark regarding Council's correspondence pertaining to Red Light Camera Pilot Project was received for information. f) Lynn MacDonald, Assistant Deputy Minister, Social Housing Business Division re: Appointed Board of Directors for the Social Housing Services Corporation was received for information.

7) Lori Strothard and Chris Ford re: Alternative fuels for buses was received for Council - 11 - 02/03/20

information.

8) George Bechtel re: Natural Gas Busses vs. Diesel was received for information.

MOVED by B. Strauss SECONDED by S. Strickland

THAT Council go into Committee of the Whole to consider reports.

CARRIED

FINANCE REPORTS a) T2002-102 Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2)

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of J-AAR Excavating Limited for the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) at a price of $1,616,475.12 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-022) b) T2002-009 Construction and Replacement of Metering Facilities: Zone 5/4, Zone 4/2 and Turnbull Pumping Station

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Detra Builders Inc., for Construction and Replacement of Metering Facilities: Zone 5/4, Zone 4/2 and Turnbull Pumping Station at a price of $218,933.00 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-023) c) Quotation Q2002-1108 Backyard Composters

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the quotation of Norseman Plastics Limited for the supply of Backyard Composters at a total cost of $67,275.00 including all applicable taxes.

Council - 12 - 02/03/20

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-024) d) T2002-103 Shingled Roof Replacement, Downpipe/Soffit Replacement, Lorraine Avenue, City of Kitchener

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the Tender of PM Contracting Limited for Shingled Roof Replacement, Downpipe/Soffit Replacement, Lorraine Avenue, City of Kitchener at a total price of $72,566.33 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-025) e) T2002-001 Mannheim Water Treatment Plant - Storage Building For Portable Power Generators

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Nadeco Limited for Mannheim Water Treatment Plant - Storage Building for Portable Power Generators, at a price of $282,354.61 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-026) f) Tender T2002-105 Cab and Chassis

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Weiland Ford Sales for the supply of three (3) Cab and Chassis at a total cost of $118,172.85 including all applicable taxes.

CARRIED

(Refer F-02-027)

COMMITTEE REPORTS

Planning & Works Committee Council - 13 - 02/03/20

The Summary of Recommendations of the Planning and Works Committee was presented by F. Kent, Chair of the Committee. F. Kent also brought forward 3 recommendations from the closed Council session.

T. Galloway asked that Item 1 on the summary - Kitchener Landfill (McLennan Park) be dealt with separately.

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take the following action with respect to park development at the former Kitchener Landfill: a) approve in principle, the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill by the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group; b) approve the development of a three way lease Agreement for all lands at the Site with the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group consistent with terms and conditions as described in E-02-022.1 and subject to approval by Regional Council of the final lease Agreement; c) authorize the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services on behalf of the Region of Waterloo to sign applications and other required documentation for zone change and any other Municipal and Planning Act approvals required in order to develop the subject lands for all-season recreational use as outlined in Staff Report E- 02-022.1, provided that all costs of such applications shall be at the expense of the proposed lessee(s). [Report E-02-022.1]

T. Galloway asked that the recommendation be deferred because approval of the development was premature at this time. He noted that the City of Kitchener has not formally dealt with this proposal and a zone change is required. He also asked that the lease agreements be presented to Council and that a business plan be developed. T. Galloway noted he was very concerned about public access to the lands and believed that all people in the neighbourhood should be able to continue to use this property for winter tobogganing without charge.

Councillors questioned whether approval in principle could be given. Some councillors noted approvals had been given to this project for SuperBuild funding. Councillors debated the pros and cons of proceeding at this time.

Council - 14 - 02/03/20

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT approval of the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill (McLennan Park) BE DEFERRED for the following information: · a business plan outlining the viability of the business; · the final lease with the company including operational and rent considerations; · Kitchener’s position and plan for taking over the whole property.

CARRIED

(Refer Item 1 of PW-020305/S)

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into Engineering Agreements for services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) in the City of Waterloo, as follows: a) MTE Consultants Inc. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide contract administration and construction inspection services at an upset fee limit of $80,926 plus applicable taxes; and b) Peto MacCallum Ltd. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide geotechnical engineering services at an upset fee limit of $90,573 plus applicable taxes. [Report E-02-028]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo amend Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to include the City of Kitchener's Downtown Core "No Reparking By-law" as it applies to the City's two hour limit for parking on all regional roadways within the downtown area. [Report E-02-031]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study Final Report, dated December 31, 2001, with implementation to be subject to future budget deliberations and the approval of Regional Council;

And that staff be directed to file the Notice of Completion of the Environmental Study Report Addendum for the mandatory 30 day review period in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment requirements, by means of advertisements in local newspapers and mailings to property owners and agencies.[Report E-02-035]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare it's easement interest in Part 1, Reference Plan 67R-2207, Township of North Dumfries as surplus and quit claim their interest to the owners of the subject lands for $1.00 plus costs, subject to the Region's property disposition by-law. [Report CR-RS-02-012]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare land adjacent to Fairway Road, as shown on the schedule attached to Report CR-RS-02-013, dated March 5, 2002, surplus to the needs of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo and convey the lands to the abutting owners, John Ball and Audrey Ball, for $1.00 plus all costs subject to the Region's property disposition by-law; And that, in exchange, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the acquisition of Council - 15 - 02/03/20 lands described as Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 from John Ball and Audrey Ball, for the sum of $1.00 for road widening purposes. [Report CR-RS-02-013]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo lease approximately 75 acres immediately south of the existing Waterloo Landfill site to Roger Bechtold for the sum of $1,500.00 per year. The term of the land lease would be for one year from April 1, 2002 to March 31, 2003, and thereafter on a yearly renewable basis. [Report CR-RS- 02-011]

WHEREAS the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing has introduced legislation that will require municipalities to calculate the full cost of providing their water and wastewater service and develop and implement a plan to recover the full cost;

BE IT RESOLVED THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo encourages the Ministry of the Environment to recognize that the costs associated with water efficiency initiatives and the protection of water resources are considered part of the costs of supplying water.[Report E-02-034]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve P-02-027, dated March 5, 2002, Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002. [Report P-02-027]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve an amendment to Controlled Access By-law #58-87 for an emergency access on the east side of Regional Road #54 (Lackner Boulevard) approximately 160 metres south of Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener as outlined in Report P-02-028, dated March 5, 2002. [Report P-02-028]

(Refer Items 3 to 11incl. of PW-020305/S)

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo acquire the property, for Waterloo Regional Airport Runway Extension, described as Part 1 on Plan 58R-13278 and an airspace easement over the remaining lands described as Part 2 on Plan 58R-13278 from E.L. Randall and T.G. Randall for the sum of $210,000.00 plus associated taxes and costs.

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept bids and proposals of Maple Engineering and Construction Canada Limited to be opened and considered by the Regional Municipality of Waterloo provided that the action of Enviro Tank Inc. v. The Regional Municipality of Waterloo and Maple Engineering & Construction Canada Limited, Court File N0. C-151-01, is the only litigation or pending litigation involving the two parties.

CARRIED

(Items from Closed Council)

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the lease of 32,280 square feet of land at the Waterloo Region Emergency Services Training and Research Complex to the University of Waterloo for an initial term of 20 years for purposes of constructing a Fire Research Centre subject to the terms and conditions outlined in report CR-FM-02-007. Council - 16 - 02/03/20

CARRIED (Conflict: T. Galloway)

(Item from Closed Council)

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the meeting continue past 12:00 midnight.

CARRIED

Planning & Works and Community Services Joint Committee

The Summary of Recommendations of the Planning and Works and Community Services Joint Committee was presented by Councillor Kent. Larry Kotseff, Commissioner Planning, Housing and Community Services announced that a joint meeting of area councils will be arranged to introduce and discuss the preferred concepts and the review process.

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to "Planning our Future" as outlined in Report P-02-030, dated March 5, 2002: a) That the preliminary preferred concepts outlined in Appendix "A" to Report P-02-030, entitled "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century - Planning Our Future" be adopted in principle as the basis for and subject to the findings of Phase 2 of the Strategy; b) That staff be authorized to finalize the Phase 1 brochure (Appendix "H" to Report P-02- 030) illustrating growth management concepts and choices for distribution and consultation; c) That the comments from the March 5, 2002 Joint Planning and Works - Community Services Committee meeting, together with the consultant's presentation, be incorporated into the final Phase 1 document; d) That the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used to guide and refine the preliminary preferred concepts (recommendation ‘a') to a level of detail sufficient for Council to adopt or amend one or more of these concepts, and set the stage for subsequent development; e) That the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used as the basis for obtaining technical assistance to assist Regional staff; f) That the Steering Committee be appointed as suggested with the exception of political members, and that Council Committee of the Whole be the body to which the Steering Committee reports; Council - 17 - 02/03/20

g) And that presentations be made either individually or jointly to the area municipal councils, at the earliest possible date.

CARRIED

(Refer Item 1 of PW/CS-020305/S)

Community Services

The Summary of Recommendations of the Community Services Committee was presented by S. Strickland, Chair of the Committee.

MOVED by S. Strickland SECONDED by J. Brewer

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to group rentals at Doon Heritage Crossroads as outlined in Report P-02-033, dated March 5, 2002: a) the agreement for large groups renting the museum grounds (Appendix A) b) rental rates as follows:

0-99 people $250.00 plus GST 100-199 people $350.00 plus GST 200-299 people $450.00 plus GST; and c) the authority for the Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads or the Director of Community Services, to execute such related agreements on behalf of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo. [Report P-02-033]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo extend appreciation to Susan Hyde and Michael Bird of Waterloo, Jim and Norma Hiscock of St Marys, and June Chambers of Bond Head for their donations of artifacts to Joseph Schneider Haus and commend them for making these examples of the Region’s cultural heritage accessible to the public. [Report P- 02-035]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002.

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the distribution of the $250,000 (net Regional 20% $50,000) one-time costs for child care special needs resourcing service pressures, subject to Provincial approval as follows [Report SS-02-026]:

Notre Dame of St. Agatha (KidsLink) $46,418 KW Habilitation Services $68,022 Council - 18 - 02/03/20

The Treatment Centre of Waterloo Region (Rotary Centre) $43,812 Cambridge Association for the Mentally Handicapped $61,450 The Children's Aid Society of the Regional Municipality $30,298 of Waterloo (Family and Children's Services) ______Total $250,000

CARRIED

(Refer Items 1 to 4 incl. of CS-020305/S)

Administration and Finance

The Summary of Recommendations of the Administration and Finance Committee was presented by T. Galloway, Chair of the Committee.

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo appoint J. Brewer, K. Seiling and L. Woolstencroft to the 2002 Grants Sub-Committee;

And that the Grants Sub-Committee review the Annual Report from Halton Region. [F-02-020]

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following operating principles as Human Resources policies on Religious Observance Leave and Response to Employee Death as outlined in Report CA-HR-02-005 dated March 6, 2002.

CARRIED

(Refer Items 1 to 2 incl. of AF-020306/S)

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the updated 1973 Corporate Logo as revised by Douglas Ratchford to be used to identify Regional services;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo Coat of Arms and Crest be maintained and used as the Official Seal of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, and that it be used for all official documents originating from the Regional Chair, Regional Council and the Regional Clerk or other appropriate uses;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo develop visual identity guidelines outlining usage of the new Corporate Logo and official Coat of Arms and Crest. [ CA-02-002]

Council - 19 - 02/03/20

CARRIED

(Refer Item 3 incl. of AF-020306/S)

J. Smola questioned whether or not Councillors should be giving themselves a pay increase mid-way through the term. K. Seiling advised that he had been in contact with Rosemary Smith, the former chair of the review committee. R. Smith did not believe honorariums should be frozen during the current term of office. The Committee felt honorariums should be protected so they would be fair and equitable. Council had not approved the committee’s recommendation on how adjustments should be made. Council debated the question. J. Smola requested a recorded vote.

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve a 3% cost of living adjustment for Members of Regional Council, effective January 1, 2002, and a 3% cost of living adjustment, effective January 1, 2003;

And that Regional Council reconvene the Citizens' Advisory Committee on Council Compensation by the fall of 2002, as per the recommendation of the previous Council.

CARRIED

Yeas: D. Bergman, J. Brewer, T. Galloway, F. Kent, J. Mitchell, W. Roth, K. Seiling, B. Strauss, S. Strickland, J. Wideman, L. Woolstencroft

Nays: J. Haalboom, J. Smola, C. Zehr.

(Refer Item 4 of AF-020306/S)

CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER

REGIONAL CHAIR

REGIONAL CLERK a) Appointment of a Regional Weed Inspector

Council - 20 - 02/03/20

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by W. Roth

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo appoint Barry Glofcheskie as Regional Weed Inspector for the year 2002 at the hourly rate of $15.00, plus mileage.

CARRIED

(Refer to CR-CLK-02-003)

OTHER MATTERS UNDER COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE a) Authorization to Expropriate Lands For The Extension of Runway 07/25 at the Waterloo Regional Airport.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by L. Woolstencroft

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo direct the Regional Solicitor to take the following action with respect to the expropriation of lands for the Waterloo Regional Airport, in the Township of Woolwich:

1. Complete an application to the Council of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo for approval to expropriate land, which is required for the construction and use of an extension to Runway 07/25 at the Waterloo Regional Airport, and is described as follows:

Part Lot 102, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, described as Part 1 on Plan 58R-13278 and situated at 1160 Shantz Station Road, (partial taking); and

Part Lot 102, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, described as Part 1 on Plan 58R-13276 and situated at 1292 Shantz Station Road, (partial taking); and

Part Lot 88, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, situated at 1231 Shantz Station Road, (complete purchase).

2. Give notices of the above application required by the Expropriations Act.

3. Forward to the Chief Inquiry Officer any requests for hearing that may be received and then report to the Regional Council for information.

4. Do all things necessary and proper to be done, and report thereon to Regional Council in due course.

CARRIED

(Refer to CR-RS-02-015) b) Grand River Transit - 2003 Vehicle Purchases Council - 21 - 02/03/20

MOVED by J. Haalboom SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following regarding Grand River Transit buses:

a) Endorse the use of clean diesel engine technology for Grand River Transit's 2003 bus purchases;

b) Approve a bus muffler retrofit program, subject to approval as part of the 2003 budget process;

c) Direct staff to evaluate diesel fuel options during the upcoming fuel tender with the aim of choosing a fuel with lower sulphur content where possible; and

d) Direct staff to consider the long-term financial implications of alternate bus technology during the 2003 and subsequent budget processes in order to be in a position to potentially purchase more expensive vehicles which have lower emissions in future.

CARRIED

(Refer to E-02-037/CH-02-025) c) Report of the Special Committee on SuperBuild Funding - Township of Wellesley Millennium SuperBuild Application: Linwood and Wellesley Library Enhancement Project. Attached & marked CC02-004

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by F. Kent

THAT Regional Council approve the application of the Township of Wellesley for the Linwood and Wellesley Library Enhancement Project and allocate $309,495 towards this project;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo nominate this project for approval to the Province of Ontario SuperBuild Millennium program.

CARRIED

(Refer to CC02-004)

Council - 22 - 02/03/20

MOVED by J. Mitchell SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT Committee of the Whole rise and Council resume.

CARRIED

MOVED by L. Woolstencroft SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT Council adopt the proceedings of the Committee of the Whole.

CARRIED

MOTIONS

NOTICE OF MOTION

J. Brewer announced that she had provided Councillors with information from the Federation of Canadian Municipalities on the Kyoto Protocol. She would bring forward this information as a notice of motion for the next Council meeting.

UNFINISHED BUSINESS

OTHER BUSINESS

J. Haalboom announced she had attended the TDM conference in British Columbia. She asked that staff bring forward a report mid term on how we are progressing with our own TDM plans.

J. Smola asked staff to investigate the possibility of having “no spray days”. This suggestion came as a result of the pesticide discussions held at the last Council meeting. He asked that staff bring forward a report to Community Services Committee.

QUESTIONS

ENACTMENT OF BY-LAWS (FIRST, SECOND & THIRD READINGS)

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT a By-law to Amend By-law Number 00-032, as amended, Being the Region's Traffic and Parking By-law be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02- 022, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

THAT a By-law to Amend By-law Number 58-87, as amended, Being a By-law to Designate and Regulate Controlled-Access Road be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-023, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal. Council - 23 - 02/03/20

THAT a By-law to Confirm the Actions of Council be read a first, second and third time, finally passed and numbered 02-024, signed by the Regional Chair and Regional Clerk and sealed with the Regional Seal.

CARRIED

ADJOURN

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by W. Roth

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

REGIONAL CHAIR, K. Seiling

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Regular Committee meeting held on March 5, 2002 at 8:30 a.m. in the Regional Council Chamber, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair F. Kent, D. Bergman, T. Galloway, J. Haalboom, J. Martens, K. Seiling, B. Strauss, J. Wideman and L. Woolstencroft

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

2. DELEGATIONS a) Mr. Frank Pizzuto, General Manager, Community Services Department, City of Kitchener, appeared before committee speaking to the proposed development of a four-season recreational park on the former Kitchener Landfill site. F. Pizzuto indicated the redevelopment of McLennan Park would be an asset to the residents of Waterloo Region. If approved, F. Pizzuto requested the Region consider re-investing the revenue received from the River Valley Group back into McLennan Park. He suggested the re-investment could be project specific or simply for park redevelopment.

F. Pizzuto responded to questions regarding agreements, the public consultation process and the proposed parking south of Blackhorne Drive.

In response to a question from T. Galloway, F. Pizzuto indicated without the involvement of the River Valley Group there would be a significant delay in completing the project.

3. REPORTS - TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

WASTE MANAGEMENT DIVISION a) E-02-022 Park Development - Kitchener Landfill

James Archibald, Director, Waste Management gave a brief presentation on the history of the park development project. J. Archibald explained the proposal before the committee involves the City of Kitchener's Community Services Department developing approximately 75% of the property for recreational uses and the River Valley Group controlling 25% of the lands for a Winter Tube Park and Mini Golf. J. Archibald explained the lease for the site will be a three-way agreement between the City of Kitchener, the Region and the River Valley Group. The City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group will assume responsibility for all surface maintenance and liability and the Region will maintain subsurface responsibility for the waste placed at the site.

J. Archibald responded to questions concerning surface liability, comparable lease rates and the concentration of methane collected.

MOVED by J. Martens SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo a) approve the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill (McLennan Park) by the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group; b) approve the lease of all lands at the Site to the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group subject to terms and conditions as described in E-02-022, dated March 5, 2002 including the addition of a lease rate for years 1 to 3 of $3,000 per year, and the approval of the Regional Solicitor and the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services; c) authorize the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services on behalf of the Region of Waterloo to sign applications and other required documentation for zone change and any other Municipal and Planning Act approvals required in order to develop the subject lands for all-season recreational use as outlined in Staff Report E- 02-022, provided that all costs of such applications shall be at the expense of the proposed lessee(s); d) And that the Region not invest any additional funds in the project.

CARRIED, as amended

(One Opposed - T. Galloway)

DELEGATIONS - continued b) Mary Ann Wasilka appeared before committee in support of expanding the list of social service agencies able to purchase GRT tickets at a reduced rate and commended staff for their efforts in this accomplishment. M. Wasilka expressed concern regarding the financial burden of having to purchase bus passes rather than the ability to purchase individual tickets at the reduced rate. M. Wasilka asked the Region to consider issuing one free family pass per week to be used on days other than Sunday. c) Mike Connolly appeared before committee in support of providing adult bus tickets at a reduced rate to an expanded list of social service agencies. M. Connolly asked the Region to consider providing free bus passes to seniors and persons with disabilities to be used at off- peak times.

REPORTS - continued

P & W - 3 - 02/03/05 b) P-02-023/SS-02-023 Transit Affordability and Accessibility

Graham Vincent, Director, Transportation Planning appeared before committee and responded to questions.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by J. Haalboom

That the Planning and Works Committee recommends that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002.

CARRIED

DELEGATIONS - continued d) Robert Gebotys, a resident of Waterloo, appeared before committee requesting the installation of traffic signals at the intersection of Bridge Street and Eastbridge Boulevard. R. Gebotys suggested signals are required to meet the demands of an expanding industrial park and residential subdivision and to assist school children in crossing Bridge Street safely.

REPORTS - continued

TRANSPORTATION DIVISION c) E-02-030 Request for Traffic Control Signals at Bridge Street (Regional Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo

David Banks, Manager Transportation Engineering appeared before committee and responded to questions concerning the studies undertaken to determine if signals are warranted, installation of unwarranted signals and the costs associated with the installation of traffic control signals.

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take no action regarding the request for the installation of traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street (Regional Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo.

CARRIED

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DIVISION d) E-02-028, Consultant Selection - Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two P & W - 4 - 02/03/05

(NE-2) - Contract Administration/Construction Inspection and Geotechnical Engineering Services During Construction

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by J. Martens

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into Engineering Agreements for services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) in the City of Waterloo, as follows: a) MTE Consultants Inc. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide contract administration and construction inspection services at an upset fee limit of $80,926 plus applicable taxes; and b) Peto MacCallum Ltd. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide geotechnical engineering services at an upset fee limit of $90,573 plus applicable taxes.

CARRIED

TRANSIT SERVICES DIVISION e) E-02-016 Grand River Transit Partnership in National Visibility, Image and Positioning Transit Campaign

Sandy Roberts, Manager, Marketing and Communications gave a presentation on the launching of a nationwide education and outreach program designed to build support for public transportation. In Canada the program is titled VIP which stands for Visibility, Image and Positioning. The main goals of the program are to a) improve public perceptions of the value and benefits of public transit; b) increase appreciation for public transportation=s contributions to sustainable communities; c) increase support for public transit at the local, provincial and federal levels; and d) secure dedicated federal and provincial funding for public transit. S. Roberts explained the Canadian Urban Transit Association is spearheading this program on behalf of all public transit systems including the Grand River Transit.

Report was received for information. f) Mobility Plus - 5-Year Business Plan - Verbal request for Project Team members.

Don Snow, Director, Transit Services explained the Terms of Reference for the Mobility Plus 5 Year Business Plan are completed and staff is requesting expressions of interest from potential consultants. D. Snow advised the next step is to establish the project team and asked if two committee members would be available to participate in the project.

J. Haalboom and B. Strauss volunteered to participate on the Mobility Plus - 5-Year Business Plan project team. g) E-02-031 Regional Approval of City of Kitchener Traffic By-Law

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by T. Galloway P & W - 5 - 02/03/05

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo amend Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to include the City of Kitchener's Downtown Core "No Reparking By-law" as it applies to the City's two hour limit for parking on all regional roadways within the downtown area.

CARRIED h) E-02-035 Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study

In response to a question from J. Wideman, John Hammer, Director of Transportation, explained the recommendation put forward is to approve the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study Final Report with the implementation to be subject to future budget deliberations.

MOVED by L. Woolstencroft SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study Final Report, dated December 31, 2001, with implementation to be subject to future budget deliberations and the approval of Regional Council;

And that staff be directed to file the Notice of Completion of the Environmental Study Report Addendum for the mandatory 30 day review period in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment requirements, by means of advertisements in local newspapers and mailings to property owners and agencies.

CARRIED i) CR-RS-02-012 Disposal of Easement Interest, North Dumfries

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by J. Martens

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare it's easement interest in Part 1, Reference Plan 67R-2207, Township of North Dumfries as surplus and quit claim their interest to the owners of the subject lands for $1.00 plus costs, subject to the Region's property disposition by-law.

CARRIED

j) CR-RS-02-013 Disposal of Surplus Land Adjacent to Regional Road 53 (Fairway Road), City of Kitchener

MOVED by J. Haalboom P & W - 6 - 02/03/05

SECONDED by J. Martens

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare land adjacent to Fairway Road, as shown on the schedule attached to Report CR-RS-02-013, dated March 5, 2002, surplus to the needs of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo and convey the lands to the abutting owners, John Ball and Audrey Ball, for $1.00 plus all costs subject to the Region's property disposition by-law;

And that, in exchange, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the acquisition of lands described as Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 from John Ball and Audrey Ball, for the sum of $1.00 for road widening purposes.

CARRIED k) CR-RS-02-011 Land Lease - Waste Management, City of Kitchener

Joan Moore, Property Agent appeared before committee and responded to questions.

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by B. Strauss

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo lease approximately 75 acres immediately south of the existing Waterloo Landfill site to Roger Bechtold for the sum of $1,500.00 per year. The term of the land lease would be for one year from April 1, 2002 to March 31, 2003, and thereafter on a yearly renewable basis.

CARRIED

WATER SERVICES DIVISION l) E-02-026 Breslau (Elroy Acres) Long Term Water Strategy - Public Information Centre

Thomas Schmidt, Director Water Services appeared before committee and responded to questions.

Report was received for information. m) E-02-034 Bill 155 - The Sustainable Water and Wastewater Services Act

Thomas Schmidt explained that Bill 155, if passed, will require municipalities to calculate the full cost of providing their water and wastewater service and develop and implement a plan to recover the full cost. T. Schmidt outlined a number of concerns with the Bill as well as potential impacts on the Region of Waterloo. He did note, however, the general nature of the Bill makes it difficult to predict what the impacts will be until the regulations are released.

In response to a question from J. Martens, T. Schmidt explained the legislation will provide for separate reserve funds that cannot be used for anything other than water and waste water P & W - 7 - 02/03/05 projects.

Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services responded to questions concerning the use of grey water, dual use water systems and the reporting requirements of the proposed legislation.

T. Galloway expressed concerns that the costs associated with water efficiency initiatives and water resource protection will be recognized by the Province as part of the costs of supplying water.

MOVED by T. Galloway SECONDED by D. Bergman

WHEREAS the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing has introduced legislation that will require municipalities to calculate the full cost of providing their water and wastewater service and develop and implement a plan to recover the full cost;

BE IT RESOLVED THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo encourages the Ministry of the Environment to recognize that the costs associated with water efficiency initiatives and the protection of water resources are considered part of the costs of supplying water.

CARRIED

REPORTS - PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

COMMUNITY PLANNING DIVISION n) P-02-027 Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002

Kevin Eby, Director, Community Planning appeared before committee and responded to questions.

MOVED by B. Strauss SECONDED by J. Martens

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve P-02-027, dated March 5, 2002, Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002.

CARRIED

TRANSPORTATION PLANNING DIVISION o) P-02-028 Amendment to Regional Municipality of Waterloo Controlled Access By-Law #58-87 for an Emergency Access to Regional Road #54 P & W - 8 - 02/03/05

(Lackner Boulevard), City of Kitchener

In response to a question from J. Wideman, G. Vincent explained the access to Lackner Boulevard is for emergency purposes only and it will be locked and chained.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by T. Galloway

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve an amendment to Controlled Access By-law #58-87 for an emergency access on the east side of Regional Road #54 (Lackner Boulevard) approximately 160 metres south of Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener as outlined in Report P-02-028, dated March 5, 2002.

CARRIED

4. INFORMATION/CORRESPONDENCE a) White Cane Week - Certificate of Merit to Traffic Systems Management, Region of Waterloo dated February 2002

John Hammer explained the Certificate of Merit awarded to the Region is in recognition of the traffic control signals installed to aid the visually impaired.

5. OTHER BUSINESS a) Chair F. Kent reminded committee members the next regular meeting of the Planning and Works Committee is scheduled for Tuesday, April 2, 2002.

ADJOURN

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by T. Galloway

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

COMMITTEE CHAIR, F. Kent

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

SPECIAL JOINT COMMITTEE MEETING OF COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE AND PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Special Committee meeting held on March 5, 2002 at 11:00 a.m. in the Regional Council Chamber, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair F. Kent, D. Bergman, J. Brewer, D. Craig, T. Galloway, J. Haalboom, J. Martens, J. Mitchell*, W. Roth, K. Seiling, B. Strauss, J. Wideman, L. Woolstencroft* and C. Zehr*

Regrets: J. Smola, S. Strickland

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

2. OPENING REMARKS

Gerry Thompson, Chief Administrative Officer

G. Thompson provided introductory remarks1. G. Thompson stated Waterloo Region was recently ranked as the 3rd most competitive of North American cities ahead of both Toronto and Ottawa and U.S. competitors including Boston and New York. Waterloo Region plays an important role in fueling Ontario's economy. The Region has a Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of between $14-15 billion a year and contributes $893 million more annually in provincial and federal taxes than it receives by way of provincial and federal transfers. Waterloo Region's economic prosperity is a key contributor to the Province's overall economic health.

G. Thompson noted that given our location, the question is not whether the Region of Waterloo will grow; the real question is how we are going to manage our growth while preserving the essential quality of life attributes that we have historically enjoyed and have been the hallmark of this area.

The principles of sustainability, agricultural and environmental conservation have guided the growth of this Region since and before the Region's first Official Plan in 1976. For the past

1 Excerpts from the Introductory Remarks made by G. A. Thompson, CAO, Waterloo Region in the 21st Century, Planning our Future, Phase I, March 2002. PW & CSC - 2 - 02/03/05

25 years, planning in Waterloo has defined and maintained the hard edges to urban development. This feature has positively set the Region apart from most communities in North America.

We are now poised to take our place among Canada's 10 most important urban clusters; however, we are quickly exhausting our potential for conventional development within our current urban boundaries. We are faced with the necessity of moderately adjusting the urban envelope and more importantly, focusing on the intensification and redevelopment of existing urban form within the existing urban envelope.

This represents a milestone in our Regional approach to planning shifting from a focus on rural land use control and process to a focus on reshaping the form of development and/or redevelopment within the urban envelope.

The considerations of this study are vital to our future and will require a new relationship between Regional and Area Municipal planning as well as a new and collaborative approach to urban design land use controls and incentives.

Larry Kotseff, Commissioner, Planning, Housing & Community Services

L. Kotseff outlined the background of the Smart Growth initiative. L. Kotseff noted this initiative builds on our past successes and positions us to deal with several of the challenges in the future. The process has involved stakeholders' groups who provided information and significant input.

The basic analysis that we have completed to date sets the work for Phase 2 and is outlined in the Terms of Reference contained in Appendix B of the report. Staff has developed preliminary preferred concepts and the intention of this meeting is to listen to the input, make revisions with respect to the brochure, the draft report and to provide Council with a final version of the report on March 20, 2002.

The brochure will be used as a communication tool through Phase 2 and will provide information in terms of the concepts and the visuals as they relate to the concepts. Part of the recommendation in the report deals with the Steering Committee who will assist throughout the process in Phase 2.

L. Kotseff thanked a number of staff members who have been involved in this initiative. It has been a significant project and in particular has been spearheaded by Kevin Curtis and Wanda Richardson from our Planning staff.

The preliminary preferred concepts outlined in the report form the basis of George Dark's presentation. George Dark is from the firm of Urban Strategies who was hired to assist and provide the Region with the technical assistance necessary to complete Phase 1.

*J. Mitchell, L. Woolstencroft and C. Zehr joined the meeting during the presentation by G. Dark.

PW & CSC - 3 - 02/03/05

3. PRESENTATION

George Dark, Urban Strategies made a presentation to the Joint Standing Committee regarding Smart Growth. G. Dark thanked committee for the opportunity to work on the project. He noted the Region is a very unique community. G. Dark noted the Region has wonderful settlement patterns within the urban and rural areas, the cities, towns, villages, hamlets, crossroads, farmsteads, as well as extraordinary landscapes of rivers and moraines. The challenge and struggle will be to determine for the next 100 years what the balancing act is and the relationship to growing areas.

G. Dark advised that two workshops were held with stakeholders and he addressed issues raised by the stakeholders. There was a large cross-section of community leaders with concerns relating to, among other things, the following: visibility and accessibility of the rural community; recognition of the primary economic force that agriculture contributes in the Region; will the next generation be able to work and live here; how big will the footprint be; opportunities for economic growth; the role of the environment; understanding the role of heritage and cultural features in the future; relationships between the countryside and the urban patterns; economic sustainability of communities; public transportation; quality of life; need for a long term plan with flexibility, diversity and moderation, and the relationship between municipalities in the Region.

G. Dark provided an illustration of the location of the existing urban areas. He noted there are approved plans that do not physically exist at this time. There are also lands within the urban areas that are waiting for development. A determination of what people want, the creation of a balance and an appropriate alignment will be required for future development.

There are existing lands within the community which have access to services but are not performing to their fullest extent. These lands could be re-urbanized in order to ensure they perform at the highest economic potential.

G. Dark described the models available for consideration. The dispersed model for growth assumes continued development at low densities in all directions out from existing areas. Many people believe this model leads to economically and culturally successful communities. The concentrated growth model, a new concept, assumes that all new development would be focused within existing urban areas. The final model is the balanced approach and combines the dispersed and concentrated models. Staff feels the balanced model is the preferred approach. It keeps intact those communities that are satellites allowing them to keep their economic growth. It puts a countryside line in place around the entire urban perimeter that balances existing lines along the north and west side. The balanced model incorporates "very intense thinking" about re-urbanization and all of the support that would come in to that centre so that you could in fact use less greenfield areas over a longer period of time. This is the preferred model under consideration for Phase 2 of the study.

The balanced model will mean a departure from what has been done in the past. Greenfield sites will be an important Regional Official Policies Plan (ROPP) resource. The Region will want to get the most out of these sites and make them perform efficiently. Design standards and planning considerations will have to come forward.

The foremost challenge for the Region is to develop a strategy to manage the pressures for PW & CSC - 4 - 02/03/05 growth and channel them to the Region's best advantage and Smart Growth integrates the unique strengths and assets into one unified framework in order to meet the challenges of the future.

The Region will want safe, sustainable, authentic urban environments. Phase 2 of the study will provide the mechanisms and tools in order to achieve these goals. Re-urbanization is a theory that can be applied to the Region. Careful redevelopment will promote successful mixed-use neighbourhoods and mixed-use corridors support transit. Mainstreets provide an opportunity for growth and unlocking the brownfields will meet the community's future needs.

Other important aspects for the future of the Region include incentives provided by governments, recognition of the importance of transit and the appropriateness of the transit routes and ensuring that the Region binds the countryside line into a relationship with urban behaviour.

An important role for the Region is understanding how all these forces are going to come into play in the future. A need to understand the role of agriculture, the role of the environment, and the role of housing. We need to do a better job of integrating the landscape in the environment into the practices that we do. We need new data and we need to look at the best urban footprint.

G. Dark noted that one of the best approaches is to educate the community about what this initiative is all about. The brochure will provide a valuable communication tool for this purpose. The brochure will describe Smart Growth, provide a background of the process, give an overview and describe how these forces are interconnected. Most importantly, the brochure will provide a mechanism for people to provide feedback.

The next step in this process involves the second phase of the study allowing the Region to look at these issues and establish some priorities. Phase 2 will initiate full community discussion about re-urbanization, about how countrysides should engage the urban areas, about the environment, and about where you are going to go with future greenfield sites.

Ken Seiling, Regional Chair

K. Seiling noted this initiative started about a year ago with a report on developing an approach to planning for the future in the Region. Our plan in the 1970s was a ground- breaking plan and set a model that put us in good stead so that we really do have those hard edges and the kinds of land preservation in this Region. We have development pressures and have to set the next stage. This community is going to grow whether we want it or not. We are in the central part of Ontario, one of the areas of rapid economic growth. We need to plan carefully and make sure we shape this community in a form we want it to be in 20 - 30 years from now. This is the next generation plan. Chair Seiling noted that this is probably the most important initiative Council will undertake over the next few years. K. Seiling suggested that it is important that Council act quickly. There is a good process in place and the opportunity for consultation. There is an opportunity to make us trendsetters PW & CSC - 5 - 02/03/05 and set the stage not only for our economic growth but for the infrastructure which we will have to build in the next few years. K. Seiling encouraged the community to participate in this process and hopes that Council will buy into it and move along with the next stages of the planning.

4. DELEGATION a) Mary Ann Wasilka appeared before the Joint Committee and provided comments on growth management. M. Wasilka is interested in public transit, different approaches to encourage population intensification and core re-development. M. Wasilka is a member of a local transit users group who has consulted with other areas regarding these issues. Concerns raised by M. Wasilka were the conflict of urban dwellers and the preservation of low-density residential areas; transportation options; she wants to ensure citizens have a voice and ownership in practical growth management; extension of development beyond municipal boundaries, and the proposal for a north/south transit corridor and targeting growth on the east.

M. Wasilka made the following suggestions: mixed-uses encourage reduced automobile dependency; use of tax incentives to use public transit; reduction of single use communities; incentives to developers to use existing infrastructure, and the recognition of the importance of public transit to preserve inner city communities.

M. Wasilka feels new growth proposals must be supported by population projections and environmental and community impact statements. She also feels a regional tax review and sharing must also occur.

5. REPORT a) P-02-030 Regional Smart Growth Strategy

Committee members discussed and shared the following comments regarding the Regional Smart Growth Strategy: municipal boundaries; clarification that the municipal boundaries will not change; intent of the study is for development purposes; opportunity for input by the Region, area municipal councils and the community; development along the Highway 401 corridor; importance of buy-in from the area municipal councils and the community; establishment of mechanisms and tools; establish media tools; maintaining quality of life; involvement by municipal staff in addition to politicians; impact on all municipalities; planning processes in the Region; central transit corridor; affect on lands to the east; existing urban boundaries and potential for intensification; intensification along central transit corridor; need to speak with area municipal councils; examination of potential greenfield, brownfield and greyfield developments; employment areas; importance of maintaining a tight distinction between the urban and rural communities; economic implications; consideration of what is best for the Region; housing; importance of financial sustainability for our rural communities in accommodating projected future growth; importance of historical and cultural issues; potential affect on boundaries; growth patterns along our rivers; quality of life for PW & CSC - 6 - 02/03/05 children; design principles and guidelines; balance - greenfield intensification between transit and roads; importance of agriculture in terms of economic impact and cultural impact on community and the cultural diversity it brings to the community; the necessity of agriculture; focus on retention of authenticity of rural communities; flexibility to handle the uniqueness of the rural areas; importance of growth in rural communities so that stagnation does not occur, and effective communication with the public.

G. Thompson reiterated that the purpose of the Joint Committee meeting was to gather as much information as possible from committee members. The input will be incorporated by staff into the final document. The final report and brochure will be presented to Regional Council on March 20th, 2002.

Members decided to have the Steering Committee report directly to Council Committee of the Whole rather than have individual political representation on the Committee.

C. Zehr suggested that the recommendation be amended to ensure that presentations would be made either individually or jointly to the area municipal councils, as soon as possible.

J. Wideman requested that a photo of the rural area be included in the brochure.

MOVED by K. Seiling SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to "Planning our Future" as outlined in Report P-02-030, dated March 5, 2002: a) That the preliminary preferred concepts outlined in Appendix "A" to Report P-02- 030, entitled "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century - Planning Our Future" be adopted in principle as the basis for and subject to the findings of Phase 2 of the Strategy; b) That staff be authorized to finalize the Phase 1 brochure (Appendix "H" to Report P- 02-030) illustrating growth management concepts and choices for distribution and consultation; c) That the comments from the March 5, 2002 Joint Planning and Works - Community Services Committee meeting, together with the consultant's presentation, be incorporated into the final Phase 1 document; d) That the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used to guide and refine the preliminary preferred concepts (recommendation ‘a') to a level of detail sufficient for Council to adopt or amend one or more of these concepts, and set the stage for subsequent development; e) That the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used as the basis for obtaining technical assistance to assist Regional staff; f) That the Steering Committee be appointed as suggested with the exception of political PW & CSC - 7 - 02/03/05

members; and that Council Committee of the Whole be the body to which the Steering Committee reports; g) And that presentations be made either individually or jointly to the area municipal councils, at the earliest possible date.

CARRIED, as amended

ADJOURN

MOVED by D. Bergman SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

COMMITTEE CHAIR, F. Kent

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Regular Committee meeting held on March 5, 2002 at 1:00 p.m. in the Council Chamber, Regional Administration Building, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair J. Brewer, D. Craig, J. Smola, K. Seiling, and C. Zehr

Regrets: J. Mitchell, W. Roth, S. Strickland

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

J. Brewer introduced Rob Horne, the Region's new Director of Housing.

2. DELEGATIONS a) Mary Ann Wasilka re: Transit Affordability and Accessibility

M.A. Wasilka appeared before the Committee in support of the funds being allocated to access transit for low-income individuals as outlined in the Transit Affordability and Accessibility Report. M.A. Wasilka indicated that she appeared before the Planning and Works Committee earlier today on this topic. She spoke of the benefits to the community, transit operations, and citizens. M. A. Wasilka expressed concern about the amount of money required by a low-income individual to purchase a reduced fare bus pass in a month rather than the option of purchasing strips of tickets. This cost is prohibitive on a limited budget and M. A. Wasilka read from a letter written by a low-income individual citing possible alternatives in which tickets may be purchased.

The question was raised if the delegation's request could be included in the program at this time. Graham Vincent, Director Transportation Planning, provided a review of the program components and the delegation's request could have revenue implications. Staff will be monitoring the program over the next 12 months for possible future expansion.

3. REPORTS - JOINT a) SS-02-023 Transit Affordability and Accessibility

MOVED by J. Smola SECONDED by D. Craig

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service CSC - 2 - 02/03/05

agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002.

CARRIED

REPORTS - Planning, Housing and Community Services b) P-02-033 Group Rental Fees at Doon Heritage Crossroads

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by J. Smola

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to group rentals at Doon Heritage Crossroads as outlined in Report P-02-033, dated March 5, 2002: a) the agreement for large groups renting the museum grounds (Appendix A) b) rental rates as follows:

0-99 people $250.00 plus GST 100-199 people $350.00 plus GST 200-299 people $450.00 plus GST; and c) the authority for the Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads or the Director of Community Services, to execute such related agreements on behalf of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo.

CARRIED b) P-02-035 Artifact Acquisitions at Joseph Schneider Haus

Susan Burke, Manager/Curator Joseph Schneider Haus, spoke of the three artifact collections that were donated recently. S. Burke responded to questions regarding how donations are receipted for income tax purposes.

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by J. Smola

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo extend appreciation to Susan Hyde and Michael Bird of Waterloo, Jim and Norma Hiscock of St. Marys, and June Chambers of Bond Head for their donations of artifacts to Joseph Schneider Haus and commend them for making these examples of the Region=s cultural heritage accessible to the public.

CARRIED

CSC - 3 - 02/03/05

c) P-02-034 Operational Opportunities at McDougall Cottage

Susan Burke, Manager/Curator, appeared before the Committee and spoke on the unique attributes of the McDougall Cottage which include the painted ceilings and friezes exemplifying the period decorating style. S. Burke reviewed the operational plan for the site and noted the building's limitations, as a public building, need to be monitored during the first year. The operating plan will be re-evaluated at the end of the year. It is anticipated that the site will be open to the public by the end of May 2002.

S. Burke invited the Committee Members to tour the site in April 2002.

Report was received for information.

REPORTS - Social Services e) SS-02-026 Child Care Division 2002 One-Time Funding Allocations for Special Needs Resourcing Agencies

MOVED by D. Craig SECONDED by J. Smola

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the distribution of the $250,000 (net Regional 20% $50,000) one-time costs for child care special needs resourcing service pressures, subject to Provincial approval as follows:

Notre Dame of St. Agatha (KidsLink) $ 46,418 KW Habilitation Services $ 68,022 The Treatment Centre of Waterloo Region (Rotary Centre) $ 43,812 Cambridge Association for the Mentally Handicapped $ 61,450 The Children's Aid Society of the Regional Municipality $ 30,298 of Waterloo (Family and Children's Services)

Total $250,000

CARRIED

REPORTS - Community Health f) CH-02-021 Community Health Department's Support to Opportunities 2000

Dr. L. Nolan, Commissioner of Community Health and Medical Officer of Health, informed the Committee that there will be a delegation from Opportunities 2000 at the March 20th Regional Council meeting.

Report was received for information. g) CH-02-023 Enforcement of Immunization of School Pupil's Act

CSC - 4 - 02/03/05

Dr. L. Nolan informed the Committee that the suspension letters were issued today to those individuals whose immunization information remains outstanding. This program is effective in raising the immunization coverage to 100% compliance. In response to a question of what happens when there is non-compliance, Dr. Nolan indicated that the individual is suspended from school. However, the Community Health Department (CHD) works with the family for the immunization to be completed or if a personal exemption is required, CHD works with the family to have this placed on the health record.

Report was received for information.

REPORTS - Other h) CR-FM-02-008 Public Information Centre Construction of Ambulance Waiting Station - Cambridge

Dr. Nolan reported that the Information Centre date is changed to March 27, 2002.

Report was received for information.

4. INFORMATION/CORRESPONDENCE a) Dr. J. C. Carter, Museum Advisor, Heritage and Libraries Branch, Ministry of Citizenship, Culture and Recreation, dated February 15, 2002 re research publication written by Elizabeth Hardin was received for information. A copy of the publication will be placed in the Councillors' Library. b) Vince Tedesco, Regional Director, Ministry of Community and Social Services, dated February 21, 2002, re Early Years Initiative was received for information.

5. OTHER BUSINESS

Councillor Smola requested an update on the flu outbreak that was reported on the news today. Dr. Nolan responded that there is an increase in Influenza A in schools and long-term care facilities in Waterloo Region and Community Health is monitoring those institutions.

ADJOURN

MOVED by C. Zehr SECONDED by D. Craig

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

COMMITTEE VICE-CHAIR, J. Brewer CSC - 5 - 02/03/05

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Special Committee meeting held on March 5, 2002 at 7:00 p.m. in the Regional Council Chamber, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair F. Kent, D. Bergman, T. Galloway, J. Haalboom, J. Martens, K. Seiling, B. Strauss*, J. Wideman and L. Woolstencroft

Chair Fred Kent called the meeting to order and advised the purpose of the meeting was to consider design concepts for the Victoria Street South Roadway Improvements King Street to Lawrence Avenue.

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

2. PRESENTATIONS

Steve van De Keere, Senior Project Manager, Design and Construction Division appeared before committee and gave a presentation outlining the reasons for the road improvements, the public consultation process, the main issues raised by the public and the evaluation of the design concepts.

S. van De Keere outlined the two recommended design concepts as follows:

Concept 3A Widen to provide two through lanes in each direction (four Modified lanes total) with cycling facilities provided by upgrading an existing off-road trail outside of the Victoria Street road allowance;

Concept 5 From King Street to Henry Street - Reconstruct and widen Modified Victoria Street South to four lanes (similar to 3A Modified); and From Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue - Reconstruct Victoria Street South to its existing two-lane configuration with widening for a dedicated cycling lane on each side of the road.

S. van De Keere explained the advantages and disadvantages of both concepts and responded to questions.

3. DELEGATIONS a) Peter Lehman, K-W Keys appeared before committee in favour of a four-lane roadway widening from King Street to Lawrence Avenue. P. Lehman explained the four-lane widening is necessary to improve the flow of traffic and reduce congestion. b) Doreen Maskell-Moser submitted a letter from Margaret Foster on behalf of Elsie Hemming, 316 Victoria Street, Kitchener, indicating her preference would be to maintain the status quo, however, if improvements have to be made she could support Concept 5 Modified.

D. Maskell-Moser, 499 Victoria Street South, Kitchener appeared before committee opposed to any road improvements. D. Maskell-Moser expressed concerns regarding the reduction in property values, the loss of mature trees and the increased danger to pedestrians. c) Elizabeth Yeager, 329 Belmont Avenue, Kitchener appeared before committee opposed to a four-lane road widening. E. Yeager explained she is having difficulty renting her duplex due to increased traffic, noise and pollution. E. Yeager does not believe the two concepts under consideration are in keeping with the residential neighbourhood and wants the Region to purchase her property. d) Audrey Winkler, 192 Victoria Street, Kitchener appeared before committee opposed to both designed concepts. A. Winkler conveyed concerns regarding safety and the reduction of green space. e) Bruce Winkler, 192 Victoria Street, Kitchener expressed concerns with the reduced storage space for snow and the reduction in property values caused by the road improvements. f) Peter Hartmann, 408 Victoria Street, Kitchener conveyed concerns with increased truck traffic, the loss of mature trees and negatively changing the look of the neighbourhood. g) Bonnie Hartmann, 408 Victoria Street, Kitchener stated the water main and storm sewer upgrades are necessary and if the road improvements are necessary to accomplish the upgrades she could support Concept 5 Modified.

*B. Strauss joined the meeting at 7:58 p.m. h) Don Lisk, 480 Victoria Street, Kitchener appeared before committee in support of Concept 5 Modified. D. Lisk expressed the importance of cycling facilities. i) David Moser submitted letters on behalf of Paul Charest, 367 Victoria Street, and Mary Pucan, 239 Victoria Street. P. Charest expressed opposition to a 4-lane widening from King Street to Lawrence but could support Concept 5 Modified.

The letter from M. Pucan outlined concerns regarding the loss of boulevard and driveway space and the difficulty of backing a car into traffic on a 4-lane roadway.

David Moser appeared before committee in support of Concept 5 Modified and suggested reducing the width of the cycling lanes. D. Moser expressed concerns regarding noise and air pollution, the increased speed of traffic and the depreciation of property values. j) Mary Ann Wasilka, 90 Chestnut Street, Kitchener appeared before committee expressing concerns with the affects of urban sprawl and excessive automobile use on the viability of inter-city neighbourhoods. M. Wasilka explained Inter-cities should be models of integrated uses; businesses, residences and communities living and working together. k) David Weaver, 216 Victoria Street, Kitchener indicated if improvements to Victoria Street are necessary, he would prefer Concept 5 Modified over Concept 3A P & W - Special - 3 - 02/03/05

Modified. D. Weaver feels Concept 5 Modified is the only option that addresses most of the concerns raised by the residents of Victoria Street. l) Leonor Weaver, 216 Victoria Street, Kitchener appeared before committee in support of Concept 5 Modified. L. Weaver feels Concept 5 Modified is a good compromise that partially addresses capacity issues while at the same time protecting the residential neighbourhood. m) Luigi D’Agnilo, 703-140 Lincoln Road, Waterloo appeared before committee requesting consideration for the installation of cycling facilities from King Street to Lawrence Avenue and suggested a wide shared-use lane. n) David Steffler appeared before committee in favour of Concept 5 Modified as it supports Transportation Demand Management initiatives by providing dedicated cycling lanes and it works towards improving air quality and modifying future transportation demand. o) Lin Haag, 466 Victoria Street, Kitchener appeared before committee opposed to the widening of Victoria Street. L. Haag suggested using alternative solutions such as synchronizing lights, advanced greens and the promotion of cycling and shared transportation. p) Paul Blagden, 36 Herlan Avenue, Kitchener appeared before committee in favour of Concept 3A. P. Blagden wants a solution that will improve the traffic congestion.

4. REPORTS - TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES a) E-02-011, Victoria Street South (Regional Road 55) Roadway Improvements Study, King Street to Lawrence Avenue, Kitchener

In response to a question from D. Bergman, S. van De Keere explained the recommended concept will not improve traffic flow or delays in the westbound direction but there will be an improvement in the eastbound direction between Park and King Streets.

In response to a question from T. Galloway, John Hammer, Director of Transportation explained the reconstruction between Henry and Lawrence is necessary because of the pavement condition as well as the need to replace the underground facilities.

In response to a question by C. Zehr, S. van De Keere explained there are eight potential buyouts. If buyouts are determined to be the only option, the property would have to be appraised by a professional appraiser taking into consideration current market values.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by J. Haalboom

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following actions with respect to the Class Environmental Assessment Study for Victoria Street South from King Street to Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener: a) Reconstruct and widen Victoria Street South to provide two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling P & W - Special - 4 - 02/03/05

lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue and other improvements as per Concept 5 Modified described in this Report E-02-011 dated March 5, 2002; b) Place the Environmental Study Report for this project on public display for the mandatory thirty days in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (Schedule “C”) Guidelines; c) Amend the Regional Official Policies Plan to remove the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Plan; and d) Dispose of any properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton diversion that are in excess of the Region’s needs.

CARRIED

Yeas: J. Haalboom, F. Kent, J. Martens, K. Seiling, B. Strauss, J. Wideman, L. Woolstencroft

Nays: D. Bergman, T. Galloway

ADJOURN

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

COMMITTEE CHAIR, F. Kent

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Regular Committee meeting held on March 6, 2002 at 9:00 a.m. in the Regional Council Chamber, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair T. Galloway, J. Brewer, D. Craig, F. Kent, K. Seiling J. Wideman and L. Woolstencroft*

Regrets: J. Haalboom, J. Mitchell, S. Strickland

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

2. REPORTS a) F-02-020 Grants to Voluntary Organizations - 2002 Process

Larry Ryan, Chief Financial Officer provided a brief summary of the report. L. Ryan noted grant requests have been received from voluntary organizations for Regional funding and asked that a review process be established for 2002, similar to previous years.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by F. Kent

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo appoint J. Brewer, K. Seiling and L. Woolstencroft to the 2002 Grants Sub-Committee;

And that the Grants Sub-Committee review the Annual Report from Halton Region.

CARRIED

Report received for information. b) CA-HR-02-005 Additions to Human Resources Policy Manual

Penny Smiley, Director, Employee Relations appeared before committee and responded to questions. P. Smiley advised staff has implemented the "Religious Observance Leave Policy" as required under the Ontario Human Rights Code.

K. Seiling noted in the new policy "Response to Employee Death" the Regional Chair has been identified with the responsibility to ensure that the flags at all Regional Facilities are A & F - 2 - 02/03/06 flown at half-mast on the day of the funeral of an employee. He advised that in the past the Regional Clerk was responsible for this function. Committee members asked that the policy be amended accordingly.

MOVED by F. Kent SECONDED by D. Bergman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the operating principles, as a Human Resources policies on Religious Observance Leave and Response to Employee Death, as outlined in Report CA-HR-02-005 dated March 6, 2002.

CARRIED, as amended

*L. Woolstencroft joined the meeting at 9:25 a.m. c) CA-02-002 Region of Waterloo Visual Identity - Update of Regional Logo

Bryan Stortz, Executive Assistant to the CAO provided an overview of the report and thanked staff for their work on the project. B. Stortz indicated the process has been underway for the past year. Regional Council determined that it is essential for the Region to have a clear, distinct identify for Regional programs and services. A recognizable logo was an essential step in the process.

B. Stortz introduced Douglas Ratchford, Graphic Designer. D. Ratchford was responsible for the logo created in 1973 and was asked to develop an updated version of the 1973 Regional logo.

D. Ratchford presented the new logo and provided details on design, colour, adaptability, and applications. The new logo will be phased in as required. In addition, a standards manual will be developed for the logo.

Members were pleased with the design and felt the logo, as part of a strong corporate image, will solidify the presence and importance of Waterloo Region.

MOVED by J. Brewer SECONDED by J. Wideman

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the updated 1973 corporate logo as revised by Douglas Ratchford to be used to identify Regional services;

That the Regional Municipality of Waterloo coat of arms/crest be maintained and used as the official seal of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, and that it be used for all official documents originating from the Regional Chair, Council and Clerks or other appropriate uses;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo develop visual identity guidelines outlining usage of the new logo and coat of arms/crest.

CARRIED

A & F - 3 - 02/03/06 d) Council Honorarium

This matter had been deferred from the previous Administration and Finance Committee meeting. Chair K. Seiling had been requested to obtain information from Rosemary Smith, Chair of the Citizens' Advisory Committee on Council Compensation. Correspondence dated February 28, 2002 from Rosemary Smith to Chair Seiling is attached as S-1.

MOVED by J. Wideman SECONDED by L. Woolstencroft

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve a 3% cost of living adjustment for Members of Regional Council, effective January 1, 2002, and a 3% cost of living adjustment, effective January 1, 2003;

And that Regional Council reconvene the Citizens' Advisory Committee on Council Compensation by the fall of 2002, as per the recommendation of the previous Council.

CARRIED

3. OTHER BUSINESS a) K. Seiling advised that the advisory committee for the Waterloo Regional Arts Foundation had been formed. Members include: Marten DeGroot, Jamie Grant, Greg Hayton, Bill Poole, Betty Recchia, Deborah Rothwell, Rosemary Smith, Judith Stephens- Wells and Jill Summerhayes.

ADJOURN

MOVED by L. Woolstencroft SECONDED by D. Craig

THAT the meeting adjourn and convene into Closed Session pursuant to Procedural By-law 00-031, as amended, Part II, Section 14 (1) c).

CARRIED

COMMITTEE CHAIR, T. Galloway

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

MEDIA RELEASE: Immediate

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO CONSOLIDATED COUNCIL AGENDA Wednesday, March 20, 2002 Closed Meeting 6:30 p.m. Regular Meeting 7:00 p.m. REGIONAL COUNCIL CHAMBER 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, ON * DENOTES CHANGES TO, OR ITEMS NOT PART OF ORIGINAL AGENDA

1. MOMENT OF SILENCE

2. ROLL CALL

3. MOTION TO GO INTO CLOSED SESSION (if necessary)

4. MOTION TO RECONVENE IN OPEN SESSION (if necessary)

5. DECLARATION OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

6. PRESENTATIONS

7. PETITIONS

* DELEGATIONS 8. a) Jeff Stager, Waterloo Federation of Agriculture re: Public Relations with regard to Rural Well Water and the decommissioning of wells.

b) Lori Strothard, Citizens Advisory Committee on Air Quality re: Idling Control Protocol for Region of Waterloo.

c) Robert Gebotys, Concerned Parents Group re: Traffic Lights at Bridge and East Bridge Streets, Waterloo. (Refer to PW020305/S, Item 2.)

d) Jack Gibbons, Chair, Ontario Clean Air Alliance re: Phase-out of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo Purchases of Coal-fired Electricity.

e) Victoria Street South Roadway Improvements Project. (Refer to PW020305/S, Item 12.)

i) Luigi D'Agnillo, Waterloo ii) Peter Lehman, K-W Keys iii) David Moser, Kitchener iv) Doreen Maskell-Moser, Kitchener v) David Weaver, Kitchener vi) Leonor Weaver, Kitchener NOTE: Continued on page 2.

vii) Mary Anne Wasilka, Kitchener viii) Rita Kloepfer, Kitchener ix) Elizabeth Jaeger, Kitchener x) Tracy Wood, Kitchener xi) Don Lisk, Kitchener xii) Peter Hartmann, Kitchener xiii) Brian Westwood, Kitchener xiv) Audrey Winkler, Kitchener * xv) Kenda Seebach, Kitchener * xvi) David Steffler, Kitchener * xvii) Thomas Seebohm * xviii) Amanda Bradbury * xix) John McBride, City of Kitchener Traffic and Parking * xx) Bert Kuntz, City of Kitchener Fire Chief * xxi) Lin Haag, Kitchener

9. MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETINGS

a) Council - February 27, 2002 b) Planning & Works - March 5, 2002 c) Special Joint Committee of the Planning & Works and Community Services Committees - March 5, 2002 d) Community Services - March 5, 2002 e) Planning & Works Special Committee Meeting - March 5, 2002 f) Administration & Finance - March 6, 2002

10. COMMUNICATIONS

a) Elizabeth Witmer, MPP re: Council resolutions pertaining to "Home Grow" Operations. Attached for information. (P1 & P2)

b) Brenda Law, Clerk-Treasurer, Township of Puslinch re: Regional Road 13 - Townline Road, Pinebush Road to Avenue Road, Proposed Improvements. Attached for information. (P3)

c) Elizabeth Witmer, MPP re: Council's correspondence pertaining to the decommissioning of private water supply wells. Attached for information. (P4 & P5)

* d) Association of Municipalities of Ontario re:

i) AMO Attends Finance Minister's Budget Round Table Discussion. Attached for information. (P6) ii) Tory Leadership Candidates Asked To Set Out Their Policy Plan For Municipal Governments. Attached for information. (P7) iii) Province Appoints Social Housing Services Corporation Board of Directors. Attached for information. (P11) [See Item 10. f) also.]

* e) Wayne Wettlaufer, MPP re: Correspondence to Honourable Brad Clark regarding Council's correspondence pertaining to Red Light Camera Pilot Project. Attached for information. (P8)

f) Lynn MacDonald, Assistant Deputy Minister, Social Housing Business Division re: Appointed Board of Directors for the Social Housing Services Corporation. Attached for information. (P9 & P10)

11. MOTION TO GO INTO COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE TO CONSIDER REPORTS

12. REPORTS

Finance Reports

a) T2002-102 Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) - attached & marked F-02-022

b) T2002-009 Construction and Replacement of Metering Facilities: Zone 5/4, Zone 4/2 and Turnbull Pumping Station - attached & marked F-02-023

c) Quotation Q2002-1108 Backyard Composters - attached & marked F-02-024

d) T2002-103 Shingled Roof Replacement, Downpipe/Soffit Replacement, Lorraine Avenue, City of Kitchener - attached & marked F-02-025

e) T2002-001 Mannheim Water Treatment Plant - Storage Building for Portable Power Generators - attached & marked F-02-026

f) Tender T2002-105 Cab and Chassis - attached & marked F-02-027

* Committee Reports

a) Planning & Works - attached & marked PW-020305/S (NOTE: Refer to E-02-022.1 attached) (NOTE: Refer to E-02-011.1 attached) b) Planning & Works and Community Services Joint Committee - attached & marked PW/CS-020305/S (NOTE: "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century...Planning Our Future: Phase 1" final document will be available at the meeting. c) Community Services - attached & marked CS-020305/S d) Administration & Finance - attached & marked AF-020306/S

Chief Administrative Officer

Regional Chair

Regional Clerk

a) Appointment of a Regional Weed Inspector - attached & marked CR-CLK-02-003.

13. OTHER MATTERS UNDER COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE

a) Authorization to Expropriate Lands For The Extension of Runway 07/25 at the Waterloo Regional Airport - attached & marked CR-RS-02-015

b) Grand River Transit - 2003 Vehicle Purchases - attached & marked E-02-037/CH-02-025

* c) Report of the Special Committee on SuperBuild Funding - Township of Wellesley Millennium SuperBuild Application: Linwood and Wellesley Library Enhancement Project. Attached & marked CC02-004.

14. MOTION FOR COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE TO RISE AND COUNCIL RESUME

15. MOTION TO ADOPT PROCEEDINGS OF COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE

16. MOTIONS

17. NOTICE OF MOTION

18. UNFINISHED BUSINESS

19. OTHER BUSINESS

20. QUESTIONS

21. ENACTMENT OF BY-LAWS - FIRST, SECOND & THIRD READINGS

a) A By-law to Amend By-law Number 00-032, as amended, Being the Region's Traffic and Parking By-law.

b) A By-law to Amend By-law Number 58-87, as amended, Being a By-law to Designate and Regulate Controlled-Access Road.

c) A By-law to Confirm the Actions of Council.

22. ADJOURN

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members Report No: F-02-022 of Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: T2002-102 WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2)

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of J-AAR Excavating Limited for the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) at a price of $1,616,475.12 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Tenders were called for the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) and were opened in the presence of D. McCaughan, P. Bauer and L. Buitenhuis.

The following tenders were received:

J-AAR Excavating Limited London, ON $1,616,475.12 Aecon Construction & Materials Limited Brampton, ON $1,984,850.00 Network Site Services Limited Cambridge, ON $2,022,456.22 Bel-Air Excavating & Grading Limited Ayr, ON $2,026,580.00 E & E Seegmiller Limited Kitchener, ON $2,204,200.00 Blue-Con Inc. London, ON $2,214,840.08 Metric Contracting Services Corporation Brampton, ON $2,313,875.00 William Johnson Construction Limited Wyoming, ON $2,425,494.19 DeKay Construction (1987) Limited London, ON $3,204,191.00 John Bianchi Grading Limited Bolton, ON $3,280,104.54 Subterra Inc. Kitchener, ON $3,310,173.40 - 2 - F-02-022

The work of this contract is to construct an expansion cell within the existing approved limits of the landfill. The first expansion cell (NE-1) was constructed in 1994. Refuse placement operations in the original landfill area have ceased and are currently ongoing in existing cell NE-1, which is projected to approach capacity in early 2003. North Expansion Cell Two (NE-2) is proposed to be constructed under this contract in 2002 to ensure uninterrupted disposal capacity, in accordance with the current MOE Certificate of Approval No. A140301.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

T2002-102 $1,616,475.12 Consultant Engineering (Contract Administration) 86,590.82 Regional Engineering 36,000.00 Geotechnical Engineering 96,918.46 Consultant Engineering (Environmental Monitoring) 15,000.00 Advertising/Printing 4,800.00 Sub-Total $1,855,784.40 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (67,291.99) Total $1,788,492.41

The 2002 Waste Management Capital Forecast provides a project budget of $2,030,000 for this contract. The project is 11% under budget. The unspent funds will remain in the Waste Management Capital Reserve for future uses.

The final date of acceptance for this tender is April 27, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members Report No: F-02-023 of Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: T2002-009 CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACEMENT OF METERING FACILITIES: ZONE 5/4, ZONE 4/2 AND TURNBULL PUMPING STATION

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Detra Builders Inc., for Construction and Replacement of Metering Facilities: Zone 5/4, Zone 4/2 and Turnbull Pumping Station at a price of $218,933.00 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Tenders were called for Construction and Replacement of Metering Facilities: Zone 5/4, Zone 4/2 and Turnbull Pumping Station and were opened in the presence of R. Russwurm, J. Cavalcante and L. Buitenhuis.

The following tenders were received:

Detra Builders Inc. Kitchener, ON $218,933.00 H2 Ontario Inc. Shakespeare, ON $240,018.58 Enviro-Con Limited Guelph, ON $257,666.70 Wellington Construction Inc. Palmerston, ON $261,080.00 Stone Town Construction Limited St. Mary's, ON $283,263.24 Sierra Construction Woodstock, ON $289,702.50

The System Metering and Technical Information System Project (TIS), completed in 1997, identified a number of improvements in the water supply system flow metering that would enhance data availability, improve billing accuracy and improve the overall system operation. Some of the priority locations identified in the TIS report were at the control valves between the Waterloo Pressure Zones 5/4 and Kitchener Pressure Zones 4/2, and at the Turnbull Pumping Station in Cambridge, which presently do not have flowmeters. - 2 - F-02-023

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

T2002-009 $218,933.00 Consultant Engineering 42,339.90 Regional Engineering 5,000.00 Soils Investigation 2,000.00 Advertising/Printing 5,000.00 Equipment Purchased by the Region 4,959.20 Sub-Total $278,232.10 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (10,201.38) Total $268,030.72

The 2002 Water Capital Budget includes an amount of $425,000 for this project. Approximately $70,000 has already been spent on a previous portion of this project, leaving $355,000 for the work of this tender. The total project will be approximately $87,000 under budget. Unspent funds will be retained in the Regional Water Capital Reserve Fund and the Water RDC Reserve for future projects.

The final date of acceptance for this tender is May 5, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members of Report No: F-02-024 Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: QUOTATION Q2002-1108 BACKYARD COMPOSTERS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the quotation of Norseman Plastics Limited for the supply of Backyard Composters at a total cost of $67,275.00 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Quotations were issued for the supply of 3,000 backyard composters and were opened in the presence of M. Birett, C. Reichert and L. Buitenhuis.

The following quotations were received:

Norseman Plastics Limited Toronto, ON $67,275.00 Horizon Plastics Company Limited Cobourg, ON $100,050.00

Request for quotations were sent to five composter manufacturers, however, only two submissions were received. The 2002 pricing reflects a 35% reduction over the 2001 price per unit. Norseman was awarded the contract in 2001.

Composters will be provided to residents of the Region at no cost.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Q2002-1108 $67,275.00 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (2,394.00) Total $64,881.00 - 2 - F-02-024

The 2002 Waste Management operating budget includes $75,000 for the purchase of composters. The unspent funds will be used to purchase additional units if a demand for composters exceeds the amount purchased. Otherwise, the unspent amount will form part of the 2002 year end surplus/deficit for Waste Management.

The final date of acceptance for this quotation is April 10, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members Report No: F-02-025 of Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: T2002-103 SHINGLED ROOF REPLACEMENT, DOWNPIPE/SOFFIT REPLACEMENT, LORRAINE AVENUE, CITY OF KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the Tender of PM Contracting Limited for Shingled Roof Replacement, Downpipe/Soffit Replacement, Lorraine Avenue, City of Kitchener at a total price of $72,566.33 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Tenders were called for Shingled Roof Replacement, Downpipe/Soffit Replacement, Lorraine Avenue, City of Kitchener and were opened in the presence of P. Bauer, K. Smith and L. Buitenhuis.

The following tenders were received:

PM Contracting Limited Kitchener, ON $ 72,566.33 Conestoga Roofing & Sheet Metal Limited Cambridge, ON $72,586.00 Eileen Roofing Inc. York, ON $84,133.66

The work of this contract is to replace eight existing shingled roofs, soffits, fascias and downpipe at Lorraine Avenue in Kitchener. The existing roof has reached its maximum lifespan and requires immediate attention. This work will prevent water infiltration to each of the building units causing interior water damage.

Construction is scheduled to commence in April 2002 and will be completed within two months.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve. - 2 - F-02-025

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The contractor was requested as part of the tender to submit a separate price for roof sheathing. It is requested to accept this separate price to allow for replacement of roof sheathing as required. Due to the nature of this work, it is recommended that a Construction Contingency of $5,000 be allotted to cover unforeseen costs such as sheathing replacement.

Based on the low bidder, the estimated cost to the Region is as follows:

T2002-103 $72,566.13 Construction Contingency 5,000.00 Sub-Total $77,566.13 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (2,899.52) Total $74,666.61

This project is being funded from the approved 2002 Waterloo Region Housing Capital Plan where a balance of $88,000 has been allocated for Shingled Roof Replacement. This leaves a sum of $13,333.39 which will be retained in the Waterloo Region Housing Capital Plan for other future projects.

The final date of acceptance for this tender is April 27, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members Report No: F-02-026 of Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: T2002-001 MANNHEIM WATER TREATMENT PLANT - STORAGE BUILDING FOR PORTABLE POWER GENERATORS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Nadeco Limited for Mannheim Water Treatment Plant - Storage Building for Portable Power Generators, at a price of $282,354.61 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Tenders were called for the Mannheim Water Treatment Plant - Storage Building for Portable Power Generators and were opened in the presence of P. Bauer, F. Smith and L. Buitenhuis.

The following tenders were received:

Nadeco Limited Guelph, ON $282,354.61 Detra Builders Inc. Kitchener, ON $282,990.00 Sierra Construction (Woodstock) Limited Woodstock, ON $293,228.00 Nith Valley Construction Limited New Hamburg, ON $304,260.00 Enviro-Con Limited Guelph, ON $319,609.00 Aveiro Constructors Dorchester, ON $319,636.28 PM Contracting Limited Kitchener, ON $320,264.91 Reid & De Leye Contractors Limited Courtland, ON $322,207.56 Sax Construction Inc. Kitchener, ON $328,490.00 Pegah Construction Limited Toronto, ON $337,531.50 Versteeg Contracting Limited Elmira, ON $341,330.00 - 2 - F-02-026

Cortrad Construction (1999) Inc. Concord, ON $342,140.00

M.J. Dixon Construction Limited Mississauga, ON $344,293.90 Sona Construction Limited Hamilton, ON $354,298.86 CRA Contractors Limited Waterloo, ON $424,674.00

Currently portable power generators are stored at several Regional facilities. In July 2000, Totten Sims Hubicki Associates prepared a Preliminary Design Report for the storage of portable power generators. The final recommendation of that report was that a new five (5) bay building suitable for storing nine (9) generators plus one loadbank should be constructed to provide secure, enclosed storage at a single location. During the final design process in 2001, geotechnical testing confirmed that the building should be constructed at the Mannheim Water Treatment Plant site.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

T2002-001 $282,354.61 Consultant Engineering 8,354.58 Regional Engineering 5,000.00 Materials Testing & Inspection 5,000.00 Advertising/Permits 4,000.00 Sub-Total $304,709.19 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (10,867.63) Total $293,841.56

The 2002 twenty year Water Capital Forecast provides a project budget of $305,000 in 2002. This project is $11,158.44 under budget, unless otherwise directed by Council, it is proposed that the surplus monies be retained in the Water Capital Reserve Fund, and the Water RDC Reserve for future capital expenditures.

The final date of acceptance for this tender is April 27, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil - 3 - F-02-026

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer Regional Municipality of Waterloo FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members Report No: F-02-027 of Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: TENDER T2002-105 CAB AND CHASSIS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo accept the tender of Weiland Ford Sales for the supply of three (3) Cab and Chassis at a total cost of $118,172.85 including all applicable taxes.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Tenders were called for the supply of three (3) Cab and Chassis and were opened in the presence of D. Detzler, S. Loker and D. Schmidt.

The following tenders were received:

Weiland Ford Sales Kitchener, ON $118,172.85 Parkway Ford Sales Waterloo, ON $118,218.85

Ford is the only manufacturer that makes this type of cab and chassis.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

To ensure we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Transportation Operations

T2002-105 (2 units) $ 64,180.00 G.S.T. 4,492.60 P.S.T. 5,134.40 Sub-Total $ 73,807.00 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (2,567.20) - 2 - F-02-027

Total $71,239.80

Each cab and chassis will be retrofitted with an aluminum dump body and associated hardware at an estimated cost of $30,000 for a total cost of approximately $101,239.80. The 2002 Capital Budget for Transportation Operation includes $110,000 for this purchase to be funded from the Transportation Vehicle Reserve. The unspent funds will remain in the Transportation Vehicle Reserve for future purchases.

These purchases replace two (2) 1989 Ford F700 which have passed their life cycle and require extensive refurbishing.

Water Operations

T2002-105 (1 unit) $ 38,579.00 G.S.T. 2,700.53 P.S.T. 3,086.32 Sub-Total $44,365.85 Less Municipal Rebate of 4% G.S.T. (1,543.16) Total $42,822.69

The cab and chassis will be retrofitted to include a fluoride tank which is estimated to cost $18,000 for a total cost of approximately $60,822.69. The Water Capital Budget includes an amount of $62,000 for this purchase to be funded from the Water Vehicle Reserve. The unspent funds will remain in the Water Vehicle Reserve for future purchases.

This purchase replaces a 1988 Chev C30 which has passed its life cycle and requires extensive refurbishing.

The final date of acceptance for this tender is April 12, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Nil

PREPARED BY: C. Whitlock, Chief Purchasing Officer

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer PW-020305/S

THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY

PLANNING & WORKS COMMITTEE

Summary of Recommendations to Council

The Planning & Works Committee recommends as follows:

1. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo

a) approve the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill (McLennan Park) by the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group;

b) approve the lease of all lands at the Site to the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group subject to terms and conditions as described in E-02- 022, dated March 5, 2002 including the addition of a lease rate for years 1 to 3 of $3,000 per year, and the approval of the Regional Solicitor and the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services;

c) authorize the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services on behalf of the Region of Waterloo to sign applications and other required documentation for zone change and any other Municipal and Planning Act approvals required in order to develop the subject lands for all-season recreational use as outlined in Staff Report E-02-022, provided that all costs of such applications shall be at the expense of the proposed lessee(s);

d) And that the Region not invest any additional funds in the project. [Report E-02-022]

2. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take no action regarding the request for the installation of traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street (Regional Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo. [Report E-02- 030]

3. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into Engineering Agreements for services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) in the City of Waterloo, as follows:

a) MTE Consultants Inc. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide contract administration and construction inspection services at an upset fee limit of PW-020305/S -2-

$80,926 plus applicable taxes; and

b) Peto MacCallum Ltd. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide geotechnical engineering services at an upset fee limit of $90,573 plus applicable taxes. [Report E-02-028]

4. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo amend Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to include the City of Kitchener's Downtown Core "No Reparking By-law" as it applies to the City's two hour limit for parking on all regional roadways within the downtown area. [Report E-02-031]

5. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study Final Report, dated December 31, 2001, with implementation to be subject to future budget deliberations and the approval of Regional Council;

And that staff be directed to file the Notice of Completion of the Environmental Study Report Addendum for the mandatory 30 day review period in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment requirements, by means of advertisements in local newspapers and mailings to property owners and agencies.[Report E-02-035]

6. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare it's easement interest in Part 1, Reference Plan 67R-2207, Township of North Dumfries as surplus and quit claim their interest to the owners of the subject lands for $1.00 plus costs, subject to the Region's property disposition by-law. [Report CR-RS-02-012]

7. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare land adjacent to Fairway Road, as shown on the schedule attached to Report CR-RS-02-013, dated March 5, 2002, surplus to the needs of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo and convey the lands to the abutting owners, John Ball and Audrey Ball, for $1.00 plus all costs subject to the Region's property disposition by-law;

And that, in exchange, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the acquisition of lands described as Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 from John Ball and Audrey Ball, for the sum of $1.00 for road widening purposes. [Report CR-RS-02-013]

8. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo lease approximately 75 acres immediately south of the existing Waterloo Landfill site to Roger Bechtold for the sum of $1,500.00 per year. The term of the land lease would be for one year from April 1, 2002 to March 31, 2003, and thereafter on a yearly renewable PW-020305/S -3-

basis. [Report CR-RS- 02-011]

9. WHEREAS the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing has introduced legislation that will require municipalities to calculate the full cost of providing their water and wastewater service and develop and implement a plan to recover the full cost;

BE IT RESOLVED THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo encourages the Ministry of the Environment to recognize that the costs associated with water efficiency initiatives and the protection of water resources are considered part of the costs of supplying water.[Report E-02-034]

10. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve P-02-027, dated March 5, 2002, Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002. [Report P- 02-027]

11. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve an amendment to Controlled Access By-law #58-87 for an emergency access on the east side of Regional Road #54 (Lackner Boulevard) approximately 160 metres south of Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener as outlined in Report P-02-028, dated March 5, 2002. [Report P-02-028]

12. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following actions with respect to the Class Environmental Assessment Study for Victoria Street South from King Street to Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener:

a) Reconstruct and widen Victoria Street South to provide two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue and other improvements as per Concept 5 Modified described in this Report E-02-011 dated March 5, 2002;

b) Place the Environmental Study Report for this project on public display for the mandatory thirty days in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (Schedule “C”) Guidelines;

c) Amend the Regional Official Policies Plan to remove the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Plan; and

d) Dispose of any properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton diversion that are in excess of the Region’s needs. [Report E-01-011] PW-020305/S -4-

March 5, 2002 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES WASTE MANAGEMENT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-022.1 REVISED Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-20/ER20 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: PARK DEVELOPMENT - KITCHENER LANDFILL

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take the following action with respect to park development at the former Kitchener Landfill: a) approve in principle, the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill (McLennan Park) by the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group; b) approve the development of a three way lease Agreement for all lands at the Site with the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group consistent with terms and conditions as described in E-02- 022.1; and subject to approval by Regional Council of the final lease Agreement. c) authorize the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services on behalf of the Region of Waterloo to sign applications and other required documentation for zone change and any other Municipal and Planning Act approvals required in order to develop the subject lands for all-season recreational use as outlined in Staff Report E-02-022.1, provided that all costs of such applications shall be at the expense of the proposed lessee(s).

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

In May 2000, Regional Council authorized staff to enter into discussions with the River Valley Group to develop an all-season recreational facility on the northern portion of the former Kitchener Landfill. Since that time, the City of Kitchener has become intimately involved in the project in an effort to develop a park and recreational concept for the entire property. Regional staff, City staff and the River Valley Group have now finalized a recreational concept for the site as shown on the attached figure. The City of Kitchener will control the majority of the site and will construct soccer fields and possibly other recreational facilities such as a cricket pitch and a fenced leash-free dog park. The River Valley Group will operate a winter tube slide and a summer mini-golf and chipping area. City staff and the River Valley Group have worked closely to develop a complete unified development proposal.

The public has had two opportunities to review plans and the most recent proposal presented in the Fall of 2001 was well received with only some minor concerns. Most of the suggestions made by the public for changes have been incorporated into the current plans. - 2 -

E-02-022 C06-20/ER01

The lease for the site will be a three-way Agreement between the City, the Region and the River Valley Group. The two site users will assume responsibility for all surface maintenance and liability, while the Region will maintain subsurface responsibility for the waste placed at the site. The City will lease the lands for nominal consideration.

In developing the lease rate for the River Valley Group staff considered three similar circumstances at Wedges & Woods in Cambridge (City owned),Westhill Meadows Golf (School Board owned) and the Waterloo Golf Academy (City owned). The proposed lease rate is comparable to these three examples given the difficulty of constructing facilities at an old landfill site. By leasing the property, the Region also benefits by eliminating the significant existing liability associated with unsupervised use of the hill for tobogganing, and regular maintenance costs on the property. In addition to the lease amount, the River Valley Group has also agreed to contribute approximately $40,000 towards park development on the City controlled portion of the site. River Valley will also be jointly responsible with the City for servicing the property including water, sewer and roadway improvements. The initial lease will be between 20 and 25 years with renewal periods at the Region's discretion. Proposed lease rates are noted below.

Years 1 - 3 $ 3,000 per year Years 4 - 10 $ 8,000 per year Years 11- 16 $ 10,000 per year Year 16 and beyond $ 15,000 per year

The Region will not be contributing any capital or operating funds to the development of the park.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This project improves the safety of Regional property while partnering with the City of Kitchener and private enterprise to advance the economic development of the Region.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Revenue generated as a result of the lease will be credited to the Waste Management Capital Reserve Fund.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Staff from the Legal Services Division of Corporate Resources Department and the Community Planning Division of Planning, Housing and Community Services Department will be involved in this project.

PREPARED BY: James Archibald, Director, Waste Management

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services - 3 -

E-02-022 C06-20/ER01

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Ken Seiling and Report No: E-02-011.1 Members of Council File Code: 5147, C06-60 Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: VICTORIA STREET SOUTH (REGIONAL ROAD 55) ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS STUDY, KING STREET TO LAWRENCE AVENUE, KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

This report is submitted for Council’s information to assist in it's deliberation regarding the recommendation in Report E-02-011, dated March 5, 2002, as presented at Planning and Works Committee meeting, March 5, 2002, 7:00 p.m.

SUMMARY:

NIL

REPORT:

1.0 Background

The Region of Waterloo is currently undertaking a Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (EA) Study to examine roadway improvements on Victoria Street South between King Street and Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener. The proposed roadway improvements are intended to address traffic congestion within a large part of west Kitchener.

Report E-02-011 (attached to this report), submitted to the Regional Planning and Works Committee on March 5, 2002, included as one of its recommended actions the implementation of Concept 5 Modified for this project. Concept 5 Modified includes reconstructing and widening Victoria Street South to provide two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue. Please refer to Appendix A for a key plan of the project limits.

A number of questions were raised by the Committee members at the March 5, 2002 meeting. Those questions and staff’s responses are included in Section 2.0 of the report. -2- E-02-011.1

2.0 Questions Raised By Committee Members at the March 5, 2002 Planning and Works Committee Meeting

a) What traffic improvements would Concept 5 Modified provide over the status quo?

Staff Response

The existing lane configuration on Victoria Street South includes one lane in each direction between Park Street and Lawrence Avenue, one lane eastbound and two lanes westbound between Park Street and King Street. Currently, the second westbound lane becomes a dedicated right-turn lane as you approach Park Street and does not continue westbound through the Park Street intersection.

The implementation of Concept 5 Modified would add an additional lane eastbound between Park Street and King Street and would extend the existing westbound lane through the Park Street intersection up to Henry Street. The additional eastbound lane would significantly reduce delays for eastbound traffic in the section between Henry Street and King Street and the extension of the westbound lane from Park Street to Henry Street would provide a small reduction in delays to westbound traffic during the afternoon peak period and would provide more space for motorists and transit operators to merge into the single westbound lane at Henry Street.

Concept 5 Modified would maintain the existing two lane configuration between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue and therefore would provide no capacity improvements to reduce congestion in that section of the project. The slightly increased road width resulting from the inclusion of dedicated cycling lanes in that section would provide more space for emergency vehicles to pass through and would provide more space for through traffic to pass left-turning traffic waiting to turn into driveways.

Concept 5 Modified also includes new dedicated left-turn lanes on the south, west and east legs of the Park Street intersection where currently left-turns are prohibited. These new left-turn lanes would reduce left turns from the through lanes at Henry Street and Bramm Street, thus providing operational and safety improvements on Victoria Street. They would also improve safety on properties adjacent to the intersection where motorists are currently “cutting through” to circumvent the left-turn prohibition.

Concept 5 Modified also includes new dedicated left-turn lanes on Victoria Street at Joseph Street. These left-turn lanes would improve safety and provide operational benefits as well as accommodating the expected future demand for increased left turns at Joseph Street to serve the eventual re-development of the City’s Epton property. -3- E-02-011.1 b) What are the incremental costs of Concept 5 Modified over reconstructing the status quo?

Staff Response

Current preliminary estimates for the road reconstruction and widening involved with each of the design concepts in question are as follows:

Victoria Street Recommended Reconstruct Reconstruct Reconstruction Concept 5 Existing Existing and Add (4 lanes/2lanes) “Status Cycling Lanes Quo” King Street to Henry Street $2.7 million $1.3 million $1.8 million Henry Street to Lawrence $2.0 million $1.4 million $1.9 million Avenue

Estimated Total Costs $4.7 million $2.7 million $3.7 million c) What is the driving need for the reconstruction of Victoria Street South between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue since we are not proposing any significant widening?

Staff Response

There is a definite need to fully reconstruct Victoria Street South between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue to address a combination of poor road and underground service conditions and service upgrading needs as follows:

C excessive road cross-falls, “paved-over” gutters, broken curbs and localized drainage problems;

C the proposed installation of a new Regional 600 mm diameter trunk watermain throughout this section of Victoria Street will result in excavation of approximately 50% of the existing road;

C the proposed replacement of the existing City of Kitchener sanitary sewer and distribution water main (which are approximately 70 years old) will also result in extensive excavation within the roadway; and

C the proposed replacement of the existing gasmain between Strange Street and Belmont Avenue by Kitchener Utilities may also result in excavations within the existing roadway.

In addition to the road deficiencies and required servicing upgrades noted above, proposed investigations to be initiated immediately after the Environmental Assessment Study may reveal additional deficiencies in the road structure and the existing storm sewers. -4- E-02-011.1 d) Is there any possible way to provide an on-street cycling facility between King Street and Henry Street, as part of Concept 5 Modified, and still provide the left-turn lanes at Park Street and Joseph Street?

Staff Response

The implementation of wide shared-use curb lanes and the proposed dedicated left-turn lanes on Victoria Street South at Joseph Street is not feasible because of the proximity to the road allowance of two existing buildings, one at the northwest corner and the other at the southeast corner of the intersection. Implementation of both cycling facilities and dedicated left-turn lanes at that location would require an unacceptable compromise to the horizontal alignment of the road or would require the removal of one of the two existing buildings.

The Project Team did not recommend the implementation of both wide shared-use lanes and dedicated left-turn lanes on Victoria Street South at Park Street because of the negative impacts to the adjacent private properties. Implementing both facilities at that location would also compromise the ability to provide the proposed northbound left-turn lane on Park Street without removing the existing building on the southeast corner of that intersection. e) What can be done to modify the operation of the existing traffic signals to improve traffic flow on Victoria Street South?

Staff are currently reviewing the operation of the traffic signals to determine the feasibility and consequences of increasing “green time” for Victoria Street traffic during peak periods. In general, increasing “green time” for Victoria Street traffic would require increasing cycle lengths which would result in fewer cycles per hour. Decreasing the number of signal cycles per hour would significantly increase delays for traffic on the City streets and for pedestrians crossing Victoria Street during peak periods. Any changes to the signal timing which would seriously degrade the level-of-service for the side street traffic and pedestrians would have to be reviewed with City staff to determine the effects on local traffic patterns. f) What can be done to encourage commuters to take alternate routes to reduce demand on this section of Victoria Street South?

Staff Response

There are currently a number of Transportation Demand Management (TDM) initiatives being developed and/or implemented by Regional staff to try to achieve the 7% auto reduction target identified in the Regional Transportation Master Plan. Some of these initiatives include:

C improving transit ridership through increased service, new routes, fare strategies and improved transfer facilities;

C public awareness through education about the impacts of unnecessary vehicular travel and the promotion of increased cycling and walking;

C increasing land use densities and mixed land uses which would better support an expanded -5- E-02-011.1

transit system;

C employer-based TDM programs to encourage transit use, carpooling, walking and cycling; and

C revising current planning policies to guide future TDM initiatives.

In addition to the TDM initiatives identified above, another method of reducing the future traffic demand on Victoria Street South is to encourage motorists to use alternate routes by making capacity and/or operational improvements on other corridors within the Regional road network. Unfortunately, major capacity improvements on other nearby parallel roads such as Queen Street South, Glasgow Street or Ottawa Street would involve significant impacts to the local front-lotted neighbourhoods on those streets.

Two future road improvement projects which may reduce traffic demand on Victoria Street South are New Highway 7 (Ministry of Transportation, Ontario) between Kitchener and Guelph and Ira Needles Boulevard (Region of Waterloo) on the west side of the cities of Kitchener and Waterloo. The construction of New Highway 7 and its improved interchange with Highway 7 in Kitchener will encourage Guelph commuters from the west side of both cities to use a Fischer- Hallman Road - Highway 7/8 route rather than crossing Kitchener on Victoria Street South. Ira Needles Boulevard may also encourage commuters to use this route as it will attract traffic bound for west of Kitchener that is currently using Fischer-Hallman Road and thus would decrease delays on Fischer-Hallman Road.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

Please refer to attached Report E-02-011.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Please refer to attached Report E-02-011.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Steve van De Keere, Senior Project Manager

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services

PW/CS-020305/S

THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

PLANNING & WORKS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES JOINT COMMITTEE

Summary of Recommendations to Council

The Planning & Works and Community Services Joint Committee recommends as follows:

1. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to "Planning our Future" as outlined in Report P-02-030, dated March 5, 2002: a) That the preliminary preferred concepts outlined in Appendix "A" to Report P-02- 030, entitled "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century - Planning Our Future" be adopted in principle as the basis for and subject to the findings of Phase 2 of the Strategy; b) That staff be authorized to finalize the Phase 1 brochure (Appendix "H" to Report P- 02-030) illustrating growth management concepts and choices for distribution and consultation; c) That the comments from the March 5, 2002 Joint Planning and Works - Community Services Committee meeting, together with the consultant's presentation, be incorporated into the final Phase 1 document; d) That the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used to guide and refine the preliminary preferred concepts (recommendation

March 5, 2002 CS-020305/S

THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE

Summary of Recommendations to Council

The Community Services Committee recommends as follows:

1. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to group rentals at Doon Heritage Crossroads as outlined in Report P-02-033, dated March 5, 2002:

a) the agreement for large groups renting the museum grounds (Appendix A)

b) rental rates as follows:

0-99 people $250.00 plus GST 100-199 people $350.00 plus GST 200-299 people $450.00 plus GST; and

c) the authority for the Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads or the Director of Community Services, to execute such related agreements on behalf of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo. [Report P-02-033]

2. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo extend appreciation to Susan Hyde and Michael Bird of Waterloo, Jim and Norma Hiscock of St Marys, and June Chambers of Bond Head for their donations of artifacts to Joseph Schneider Haus and commend them for making these examples of the Region’s cultural heritage accessible to the public. [Report P-02-035]

3. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002. CS-020305/S - 2 -

4. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the distribution of the $250,000 (net Regional 20% $50,000) one-time costs for child care special needs resourcing service pressures, subject to Provincial approval as follows [Report SS- 02-026]:

Notre Dame of St. Agatha (KidsLink) $46,418 KW Habilitation Services $68,022 The Treatment Centre of Waterloo Region (Rotary Centre) $43,812 Cambridge Association for the Mentally Handicapped $61,450 The Children's Aid Society of the Regional Municipality $30,298 of Waterloo (Family and Children's Services) ______Total $250,000

March 5, 2002 AF-020306/S

THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY

ADMINISTRATION & FINANCE COMMITTEE

Summary of Recommendations to Council

The Administration and Finance Committee recommends as follows:

1. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo appoint J. Brewer, K. Seiling and L. Woolstencroft to the 2002 Grants Sub-Committee;

And that the Grants Sub-Committee review the Annual Report from Halton Region. [F-02-020]

2. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following operating principles as Human Resources policies on Religious Observance Leave and Response to Employee Death as outlined in Report CA-HR-02-005 dated March 6, 2002.

3. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the updated 1973 corporate logo as revised by Douglas Ratchford to be used to identify Regional services;

That the Regional Municipality of Waterloo coat of arms/crest be maintained and used as the official seal of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, and that it be used for all official documents originating from the Regional Chair, Council and Clerks or other appropriate uses; And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo develop visual identity guidelines outlining usage of the new logo and coat of arms/crest. [ CA-02-002] AF-020306/S

4. THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve a 3% cost of living adjustment for Members of Regional Council, effective January 1, 2002, and a 3% cost of living adjustment, effective January 1, 2003;

And that Regional Council reconvene the Citizens' Advisory Committee on Council Compensation by the fall of 2002, as per the recommendation of the previous Council.

March 6, 2002 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

Corporate Resources REGIONAL CLERK’S REPORT

To: Chair Ken Seiling and Members of Report No: CR-CLK-02-003 Regional Council File Code: P13-03 Date: Wednesday, March 20, 2002 Subject: APPOINTMENT OF A REGIONAL WEED INSPECTOR

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo appoint Barry Glofcheskie as Regional Weed Inspector for the year 2002 at the hourly rate of $15.00, plus mileage.

SUMMARY:

The Weed Control Act, R.S.O. 1990, Ch.W.5, Section 6(1) states: “The Council of every country, district municipality and regional municipality shall by by-law appoint one or more persons as area weed inspectors to enforce this Act in the area within the Council’s jurisdiction and fix remuneration or other compensation.”

REPORT:

The Region has annually engaged a Regional Weed Inspector to carry out inspections and to assist the Weed Inspectors appointed by area municipalities. The Cities of Cambridge, Kitchener and Waterloo appoint their own Weed Inspectors. The Townships of North Dumfries, Wellesley, Wilmot and Woolwich do not appoint a Weed Inspector; they use the services of the Regional Weed Inspector.

The Region is responsible for all costs associated with the Regional Weed Inspector and the area municipalities that appoint a Weed Inspector have assumed all costs associated with their appointments. The following chart outlines the number of complaints per municipality as dealt with by the Regional Weed Inspector

Kitchener Waterloo Cambridge North Woolwich Wilmot Wellesley Dumfries 12 12 11 15 15 32 18

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The Corporate Plan requires us to ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The 2002 Licensing and Regulatory Services budget includes $4,961 for wages and mileage costs. - 2 - CR-CLK-02-003

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Wanda Martin-Koch, Administrator, Licensing and Administrative Services

APPROVED BY: Evelyn L. Orth, Director, Council & Administrative Services/Regional Clerk Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CORPORATE RESOURCES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Ken Seiling and Members of the Report No: CR-RS-02-015 Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: AUTHORIZATION TO EXPROPRIATE LANDS FOR THE EXTENSION OF RUNWAY 07/25 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo direct the Regional Solicitor to take the following action with respect to the expropriation of lands for the extension of Runway 07/25 of the Waterloo Regional Airport, in the Township of Woolwich:

1. Complete an application to the Council of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo for approval to expropriate land, which is required for the construction of the extension to the Runway at the Waterloo Regional Airport, and is described as follows:

Part Lot 102, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, described as Part 1 on Plan 58R- 13278 and situated at 1160 Shantz Station Road, (partial taking); and

Part Lot 102, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, described as Part 1 on Plan 58R- 13276 and situated at 1292 Shantz Station Road, (partial taking); and

Part Lot 88, German Company Tract, Township of Woolwich, situated at 1231 Shantz Station Road, (complete purchase).

2. Give notices of the above application required by the Expropriations Act.

3. Forward to the Chief Inquiry Officer any requests for hearing that may be received and then report to the Regional Council for information.

4. Do all things necessary and proper to be done, and report thereon to Regional Council in due course.

SUMMARY: NIL

REPORT:

Regional Council approved in March 2000 the Waterloo Regional Airport Master Plan which included the - 2 - CR-RS-02-015 extension of the existing Runway 07/25 from 5200 feet to 7000 feet. The runway extension is required to provide the users of the airport with reliable airport infrastructure as well as to provide improved noise mitigation for residents in Kitchener. The 2001 Airport Capital Program and ten year forecast included funds in 2001 for the purchase of lands for this project. The runway extension is planned for construction in 2002.

In order to secure the required airspace clearances for the runway extension it is necessary to secure property from three (3) land owners. To date the Region has entered into negotiations with all land owners in an effort to reach agreements.

Given the Region's commitment to have the runway extension fully constructed by the end of 2002, the Region must give notice of the intent to expropriate property from land owners which have not entered into agreements. The Region will continue to negotiate with all land owners in an attempt to secure lands without the need to expropriate.

Council will be kept informed through subsequent reports as to the status of the various agreements for purchase as well as expropriation proceedings.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The runway extension project supports the goal of creating and supporting a climate that encourages economic prosperity.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The 2002 Airport Capital Program and ten year forecast includes $1,860,000 for the purchase of properties.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Transportation and Environmental Services staff have been consulted in the preparation of this report.

PREPARED BY: Bruce McNaughton, Administrator Real Estate Services

APPROVED BY: Connie Peterson Giller, Commissioner of Corporate Resources & Regional Solicitor

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES COMMUNITY HEALTH DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members of Report No: E-02-037/CH-02-025 Regional Council File Code: Date: March 20, 2002 Subject: GRAND RIVER TRANSIT - 2003 VEHICLE PURCHASES

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following regarding Grand River Transit buses: a) Endorse the use of clean diesel engine technology for Grand River Transit's 2003 bus purchases; b) Approve a bus muffler retrofit program, subject to approval as part of the 2003 budget process; c) Direct staff to evaluate diesel fuel options during the upcoming fuel tender with the aim of choosing a fuel with lower sulphur content where possible; and d) Direct staff to consider the long-term financial implications of alternate bus technology during the 2003 and subsequent budget processes in order to be in a position to potentially purchase more expensive vehicles which have lower emissions in future.

SUMMARY:

Grand River Transit plans to purchase 20 buses for delivery in 2003. Staff have evaluated the relative merits of clean diesel vs. compressed natural gas (CNG) engines for these buses. The CNG buses would have lower emissions of several substances of public health concern than the diesel buses. Therefore, the use of CNG buses would result in some localized air quality improvements, and some reductions in public health concerns associated with poor air quality. However, the CNG bus options are significantly more expensive than the diesel option. Most other Canadian transit properties are moving away from CNG buses, because of their high costs, poor reliability and improvements in diesel technology. For these reasons, staff recommend the purchase of 20 clean diesel buses in 2003, along with the following additional measures to improve air quality.

Staff recommend that most of the existing fleet of diesel buses be retrofitted with new catalytic exhaust mufflers. These retrofits are relatively inexpensive and would result in up to 50% emission reductions. This would contribute to air quality and public health improvements.

Finally, staff recommend that options for lower sulphur content diesel fuel be evaluated as part of the upcoming cooperative fuel tender. Lower sulphur diesel fuel contributes to lower emissions of SO2. In the long term, hybrid diesel-electric buses appear to offer a promising combination of low emissions and reliability. Because these vehicles will likely continue to be more expensive than diesel buses, the long-term financial implications - 2 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 of purchasing these hybrid buses should be considered during the 2003 and subsequent budget processes.

REPORT:

Background

Grand River Transit (GRT) operates a fleet of 140 conventional transit buses. There are 114 vehicles operating from the north depot located on Strasburg Road, 23 of these vehicles are powered by compressed natural gas (CNG) and fueled at this facility; the remaining 91 vehicles are diesel powered. In Cambridge there are 26 diesel powered vehicles operating from the south depot located on Conestoga Boulevard. There is no natural gas fueling facility at the south depot.

Based on Grand River Transit's 5-Year Business Plan and Maintenance Program, GRT is proposing to acquire 69 new buses over the next 4 years (2003 to 2006) (42 expansion and 27 replacements). In 2003, the plans call for 8 replacement vehicles, and 12 additional vehicles, for a total of 20 new buses in 2003. These buses are needed to support the transit expansion plans which have been endorsed by Council, and to ensure a reliable fleet, providing reliable service. Transit service expansion, and a highly reliable fleet are needed to achieve the auto-reduction targets of the Region's Transportation Master Plan (RTMP).

On December 12, 2001, Council considered a report and recommendations regarding the fuel technology for future bus purchases. At that time there was considerable discussion about the relative merits of various bus fuel options (particularly clean diesel vs. CNG). Council directed staff to evaluate the public health implications of the various fuel options, prior to making recommendations for future bus purchases.

Since that time, Community Health Department staff and Transportation and Environmental Services Department staff have worked together to more completely evaluate the bus fuel technology options. Staff were assisted in this work by consultants McCormick, Rankin Corporation, Cole Sherman and air quality specialists RWDI. This report presents the findings of that work, and recommendations regarding the fuel technology for 2003 bus purchases, as well as a recommended vehicle retrofit program to reduce emissions from the existing bus fleet.

2003 Bus Purchase Options

Bus engine and fuel technology continues to evolve in an effort to find the optimum balance between reliability, fuel efficiency, emissions and capital and operating costs. Typically, the most cost-effective bus choice does not provide the lowest emissions (and consequently the maximum health benefit). There is always an additional cost attached to lower emissions and the resulting air quality improvements. The vast majority of transit buses worldwide continue to be powered by diesel engines. Some transit properties continue to maintain and expand their use of CNG powered vehicles. In the longer term there is optimism that advances in electric propulsion - particularly hybrid diesel-electric vehicles will provide a feasible future choice for urban transit vehicles. These hybrid vehicles have excellent fuel efficiency, and generally lower emissions than either CNG or diesel engines. New York City Transit is purchasing several hundred hybrid diesel-electric vehicles for evaluation purposes. TTC is also evaluating this technology. It is believed that these vehicles will become increasingly commercially viable in the coming years. However, these vehicles will likely continue to be more costly than diesel buses. Therefore, if GRT is to consider these buses in the future, plans will need to be made well in advance to fund - 3 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 the extra costs.

Because emission standards, bus technology and the transit industry trends are changing rapidly, staff recommend that the Region review the choice of fuel technology annually, just prior to placing each year's bus order. Therefore, the remainder of this report concerns itself primarily with the 2003 bus purchase.

The GRT expansion and maintenance programs identify the need for 20 new buses to be delivered in 2003 (8 replacement vehicles and 12 expansion vehicles). Given the very long delivery times for new buses (12 to 18 months), it is important that the 2003 buses be ordered shortly to ensure that they are available to meet anticipated 2003 service needs. The recent tender for 2002 buses included an option to purchase the 2003 buses at 2001 prices, if the order is placed before April 30, 2002.

Currently the only commercially feasible options for the Region's 2003 bus purchases are either "clean diesel" or CNG engines. The Region could purchase all new diesel buses or all new CNG buses or some combination of CNG and diesel. In developing the options to be evaluated for 2003, several factors were considered.

• Infrastructure Limitation - Currently CNG fueling facilities are only available at the north depot on Strasburg Road. The existing facility has the capacity to fuel 40 CNG buses daily; this is more than adequate for the current fleet of 23 CNG buses (and the potential for up to 17 more CNG buses) . It is estimated that the existing facility will have a useful service life of 10 more years - similar to the expected useful life of the 23 CNG buses. Construction of an expanded fueling facility on Strasburg Road or a new fueling facility in Cambridge would cost approximately $1,000,000 each.

• Reliability Limitation - GRT's experience has been that CNG buses are considerably less reliable than diesel buses. On average the CNG buses have 20% more on-road breakdowns than diesel, and their overall availability for service is 25% less than diesel. GRT's experience is similar to other transit properties, as described in more detail later in this report. Because of CNG's poorer reliability, it would be necessary to purchase extra vehicles to ensure the same overall level of fleet reliability compared to diesel buses.

Given these considerations, the viable options for GRT's 2003 bus purchase are as follows:

• Option 1 - Purchase 20 new diesel buses. • Option 2 - Purchase 17 new CNG buses (to the maximum capacity of the existing CNG fueling facility) and 5 new diesel buses (total of 20 buses plus 2 extra spares). • Option 3 - Purchase 22 new CNG buses (20 plus 2 extra spares).

Each of these options was evaluated on the basis of environmental, public health, operational and financial criteria, as described in the following sections. - 4 - E-02-037/CH-02-025

Evaluation of Options a) Environmental Implications

The emissions from bus engines depend on the type of engine, type of fuel, engine age and condition and the vehicle driving conditions. Our consultants reviewed emission estimates from a number of different studies to estimate the emissions of different substances from "typical" CNG and diesel bus engines. The substances included in the analysis were:

Non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC) - precursor to the formation of smog, due primarily to the VOC components

Carbon Monoxide (CO) - impairment of visual perception, working capacity, learning ability;

Nitrogen Oxides (NOx ) - increasing sensitivity for persons with asthma and bronchitis; leads to acid deposition and adverse effects on vegetation; precursor to formulation of smog;

Particulate Matter (PM) - decreased lung function, increased hospital admissions, increased respiratory symptoms and disease and premature death; damage to vegetation, deterioration in visibility and contamination of soil;

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) - breathing discomfort, respiratory illness, aggravation of existing respiratory and cardiovascular disease. People with asthma, chronic heart or lung disease are most sensitive to SO2.

The estimates of typical emissions of these substances from diesel and CNG engines are summarized in the following table. The human health implications are discussed in more detail in the next section.

Comparison of Typical Engine Emissions (g/vehicle km)

Pollutant CNG Bus Diesel Bus NOx 7.1 12.4 PM 0.06 0.3 SO2 0.1 0.5 NMHC 1.2 0.8 CO 0.9 3.1

The Table indicates that diesel emissions are lower than CNG for NMHC, but higher than CNG for several other parameters. To meet the US EPA emission standards proposed for 2004, diesel engine manufacturers are developing enhanced exhaust filters and particulate traps for diesel equipment. Any new buses purchased will have lower emissions than the "typical" emissions noted in the Table. - 5 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 - 6 - E-02-037/CH-02-025

In the original work, RWDI evaluated the impacts of either an all-clean diesel or an all-CNG bus fleet on air quality in the Region. The conclusions of the analysis included the following:

• Up to a 0.1% reduction in total air pollution emissions for the Region could be achieved by moving to an all CNG fleet.

• On a localized basis (King Street, as an example) converting to an all CNG fleet would result in an

increase in the NMHC concentration (6.7%) and decreases in the NOx (19%) and CO (1.3%) concentrations.

• Despite some localized air quality changes (as noted above), there would be no measurable change in overall ambient air quality for the entire Region as a result of the alternative vehicle fleet options.

In the context of the 2003 bus purchase decision, the air quality differences between 20 diesel vs. 20 CNG buses would be a fraction of the air quality differences noted above. These relative differences in air quality must also be considered in the overall context of the air quality benefits of increased transit use and decreased private automobile use. The Canadian Urban Transit Association (CUTA) estimates that on a passenger-kilometer basis, bus emissions are almost 4 times less than car emissions (70 tonnes of CO2 equivalent per million passenger kilometers for a bus vs. 254 tonnes for a car). The Region's Transportation Master Plan outlines a goal of reducing the modal share of automobile trips by 7% and doubling transit ridership by 2016. This shift will result in overall emission reductions with associated improvements in air quality. Regional staff continue to believe that fully implementing the planned transit service expansions to encourage transit use and reduce private auto trips is one of the keys to improving air quality in the Region. b) Public Health Implications

Diesel vehicles are an important source of particulates (PM), NOx, VOCs and SO2 emissions. It is estimated that heavy duty diesel vehicles contribute 40% of the transportation related fine particulate (PM2.5) air emissions in Ontario. Diesel exhaust has been identified as a toxic air contaminant. It is also important to consider individual level exposures to exhaust which may vary significantly from average ambient air levels, for example along heavily used transportation corridors or bus depots and transfer stations.

When comparing CNG and diesel buses, the pollutants noted in the previous section which have a significant health impact are NOx, PM and SO2. VOCs are an important component of NMHC, since they are a smog precursor but are not measured separately and are not highlighted here. CNG buses have a 93% reduction of VOCs over other combustion fuels. However, it should be noted that NMHC and CO are considered greenhouse gases, so while they are not considered under the discussion of human health impacts they are important for other reasons.

The human health perspective leads one to frame the issue in slightly different terms. The air quality in Ontario is deteriorating. Waterloo Region’s low wind speeds, river valley effect and thermal inversion contribute to our local susceptibility to smog days. The frequency of smog days in Waterloo Region has increased from 14 to 20 days per year from 1999 to 2001. With a growing population in southern Ontario, the number of smog days is anticipated to grow. Private vehicles and diesel vehicles (both off - 7 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 and on road) are important contributors to our poor air quality. Only about half of our air pollutants are from transboundary sources south of the country’s border.

Smog is mainly composed of ground level ozone and particulates. Particulates are also called PM, PM10 or PM2.5. The number reflects the size of the particle, with smaller sizes having a greater negative health effect. Ground level ozone concentrations have been rising in Ontario 0.5% each summer since 1980. There has been no improvement in particulate levels since 1995. Over the past decade we have become increasingly knowledgeable about the health impacts of ozone and particulates. They are affecting our health at lower concentrations than previously thought. In particular we now know there is no safe threshold level below which there are no health effects. The health effects range from coughing and wheezing to aggravation of existing heart and lung conditions, and death. Asthma is made substantially worse by exposure to current levels of ozone and particulates. In Waterloo Region approximately 10% of the population have heightened susceptibility to the effects of air pollution because they suffer from asthma, chronic obstructive lung disease, emphysema or other lung disease. A recently released study has linked long term exposure to fine particulate air pollution to both lung cancer and heart and lung disease deaths. More studies are underway to better help us understand the population health impacts of air pollution.

The building blocks of ozone and particulates (or smog) are sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). These are emitted by vehicles and industry, and react in the air to form smog. The Ontario Medical Association recently estimated that 1,900 premature deaths and 9,800 hospitalizations were expected to occur in the year 2000 in Ontario from the effects of air pollution. In Waterloo Region this translates into 70 premature deaths in the same year.

With this perspective, the health view would lead us to take as many actions as can be taken to improve air quality. Status quo is not acceptable from a health perspective. There are a variety of actions to be taken, and all are important though some will have a larger impact than others. In some cases the actual impact on local air quality of one individual decision may not be measurable. Nevertheless, if we all took action, collectively we would impact on our air quality. This is a philosophical view that despite the cost or inconvenience, it is important to make such changes due to the health gains that can be made. As such, the ability to impact on local air quality by reducing total air pollution emissions for the Region by 0.1% is an important factor to consider. Individual actions could include: reduce vehicle use, use a more fuel efficient vehicle, reduce unnecessary idling, use cleaner fuel. Collective actions include improve public transportation services, improve public vehicle emissions, use cleaner fuel.

Work has been done and is being done to try to quantify the environmental and health costs associated with poor air quality. Knowledge is evolving in this area, but quantification is difficult. Nevertheless, there would be an increase in health care costs associated with the greater emissions from the diesel fleet options. c) Operational Implications

GRT has found that its 23 CNG vehicles are significantly less reliable than diesel vehicles, and have higher maintenance requirements and costs. In particular:

• CNG vehicles require tune-ups approximately every 3-6 months involving the replacement of ignition coils, spark plugs, and ignition wiring which takes approximately 4-6 hours to complete versus diesel engines which require tune-ups approximately every 24-36 months. - 8 - E-02-037/CH-02-025

• CNG vehicles do not perform as well during extreme hot/cold weather conditions as the diesel vehicles, resulting in additional road calls to change the bus off with an alternative vehicle to continue the service.

• The CNG's complex natural gas sensing components associated with the fuel distribution system require regular inspection and repair causing greater vehicle downtime as compared to diesel vehicles.

• On average the CNG buses have 20% more on-road breakdowns than diesel buses, and their availability for service is 25% less than diesel.

GRT's experiences over the past five years with the CNG vehicles clearly indicates that the CNG fleet requires a higher level of maintenance than diesel. As a result of this maintenance experience, the reliability of these vehicles is questionable and GRT has found it difficult to meet service commitments to the public.

GRT's experience with CNG buses is similar to many other transit properties. Several other transit properties in Ontario are moving away from CNG buses. London Transit and the Toronto Transit Commission (TTC) are now purchasing only diesel buses, while Mississauga Transit has actually converted their CNG buses back to diesel engines. The City of Hamilton will be reviewing whether to continue the conversion of their fleet to CNG or convert back to diesel because of the cost and reliability issue and improvements associated with clean diesel technology in reducing vehicle emissions. The Coast Mountain Bus Company (formerly BC Transit) is planning to sell all of its CNG buses and replace them with diesel buses.

Despite these reliability and financial concerns, some other transit properties, primarily located in California and Texas, are still continuing to purchase CNG vehicles. Their preferences for CNG are related to environmental and health concerns, the availability of very low cost natural gas and/or the availability of significant government subsidies for CNG vehicles. d) Financial Implications

Staff have evaluated the capital, operating and maintenance costs of the 3 options for 2003 buses. The significant cost differences between the 3 options include the following:

Capital Costs

• The capital cost of a CNG bus, including all relevant taxes and financial incentives is approximately $60,000 (13%) more than a diesel bus ($501,000 vs. $442,000). This is based on actual tenders received by GRT in August 2001.

• The capital cost to expand the CNG fueling facility (which would be required for Option 3) is approximately $1,000,000. This would reflect a commitment towards the future purchase of additional CNG buses. - 9 - E-02-037/CH-02-025

• Based on this, the capital costs for the 3 options are as follows:

Option Vehicle Costs Fueling Facility Costs Total Capital Costs (2003)(1) 1 (20 diesel) $ 8,840,000 0 $ 9,020,000 2 (17 CNG; 5 diesel) $10,727,000 0(2) $10,937,000 3 (22 CNG) $11,022,000 $1,000,000 $12,232,000

(1) Total capital costs includes $15k per unit for expansion vehicles to fund fare boxes and radios. (2) This option would require a future rebuild/replacement of the CNG fueling facility - at a cost of $500,000 to $1,000,000.

The approved 2002 capital budget and 10 year capital forecast includes $9,084,000 for bus purchases in 2003.

Operating and Maintenance Costs

• The maintenance costs of CNG buses are approximately $5,000 per year greater than diesel buses. The primary reasons for this are: additional tune-ups; more frequent investigation of gas fuel safety problems perceived by the bus operators; and related fuel system component repairs.

• The fuel costs for CNG buses are approximately $9,000 per year less than diesel buses. This does not include the annual maintenance costs of the CNG fueling facility ($130,000/year).

• On balance, the operating and maintenance costs of CNG buses are approximately $4,000 per year less than diesel buses.

In summary, the financial analysis indicates that the 2003 capital costs of Options 2 and 3 are $1,917,000 and $3,212,000 greater than Option 1. In addition, Option 2 would require a future rebuild/replacement of the CNG fueling facility at a cost of $500,000 to $1,000,000. The annual operating and maintenance costs of Option 2 would be approximately $68,000 per year less than Option 1; the annual operating and maintenance costs of Option 3 would be essentially the same as Option 1, because of the increased operating costs associated with the expanded CNG fueling facility. Over the life cycle of a bus (18 years), the Net Present Value of Options 2 and 3 is $1.5 million and $3.2 million greater than Option 1.

The capital requirements for Options 2 and 3 are significantly greater than the funds budgeted for bus purchases in 2003. If Option 2 or 3 were selected, the Region would have to revise its 2004 budget plan by either identifying other budget reductions or by increasing taxes by more than 2.9% in 2004. - 10 - E-02-037/CH-02-025

Vehicle Retrofits

All future bus purchases, including 10 new buses purchased for 2002, will have a catalytic exhaust muffler system which demonstrates the bus manufacturer's commitment to reduce vehicle emissions to meet EPA emission standards by 2004. In addition the Canadian Petroleum industry is scheduled to introduce ultra low- sulphur diesel fuel by 2006. When used with the post-emission exhaust system (catalytic muffler) this will reduce diesel engine emissions even further.

Recent advancements in post-emission control devices (catalytic exhaust mufflers) developed for diesel engines reduce particulate matter (PM), carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) from bus emissions. The following table summarizes pollutant reductions based on US testing conducted on the catalytic exhaust muffler that could be used to replace the existing mufflers in GRT's diesel bus fleet. The emissions testing was conducted measuring emissions from diesel engines that were rebuilt and also emissions from engines prior to being rebuilt. The following table summarizes the pollutant reductions associated with replacing standard mufflers with the catalytic exhaust muffler.

Emission Test Results

P.M. CO HC (Hydrocarbon) NOx (Particulate Matter) (Carbon Monoxide) Reduction (Nitrogen oxide) Reduction Reduction Reduction 38%-50% 40%-43% 43%-50% 2.8%-4.4%

GRT currently operates 117 diesel vehicles. Thirty-one of these buses are scheduled for replacement by 2005. Retrofitting the remaining 86 diesel buses in the fleet would result in significant reductions in GRT's overall emissions. The cost of a muffler retrofit is approximately $4,200 per bus. Therefore, the cost to retrofit 86 buses would be approximately $360,000. These retrofitting costs are not included as part of the 3 year budget plan. Retrofitting of these buses would take 12 to 24 months to complete.

If GRT's fleet expansion and replacement program proceeds as planned, GRT will operate 162 buses by the end of 2003. If the 86 buses were retrofitted with new mufflers by the end of 2003, 91% of the fleet (147 of 162 buses) would be operating with vehicle emission reducing devices, resulting in improved air quality. By 2005 the entire fleet would be operating at the lower emission levels. Such an aggressive approach to reducing emissions from an existing transit fleet would be unprecedented in the Canadian transit industry.

Proposed Approach

Regional staff continue to believe that transit service expansion to achieve the auto reduction targets of the Transportation Master Plan is essential to improving air quality in the Region. Reduced private automobile use, and increased transit ridership will result in an overall reduction of exhaust emissions and improvements in local air quality.

Of the options available to the Region for 2003 bus purchases, the CNG options (Options 2 or 3) would result in lower emissions of those substances of primary public health concern (PM, NOx and SO2). Lower emissions of such substances would result in some localized air quality improvement and some reduction in public health - 11 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 concerns associated with poor air quality. However, the CNG options are significantly more expensive than the diesel option, and would require increases to the 2003 capital budget of $1,917,000 to $3,212,000. These budget increases would result in higher debt service costs in 2004, which would have to be funded by other budget reductions or higher property tax increases. Furthermore, the trend in the Canadian transit industry appears to be away from CNG buses, because of their higher costs and poorer reliability. The industry anticipates that the evolution of hybrid diesel-electric vehicles will provide a better long term option that combines reliability with even lower emissions. Therefore, staff recommend the purchase of diesel powered buses for 2003, along with other measures to improve air quality, including a bus muffler retrofit program and a review of diesel fuel options, as described below.

Significant reductions in overall emissions from the GRT fleet could be achieved in a cost effective manner by retrofitting most of the existing diesel fleet with new catalytic exhaust mufflers. These muffler retrofits are relatively inexpensive ($4,200 per bus) and result in emission reductions of up to 50%. Staff recommend that a muffler retrofit program be included in the 2003 budget process. Subject to budget approval, the vehicle retrofits would be completed in 2003 and 2004. Such a program would result in significant emission reductions, which would contribute to air quality and public health improvements.

Staff also recommend that options for the sulphur content of diesel fuel be evaluated as part of the upcoming fuel tender. Lower sulphur diesel fuel helps to reduce the SO2 concentration in the bus emissions. It may be possible for the Region to purchase lower sulphur diesel fuel (at a slight cost premium). This would be an interim measure until ultra-low sulphur diesel fuel becomes available in 2006.

Finally, as part of the 2003 and subsequent budget processes, the possible options for future bus purchases should be explored. Long-range financial planning will be required if, in the future, the Region is going to seriously consider the purchase of hybrid diesel-electric vehicles. Although these vehicles are predicted to have lower emissions than either diesel or CNG buses, they will also likely be more expensive.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The approach proposed in this report supports the Region's strategic directions to increase transit usage and reduce private auto use, and to achieve best value for the taxpayer.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The 2002 Budget and 10 Year Capital Forecast identified $9,084,000 for bus purchases in 2003. This amount would be sufficient to fund the purchase of 20 diesel buses in 2003, but would not be sufficient to fund either of the CNG bus purchase options. If Council selected either of the CNG options, the 2003 capital budget would need to be increased by $1,917,000 to $3,212,000. The Region currently debentures most bus purchases and as a result, the CNG options would require budget increases to the 2004 property tax budget ranging from approximately $80,000 to $310,000. Such an increase would require other budget reductions or a further property tax increase in 2004. The financial implications of the CNG Options (2 or 3) would need to be addressed during the 2003 budget process.

The cost of the muffler retrofit program ($360,000) was not included in the 2002 - 3-year budget. Staff will - 12 - E-02-037/CH-02-025 include this as an issue to be reviewed for funding as part of the 2003 budget process.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

This report was prepared jointly by the Community Health Department and Transportation and Environmental Services Department, with input from the Finance Department.

PREPARED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner, Transportation and Environmental Services Dr. Liana Nolan, Commissioner, Community Health/Medical Officer of Health Regional Municipality of Waterloo

REPORT OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON SUPERBUILD FUNDING

To: Regional Chair Ken Seiling and Members of Council Report No: CC02-004

Date: March 20, 2002

Subject: Township of Wellesley Millennium SuperBuild Application: Linwood and Wellesley Library Enhancement Project

RECOMMENDATION:

That Regional Council approve the application of the Township of Wellesley for the Linwood and Wellesley Library Enhancement Project and allocate $309,495 towards this project;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo nominate this project for approval to the Province of Ontario SuperBuild Millennium program.

Background:

The Township of Wellesley has submitted an application to Regional Council to undertake a Library Enhancement Project in Linwood and Wellesley. A copy of the application is attached.

The Committee has reviewed the application and is recommending that it be approved and that it be nominated by Regional Council to the Province. The Township's request for $323,116.51 in Millennium Fund monies exceeds the amount allocated to Wellesley ($309,495 - the adjusted allocation based on Average Population and Weighted Current Value Assessment used for levy purposes) by Regional Council on October 10, 2001. Accordingly, this Committee is recommending that Council allocate the previously approved amount of $309,495 to the project.

Initial correspondence from the Province has indicated that all projects under the Millennium Fund would become Regional projects and would be negotiated with the Region. The Committee is of the opinion that the Region should await direction from the Province in this regard. At such time as any project team is required, Mr. Thompson will appoint the appropriate members after consultation with the local municipality and other appropriate partners.

RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED BY:

Councillors Jane Brewer, Tom Galloway, Fred Kent, Sean Strickland, Jim Wideman and Regional Chair Ken Seiling

Regional Municipality of Waterloo MEDIA RELEASE: Friday, March 1, 2002, 4:30 P.M. PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE AGENDA Tuesday, March 5, 2002 8:30 A.M. - Regular Meeting 7:00 P.M. - Special Meeting Council Chamber 2nd Floor, Regional Administration Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. DELEGATIONS a) Dr. Ernest Geisler re: Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study - See Item 3 f) 17 below b) Mr. Frank Pizzuto, General Manager, Community Services Department, City of 34 Kitchener re: Park Development - Kitchener Landfill - See Item 3 i) below

3. REPORTS - TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DIVISION a) E-02-028, Consultant Selection - Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell 1 Two (NE-2) - Contract Administration/Construction Inspection and Geotechnical Engineering Services During Construction

TRANSIT SERVICES DIVISION b) E-02-016, Grand River Transit Partnership in National Visibility, Image and 10 Positioning Transit Campaign (CUTA publication, "Public Transit - Wherever life takes you", attached) c) Mobility Plus - 5-Year Business Plan. Verbal request for Project Team members

TRANSPORTATION DIVISION d) E-02-030, Request for Traffic Control Signals at Bridge Street (Regional 13 Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo e) E-02-031, Regional Approval of City of Kitchener Traffic By-Law 15 f) E-02-035, Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study 17 (Executive Summary - attached separately) g) CR-RS-02-012, Disposal of Easement Interest, North Dumfries 29 h) CR-RS-02-013, Disposal of Surplus Land Adjacent to Regional Road 53 31 (Fairway Road), City of Kitchener

WASTE MANAGEMENT DIVISION i) E-02-022, Park Development - Kitchener Landfill 34 j) CR-RS-02-011, Land Lease - Waste Management, City of Kitchener 36

WATER SERVICES DIVISION k) E-02-026, Breslau (Elroy Acres) Long Term Water Strategy - Public 38 Information Centre l) E-02-034, Bill 155 - The Sustainable Water and Wastewater Services Act. 48

JOINT REPORTS m) P-02-023/SS-02-023, Transit Affordability and Accessibility. (Circulated separately)

INTERDEPARTMENTAL REPORTS

REPORTS - PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

COMMUNITY PLANNING DIVISION n) P-02-027, Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002 62

TRANSPORTATION PLANNING DIVISION o) P-02-028, Amendment to Regional Municipality of Waterloo Controlled Access 66 By-Law #58-87 for an Emergency Access to Regional Road #54 (Lackner Boulevard), City of Kitchener

4. INFORMATION/CORRESPONDENCE a) White Cane Week - Certificate of Merit to Traffic Systems Management, 70 Region of Waterloo dated February 2002

5. OTHER BUSINESS

6. NEXT MEETING - See attached schedule

7. CLOSED SESSION (motion required)

8. ADJOURN

Regrets only to Kerri O'Kane Telephone: 575-4450 Email: [email protected] - 4 -

NEXT MEETINGS

Date Time Description Location

Planning and Works Committee

Tues., Apr. 2, 2002 9:00 A.M. Planning and Works Council Chamber Committee 2nd Floor, Regional Administration Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

Tues., Apr. 16, 2002 9:00 A.M. Planning and Works Council Chamber Committee 2nd Floor, Regional Administration Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

Transportation and Environmental Services

Wed., Mar. 6, 2002 4:30 P.M.-8:30 P.M. Public Information Breslau Mennonite Centre Church Re: Breslau (Elroy 226 Woolwich Street Acres) Long Term South Water Strategy Breslau, Ontario

Planning, Housing and Community Services

Tues., Apr. 16, 2002 9:00 A.M.-9:30 A.M. Public Meeting Council Chamber Re: ROPP 2nd Floor, Regional Housekeeping Administration Amendment Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

Tues., Apr. 16, 2002 9:00 A.M.-9:30 A.M. Public Meeting Council Chamber Re: ROPP Master 2nd Floor, Regional Plan Update Administration Amendment Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

Tues., Apr. 16, 2002 6:30 P.M.-8:00 P.M. Open House Meadowlane School, Re: New Kitchener Gymnasium West Transit Route 236 Forestwood Drive (Laurentian West Kitchener, Ontario area)

Wed., Apr. 17, 2002 6:30 P.M.-8:00 P.M. Open House Northlake Woods Re: New Waterloo School, Gymnasium North Transit Route 500 Northlake Drive (Northlake area) Waterloo, Ontario

- 5 -

NEXT MEETINGS

Date Time Description Location Tues., Apr. 30, 2002 9:00 A.M.-9:30 A.M. Public Meeting Council Chamber Re: Regional 2nd Floor, Regional Implementation Administration Guidelines - Building Preparation of 150 Frederick Street Environmental Impact Kitchener, Ontario Statements

Tues., Apr. 30, 2002 9:00 A.M.-9:30 A.M. Public Meeting Council Chamber Re: Regional 2nd Floor, Regional Implementation Administration Guideline - Use of Building Alternative 150 Frederick Street Wastewater Treatment Kitchener, Ontario Systems

b Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-028 Planning and Works Committee File Code: 8154, C06-60 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: CONSULTANT SELECTION - WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2) - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo enter into Engineering Agreements for services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2) in the City of Waterloo, as follows: a) MTE Consultants Inc. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide contract administration and construction inspection services at an upset fee limit of $80,926 plus applicable taxes; and b) Peto MacCallum Ltd. of Kitchener, Ontario, to provide geotechnical engineering services at an upset fee limit of $90,573 plus applicable taxes.

SUMMARY:

The Waterloo Landfill Site is located at 925 Erb Street West in the City of Waterloo. The approved landfill area at the Waterloo Landfill is divided into three distinct sections: the original landfill area, the North Expansion Area, and the South Expansion Area. Each expansion area is further divided into sub-areas or cells. The North Expansion Area consists of a total of four cells and the South Expansion Area consists of a total of seven cells.

The first cell in the North Expansion Area (NE-1) was constructed in 1994. Refuse placement operations in the original landfill area have ceased and are currently ongoing in existing cell NE-1, which is projected to approach capacity in early 2003. North Expansion Cell Two (NE-2) is proposed to be constructed within the North Expansion Area in 2002 to ensure uninterrupted disposal capacity, in accordance with the current MOE Certificate of Approval.

The NE-2 construction project generally consists of excavation of NE-2, construction of an engineered soil liner on the cell base and sidewalls, supply and placement of a continuous clear stone drainage layer over the NE-2 liner, and construction of leachate collection and surface drainage works. The total cost for the project is estimated to be $2.0 million. - 2 - E-02-028

The detailed design drawings and contract documents for this project were prepared by in-house staff. The contract administration and construction inspection will be performed by a consultant due to an unusually high demand on in-house construction staff in 2002. A geotechnical engineering consultant is required to undertake an intensive inspection, sampling, testing and quality assurance program to ensure the integrity of the engineered base and sidewall liner. In order to maintain the schedule so that NE-2 is constructed before the capacity of NE-1 is reached, this project is being tendered for construction (T2002-102) with a proposed council award date of March 20, 2002. Therefore, the Region must retain consultants now so that a contract administrator and geotechnical engineer are available for the proposed construction start of April 2, 2002.

Two separate invitations for proposals, together with detailed work plans and upset fees, (one to provide geotechnical engineering services and the other to provide contract administration/construction inspection services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill NE-2) were advertised in the Kitchener-Waterloo Record, Cambridge Reporter, and Globe and Mail on December 18, 2001 and January 3, 2002, respectively. Ten consultants responded to each advertisement by submitting proposals.

The consultant selection process for these engineering assignments was carried out following the Region’s Consultant Selection Policy, which includes price as a factor in the selection process. Following review and assessment of the consultants’ detailed submissions, the Project Team recommends that MTE Consultants Inc. be awarded the contract administration/construction inspection assignment for a total upset fee of $80,926 plus applicable taxes, and that Peto MacCallum Ltd. be awarded the geotechnical engineering assignment for a total upset fee of $90,573 plus applicable taxes.

Subject to Council’s approval of these consultant assignments, it is anticipated that construction will commence in April 2002, with completion of all work by September 2002.

REPORT:

1.0 Background

Landfilling operations commenced on what is now a portion of the Waterloo Landfill in 1972. In 1986, the Region completed a Waste Management Master Plan (WMMP) which provides a long-term strategy for the management of solid waste. The WMMP recommended expansion of the landfill onto lands north and south of the existing site as the preferred option to provide long-term landfill capacity for the Region. In 1991 the Ministry of Environment (MOE) issued approval under the Environmental Assessment Act for the 14,000,000 cubic metre expansion proposed in the WMMP. In 1993, Certificate of Approval No. A140301, which included the proposed expansion, was issued under the Environmental Protection Act by the MOE. The approved expansion is expected to permit landfilling at the Waterloo Landfill beyond the year 2027.

The Waterloo Landfill Site is located at 925 Erb Street West in the City of Waterloo, and comprises a total area of approximately 126 hectares, of which 71 hectares is approved for landfilling. The approved landfill area at the Waterloo Landfill is divided into three distinct sections: the original landfill area, the North Expansion Area, and the South Expansion Area. Each expansion area is further divided into sub-areas or cells. The North Expansion Area consists of a total of four cells and the South Expansion Area consists of a total of seven cells. - 3 - E-02-028

The first cell in the North Expansion Area (NE-1) was constructed in 1994. Refuse placement operations in the original landfill area have ceased and are currently ongoing in existing cell NE-1, which is projected to approach capacity in early 2003. North Expansion Cell Two (NE-2) is proposed to be constructed within the North Expansion Area in 2002 to ensure uninterrupted disposal capacity, in accordance with the current MOE Certificate of Approval No. A140301.

NE-2 is located north of and immediately adjacent to NE-1. The NE-2 construction project generally includes the following major components:

C excavation of cell NE-2 base and sidewalls; C excavation of refuse from existing cell NE-1 to complete liner and drainage system connections between cells NE-1 and NE-2; C construction and testing of two liner test pads to confirm construction methods; C excavation of liner-quality soil material from the South Expansion Area; C placement and compaction of liner-quality soil material over the entire NE-2 base and the north and west sidewalls of cell NE-2; C supply and placement of a continuous clear stone drainage layer over the cell NE-2 liner; and C construction of leachate collection and surface drainage works.

The total cost for the project is estimated to be $2.0 million.

2.0 Consultant Selection

The detailed design drawings and contract documents for this project were prepared by in-house staff. The contract administration and construction inspection will be performed by a consultant due to an unusually high demand on in-house construction staff in 2002. A geotechnical engineering consultant is required to undertake an intensive inspection, sampling, testing and quality assurance program to ensure the integrity of the engineered base and sidewall liner. In order to maintain the schedule so that NE-2 is constructed before the capacity of NE-1 is reached, this project is being tendered for construction (T2002-102) with a proposed council award date of March 20, 2002. Therefore, the Region must retain consultants now so that a contract administrator and geotechnical engineer are available for the proposed construction start of April 2, 2002.

Two separate invitations for proposals, together with detailed work plans and upset fees, (one to provide geotechnical engineering services and the other to provide contract administration/construction inspection services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill NE-2) were advertised in the Kitchener-Waterloo Record, Cambridge Reporter, and Globe and Mail on December 18, 2001 and January 3, 2002, respectively. Ten consultants responded to each advertisement by submitting proposals. The Project Team involved with the consultant selection and the ten consultants that responded to each advertisement are listed in Appendix A attached to this report.

The evaluation criteria used for selecting the successful consultants were consistent with the Region's Consultant Selection Policy, which includes price as a factor in the selection process. These evaluation criteria and their respective weightings are provided in Appendix B attached to this report. - 4 - E-02-028

2.1 Contract Administration/Construction Inspection Services

Of the ten contract administration/construction inspection proposals submitted, six demonstrated a good understanding of the project, capable project teams and experience on a number of similar projects. The $80,926 upset fee submitted by MTE Consultants Inc. for this contract administration and construction inspection assignment was the lowest of these six proposals. After assessing the proposals using the quality, equity and price criteria, MTE Consultants Inc. scored the highest of all the contract administration/construction inspection proposals.

Based on the above evaluation criteria, including a review of the detailed work plans, schedules and upset fees provided, the Project Team recommends that MTE Consultants Inc. be retained to provide contract administration and construction inspection services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2).

2.2 Geotechnical Engineering Services

Of the ten geotechnical engineering proposals submitted, only three demonstrated a good understanding of the project, capable project teams and experience on a number of similar projects. The $90,573 upset fee submitted by Peto MacCallum Ltd. for this geotechnical engineering assignment was the lowest of these three proposals. After assessing the proposals using the quality, equity and price criteria, Peto MacCallum Ltd. scored the highest of all the geotechnical engineering proposals.

Based on the above evaluation criteria, including a review of the detailed work plans, schedules and upset fees provided, the Project Team recommends that Peto MacCallum Ltd. be retained to provide geotechnical engineering services during construction of the Waterloo Landfill North Expansion Area Cell Two (NE-2).

3.0 Scope of Work

3.1 Contract Administration/Construction Inspection Services

For this engineering assignment, the contract administration/construction inspection consultant will provide all required engineering services necessary to satisfactorily administer, inspect, and document the construction contract for cell NE-2, including: attend a project initiation meeting with the Region; evaluate the tender submissions and prepare a recommendation for award of contract; convene and attend a pre-construction meeting and bi-weekly construction progress meetings; prepare and issue work orders, field orders, requests for quotation, and change orders; prepare and certify monthly progress payment certificates; coordinate and schedule the activities of the geotechnical engineering consultant; provide full-time on-site construction inspection services; prepare a set of as-recorded drawing markups; prepare a post-construction summary report documenting all construction and testing activities to the satisfaction of the Region and the MOE; document and assist in resolving warranty claims for a period of one year from the date of substantial performance; and conduct a final warranty inspection.

A list of contract administration/construction inspection consultant responsibilities including a breakdown of MTE Consultants Inc.'s upset fee is included in Appendix C attached to this report. - 5 - E-02-028

3.2 Geotechnical Engineering Services

For this engineering assignment, the geotechnical consultant will review tender submittals for the leachate drainage stone analysis to determine if the proposed stone satisfies the tender specifications; inspect, sample and test the construction of two engineered liner test pads; and undertake an intensive inspection, sampling, testing and quality assurance program to ensure the integrity of the engineered base and sidewall liner; including all required laboratory analyses and reporting. The required laboratory analyses include selected analyses of moisture content, maximum dry density, grain size distribution, and permeability for up to 300 soil samples. (Not every procedure is required for every sample.)

A list of geotechnical consultant responsibilities including a breakdown of Peto MacCallum Ltd.'s upset fee is included in Appendix D attached to this report.

4.0 Schedule

Subject to Council’s approval of these consultant assignments, it is anticipated that construction will commence in April 2002, with completion of all work by September 2002.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This consultant selection process meets the Corporate Strategic Plan goal of ensuring that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximizing their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The Region's 2002 Waste Management Capital Budget provides a total budget of $2.0 million for this project. The $80,926 upset fee of MTE Consultants Inc. and the $90,573 upset fee of Peto MacCallum Ltd. are within the construction administration and geotechnical engineering allowances provided for in the total project budget.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Phil Bauer, Senior Project Manager, Environmental Engineering

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services APPENDIX A E-02-028

WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2)

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

The Project Team involved with the consultant selection consisted of:

C Jon Arsenault, Manager, Engineering & Programs, Waste Management Division C Dave McCaughan, Engineering Assistant - Waterloo, Waste Management Division C Phil Bauer, Senior Project Manager, Design and Construction Division

Ten consultants responded to the contract administration/construction inspection advertisement by submitting proposals and are listed below:

C AMEC Earth & Environmental Limited C Bantrel Inc. C Conestoga-Rovers & Associates C Earth Tech Canada Inc. C Lonsdale Consulting Engineers Inc. C Marshall Macklin Monaghan Limited C MTE Consultants Inc. C Stantec Consulting Ltd. C Trow Consulting Engineers Ltd. C Totten Sims Hubicki Associates

Ten consultants responded to the geotechnical engineering advertisement by submitting proposals and are listed below:

C AMEC Earth & Environmental Limited C Courtland Engineering Consultants Inc. C Golder Associates Ltd. C Inspec-Sol Inc. C Jagger Hims Limited C Naylor Engineering Associates Ltd. C Peto MacCallum Ltd. C Terraprobe Limited C Trow Consulting Engineers Ltd. C Thurber Engineering Ltd. APPENDIX B E-02-028

WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2)

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

The evaluation criteria used for selecting the successful consultants were consistent with the Region's Consultant Selection Policy, which includes price as a factor in the selection process. These evaluation criteria and their respective weightings were as follows:

Quality Factors

Project Understanding and Approach 20%

Qualifications - Project Manager 20%

Qualifications - Project Support Staff 20%

Experience on Similar Projects 20%

Equity Factors

Current Workload for Region 3%

Local Office 2%

Price Factor

Upset Price 15% APPENDIX C E-02-028

WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2)

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

Scope of Work and Breakdown of Upset Fee

Contract Administration/Construction Inspection Assignment

Task Total Task 1.0 - Tender Administration and Evaluation $1,587 Task 2.0 - Contract Administration & Inspection 2.1 - Contract Administration $11,734 2.2 - Construction Inspection $50,675 2.3 - Record Drawings $5,292 2.4 - Summary Report $4,646 2.5 - Warranty Administration $5,612 Task 3.0 - Disbursements $1,380

Total Upset Fee (plus applicable taxes) $80,926 APPENDIX D E-02-028

WATERLOO LANDFILL NORTH EXPANSION AREA CELL TWO (NE-2)

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

Scope of Work and Breakdown of Upset Fee

Geotechnical Engineering Assignment

Task Total Task 1.0 - Stone Analysis Evaluation $858 Task 2.0 - Test Pad Construction 2.1 - Field Sampling and Inspection $2,200 2.2 - Supervision/Reporting $1,568 2.3 - Laboratory Testing $8,210 2.4 - Disbursements $825 Task 3.0 - Engineered Liner Construction 3.1 - Field Sampling and Inspection $17,160 3.2 - Supervision/Reporting $6,270 3.3 - Laboratory Testing $51,282 3.4 - Disbursements $2,200

Total Upset Fee (plus applicable taxes) $90,573 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES TRANSIT SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-016 Planning and Works Committee File Code: T01-01 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: GRAND RIVER TRANSIT PARTNERSHIP IN NATIONAL VISIBILITY, IMAGE AND POSITIONING TRANSIT CAMPAIGN

RECOMMENDATION:

For information only.

SUMMARY:

In Canada and the United States, transit organizations are launching a nationwide education and outreach program designed to build support for public transportation among the public, and local, provincial and federal officials. Why? To encourage the use of public transit, and to positively impact investment and policy decisions. In Canada, this program is titled VIP - short for Visibility, Image and Positioning. The Canadian Urban Transit Association (CUTA) is spearheading this program on behalf of all public transit systems, Grand River Transit (GRT) included.

Without a doubt, this $2.4 million, 2-year campaign is the most ambitious, united, proactive program ever undertaken by the industry with a principal objective to create a positive image for public transit through the delivery of the message "Public Transit, Wherever Life Takes You" (CUTA publication attached). This joint industry effort is an economical way to educate everyone on the positive contribution transit makes to our community. With a well developed national and locally supported marketing plan in place, the Region's investment in participating in this ambitious national perception-changing initiative will ensure that public transit makes a positive difference in our communities and offers citizens travel options.

We are an industry that needs to overcome outdated perceptions and increase the demand for service. Public Transit is about moving people, protecting the environment, keeping us healthy and safe, and saving money. Public transportation affects us all - the rider and non-rider alike. Virtually everyone in the community benefits from public transit, hence investing in public transit is investing in ourselves.

REPORT:

Introduction

Throughout Canada, years of budget cuts have stretched Canada's urban transportation systems to the limit, while transit demand is booming. Nationally, ridership increased by more than 10% between 1996 and 2000, with a jump of 3.4% in the last year alone. In the Region of Waterloo, we've experienced a 4% increase in ridership in the past year and are predicting a further increase this year. - 2 - E-02-016

If public transit is going to play a key role in helping to improve the quality of life in our communities, public transit must be seen as a critical element of every community. Our citizens need to be educated that public transit is about people and building stronger communities. Public Transit's significance, value and benefits such as access, freedom and mobility need to be conveyed to all citizens.

Transit organizations are launching a comprehensive education and outreach program. The main four goals of the program are to:

• Improve public perceptions of the value and benefits of public transit. • Increase appreciation for public transportation's contributions to sustainable communities. • Increase support for public transit at the local, provincial and federal levels. • Secure dedicated federal and provincial funding for public transit.

The Region's investment in the VIP program will assist us in achieving these goals. The VIP partnership is a nationwide education and outreach initiative to build support for public transit among the public, local and federal officials in order to positively impact investment and policy decisions.

Education, Outreach and Investment

Gaining the public's support is a challenge recognized by all the members of CUTA and the American Public Transit Association (APTA). In response to this challenge, the industry began investigating and developing effective solutions.

The Transit Cooperative Research Program "Enhancing the Image and Visibility of Public Transit" conducted in Canada and the United States, identified target audiences and determined message strategies that have the greatest impact. The findings of the national research, through the methodological approaches of qualitative and quantitative research, indicated that public transportation does indeed have a powerful message to convey:

"One of community benefits built on personal opportunity. The opportunities provided by choice, access and freedom/mobility can enable everyone in the community to accomplish what is important to them, making the community stronger and more vibrant. This message proved the strongest in all regions of the country."

The Canadian research identified a key target audience for public transit. One audience, defined as activists and opinion leaders, has the ability to shape public opinion and will advocate for causes they deem important. They regularly read the editorial page, write or telephone radio/TV stations, are active in local issues, write to the editors of newspapers/magazines, work for a political party, speak at public meetings, write or visit public officials and publish articles. The education and outreach program will target those who currently feel apathetic about public transportation and who, research shows, can be converted to supporters of the industry.

Communications and Public Affairs

A national communications program, "Public Transit - Wherever Life Takes You" geared to activist and opinion leaders has already begun to promote the benefits of public transit. It includes national newspaper, pro- transit articles and commentaries, radio and media tours, editorial board meetings as well as media events, and - 3 - E-02-016 network cable television.

Grand River Transit’s (GRT) efforts will assist in spreading this extensive visual message among the target audience locally. We will communicate the visual message with media buys on radio and print, at special events, and branding of the VIP message (Public Transit - Wherever Life Takes You) on all of our electronic and print communication pieces, schedules, bus passes, and newsletters. There will also be a focus on building coalitions among transportation interest groups to extend the overall impact of the program and enhance the effectiveness of the national effort but at the same time integrating a flavour unique to our region.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The Region's investment in this partnership and GRT's enhanced local communication plan is a vital component in achieving the goals of the Regional Transportation Master Plan. VIP will help promote and implement the Region's Official Plan objective of giving priority to transit, walking and cycling over the use of the automobile.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

An $11,000 partnership fee in this national campaign was budgeted in 2001 and 2002. A further $15,000 will be spent from GRT's annual Marketing budget towards advocacy and advertising as part of its regular marketing program.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

This report was prepared in collaboration with the Transportation Planning Division of the Planning, Housing and Community Services Department.

PREPARED BY: Sandy Roberts, Manager, Marketing and Communications

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES TRANSPORTATION DIVISION

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-030 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-60, T08-40/WAT Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: REQUEST FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS AT BRIDGE STREET (REGIONAL ROAD #52) AND EASTBRIDGE BOULEVARD, CITY OF WATERLOO.

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo take no action regarding the request for the installation of traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street (Regional Road #52) and Eastbridge Boulevard, City of Waterloo.

SUMMARY:

Mr. Robert Gebotys, a resident in the City of Waterloo is requesting the Region to install traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street and Eastbridge Boulevard. Staff have reviewed the need for signals at this intersection and are recommending that traffic control signals not be installed.

REPORT:

In October 2001, Mr. Robert Gebotys made a request to install traffic control signals at the intersection of Bridge Street and Eastbridge Boulevard. Figure 1 below shows the location of this intersection. Eastbridge Boulevard is one of several entrances into the subdivision located east of Bridge Street, which has in excess of 1500 houses and is still being developed. The subdivision is expected to achieve full build out in 2011.

Figure 1 - 2 - E-02-030

As a result of this request Regional staff undertook the appropriate studies at this intersection to determine if traffic control signals were warranted. These studies were undertaken on October 22, 2001. The results of the studies showed that traffic control signals were not warranted (Warrant 1 - Total Vehicular Traffic - 43%, Warrant 2 - Delay To Cross Traffic - 82%, and Warrant 3 - Collision Experience - 0%). A traffic control signal is considered to be warranted if any of the warrants is satisfied 100% or any 2 of the warrants are satisfied at least 80%.

A review of the collision experience at this location showed that during the last 3 years there has been a total of 0 reported collisions at this intersection.

Regional staff advised Mr. Robert Gebotys of these findings verbally in December 2001 and in writing in January 2002. Mr. Gebotys was also advised that Regional staff would not be recommending the installation of signals at this location. Staff will be conducting another study of the area in question in the fall of 2002 after further development in the area is complete and once the Lester B. Pearson Public School is open in the neighbourhood. It is expected that signals may be warranted at this location within the next 3 years.

Staff do not recommend the installation of traffic control signals at this location as it does not meet the warrants. There are minimal pedestrians crossing Bridge Street at Eastbridge Boulevard. During the count period on October 22, 2001, 16 pedestrians crossed Bridge Street at the intersection.

Regional Policy allows for the installation of unwarranted traffic control signals. The Region would have no objection to the installation of traffic control signals at this location provided the City of Waterloo incurs all capital and maintenance costs for the traffic control signal.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The recommendation not to install traffic control signals at this intersection meets the corporate strategic direction of ensuring that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

It is estimated that it will cost approximately $80,000 to install traffic control signals on Bridge Street at this intersection. The annual operating and maintenance costs for traffic control signals, if installed, are estimated at $3,600 per year.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Tara Clayton, Engineering Technologist, Traffic

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation & Environmental Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES TRANSPORTATION DIVISION

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-031 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-60, C14-40/TP.KIT Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: REGIONAL APPROVAL OF CITY OF KITCHENER TRAFFIC BY-LAW

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo amend Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032, as amended, to include the City of Kitchener's Downtown Core "No Reparking By-law" as it applies to the City's two hour limit for parking on all regional roadways within the downtown area.

SUMMARY:

NIL

REPORT:

Transportation staff have received a request from the City of Kitchener Traffic and Parking Division asking that the Region amend their Uniform Traffic By-law to incorporate the no reparking section of the City of Kitchener Traffic By-law No. 2000-159, into the Region's Traffic & Parking By-law for all Regional roads within the downtown area.

The City of Kitchener has a "no reparking on downtown streets within 5 hours" policy applied to its 2 hour limit for parking on all roadways within the downtown area. The only Regional road within the City of Kitchener downtown core where the no reparking rule applies is Regional Road #64 (Charles Street). City of Kitchener by-law staff are currently unable to enforce the "no reparking within 5 hours" stipulation on Charles Street because it is not reflected in the Region of Waterloo By-law.

Regional staff are recommending the amendment of the Traffic & Parking By-law No. 00-032 to include the City of Kitchener's "No Reparking By-law" as it applies to all Regional roads within the downtown core of the city.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The incorporation of the City of Kitchener's parking restrictions into the Region's Traffic By-law addresses the Region's goal of providing effective communication between Area Municipal and Regional staff.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

NIL - 3 - E-02-031

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Council & Administrative Services Division will be required to prepare the amending by-law.

PREPARED BY: Valerie Pearcey, Engineering Technologist (Traffic)

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation & Environmental Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES TRANSPORTATION DIVISION

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-035 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-60, T02-30/UWT Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: UPTOWN WATERLOO TRANSPORTATION STUDY

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study Final Report, dated December 31, 2001, with implementation to be subject to future budget deliberations.

And that staff be directed to file Notice of Completion of the Environmental Study Report Addendum for the mandatory 30 day review period in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment requirements, by means of advertisements in local newspapers and mailings to property owners and agencies.

SUMMARY:

The Region and the City of Waterloo have recently completed the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study. After holding three (3) public information sessions, individual meetings with various business groups and interested individuals, and many steering committee meetings the study is recommending a number of “Structural” and “Non-Structural” measures to address transportation related issues in Uptown Waterloo. The recommendations of this study are summarized in Appendix A and reflect the input from all of these venues of public consultation.

REPORT:

On July 12, 2000 Regional Council approved the retention of a consulting team comprised of Paradigm Transportation Solutions Limited, MacNaughton Hermsen Britton Clarkson Planning Limited, ESG International, and McCormick Rankin to undertake the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study. The purpose of the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study was to comprehensively evaluate all outstanding and forecasted transportation and related conditions within the designated study area, and to recommend strategic directions needed to address these conditions. These directions are to be used by the Region and the City to make development approval and infrastructure capital improvement decisions.

The Region and the City of Waterloo have completed a study of the transportation network in Uptown Waterloo. The study was directed by a Steering Committee comprised of the following individuals/groups:

Mayor Lynne Woolstencroft Councillor Brent Needham Uptown Waterloo BIA Regional Staff Uptown Waterloo Vision Committee City staff Residential Uptown Transportation Study - 2 - E-02-035

The main component of the Uptown Waterloo network is the roadway system that currently assumes a dual transportation role by providing roads for through traffic, as well as roads for the core. Bridgeport Road (Regional Road #9) and Erb Street (Regional Road #9) are currently parallel one-way (east/west) streets from the Conestoga Expressway to Caroline Street. Albert Street is also one-way, running north from Erb Street to Bridgeport Road. King Street (Regional Road #15) runs north/south carrying two-way traffic between Kitchener and north Waterloo.

A number of concerns were raised by the public, and by the City's Uptown Vision Committee (UVC), about these and other traffic conditions within the core and surrounding area. Most recently, planned redevelopment of Waterloo Town Square and the Seagram's property by First Gulf Corporation was expected to add to core area transportation issues and opportunities.

The study has now been completed. As part of the study there were three (3) public information sessions to obtain comments and suggestions from members of the general population and the business community. As well individual meetings were held with various business groups and interested individuals. The recommendations of this study reflect the input from all of these venues of public consultation.

A copy of the entire study report is available in the Transportation Division, 7th Floor, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener or at the Waterloo Service Centre, 265 Lexington Court, Waterloo. The Executive Summary of the study will be placed on the Region’s website.

PUBLIC CONSULTATION

On March 25, 2000, the UVC hosted an interactive Uptown Waterloo Transportation Workshop entitled "Moving Forward". Out of that workshop came a new philosophy or vision for transportation within and through the Uptown. The vision is as follows:

"To achieve a balanced transportation system that enhances the experience of pedestrians, cyclists, transit users and motorists through and within the Uptown"

The workshop also identified numerous issues for attention, including:

• Bicycle movement and comfort issues; • Pedestrian safety and comfort issues along sidewalks and crossing busy intersections; • Traffic speeds, volumes and opportunities for traffic calming; • The need for better connection between traffic and land use planning; • The need to understand the relationship between traffic and Uptown character/image; • Opportunities to promote alternative modes of movement; • Traffic in Uptown residential neighbourhoods; • Opportunities to increase transit use; • Potential conversion of one-way to two-way streets; and • Parking issues. - 3 - E-02-035

The terms of reference for the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study was prepared based on the input received during the March 25, 2000 workshop.

Three (3) public information sessions were held to obtain comments from the public.

Public Information Session #1 - Afternoon Workshop/Evening Meeting

The first public information session was held on November 28, 2000. The workshop and meeting was held to provide information on the initial study activities and receive further public input/comments on issues, possible alternatives and evaluation criteria. A brief overview of the input received is summarized below.

• Participants generally supported the alternatives relating to traffic calming, diversion of "through" traffic, new pedestrian and bicycle linkages, transportation demand management, and improved transit facilities and programs. There was a great deal of support for alternatives that improved the balance for alternative modes relative to the automobile in Uptown. • Options such as wider roads, new roads and "do nothing" were not supported as a means to improving transportation in Uptown.

In summary, the input received indicated that the existing Uptown transportation system is too oriented to the automobile and the priority given to other modes of transportation needs to be increased.

Screening of Alternatives

The Study Steering Committee then undertook an evaluation of the options based on a set of evaluation criteria developed with public input. As a result of this evaluation, the Committee selected the following six alternatives that can be classified as primarily "Non-Structural" (programs not involving construction) and "Structural" solutions based on construction of physical changes to the transportation system.

SHORT-LISTED PLANNING SOLUTIONS FOR FURTHER EVALUATION

Non-Structural Alternatives Structural Alternatives 1. Discourage automobile traffic: measures that 4. Traffic diversion: encourage "through" traffic would discourage Uptown employees driving to use other roadways and avoid going through alone to the core and "through" traffic in the core. Uptown by improving roadways outside the core 2. Improve transit ridership: increased service, (e.g. Columbia Street, Westmount Road new routes, and incentive programs. Extension, Ira Needles Blvd). 3. Encourage ridesharing: reduce auto traffic by 5. Improve pedestrian and bicycle linkages: encouraging people, primarily Uptown employees, encourage increased walking and cycling rather to drive together to work or shop. than driving alone by automobile. 6. Two-way Streets: convert Bridgeport and Erb Street to two-way operation in order to slow traffic speeds, discourage "through" traffic and improve circulation in the core. - 4 - E-02-035

The other alternatives considered previously: widening existing roads, narrowing roads and constructing new roads (within Uptown) were not considered to be effective in supporting the evaluation criteria. The Committee no longer considered these except in specific areas where they supported the remaining alternatives.

Public Information Session #2 - Public Meeting/Workshop

The second public information session was held on April 21, 2001 in the City of Waterloo Council Chambers. The workshop and meeting was held to provide information on specific study alternatives selected based on previous public input.

Most respondents reconfirmed that road widening, road narrowing, or new roads should not be given consideration within the Uptown. Many agreed with the need to increase public transit use, followed by walking, cycling and ridesharing. Very few respondents agreed with measures to discourage vehicle use as they felt it was not practical or realistic. The majority of respondents supported retaining but enhancing the one-way street system rather that partially or fully converting Erb and Bridgeport to two-way streets.

Based on the public input received, the Steering Committee developed a preferred set of solutions and a strategy.

Public Information Session #3 - Public Meeting

The preferred plan was presented at a public meeting held on September 25, 2001 at the Waterloo Memorial Recreation Complex, attended by approximately 100 people. There was good support for the structural roadway and traffic changes and very good support for the streetscape concept and bicycle/trail components. General support was also given for the Transportation Demand Management (TDM) and transit service strategies. There was also clear support for retaining the majority of the one-way street system rather than converting to two-way traffic.

Implementation Plan and Program

Priorities for implementation of the recommendations have been divided into short, medium and long term improvements.

Appendix A to this report is a summary of the short, medium, and long term improvements recommended by the study.

A TDM program for Uptown Waterloo would be composed of a series of components, including: education about travel alternatives and the need to shift modes, improving the level of service of each mode where necessary, providing incentives to shift modes, promoting the various mode options, and monitoring change. Improvements of transit service in Uptown is already part of the GRT 5 - Year Business Plan and are included in the ten year capital forecast pending budget approval annually. - 5 - E-02-035

Monitoring

Measuring the success of the plan and program can in part be determined by how many of the recommendations have been implemented within a specified time frame. In improving the balance between transportation modes in the Uptown, the plan is intended to encourage a greater amount of cycling, walking and transit use. It is recommended that a review of the status and effectiveness of the plan be reviewed every three years.

Environmental Assessment - Class EA Process

If Regional Council adopts the recommendations of this report, the Class EA Amendment will be submitted to the Public by the Region and the City for a 30 day review and comment period. Notice of this Class EA Completion will be advertised in the K-W Record and the Waterloo Chronicle. During the 30 day review period, any interested party may submit a request to the Minister of the Environment asking that the project be subject to a "Part II Order" from a Class EA to an Individual EA if they feel the Class EA process has been inadequate. Based upon the Public input to date on this project, staff do not anticipate any requests for a "Part II Order" as a result of the proposed recommendations.

Letters have been sent to all participants in the public meetings indicating the City Council and Regional Council dates. The Council of the City of Waterloo unanimously adopted the recommendations of the study report at a meeting on February 18, 2002.

The Steering Committee is recommending that the various projects be implemented in the Uptown over the short, medium and long term as set out in the final report.

Staff are recommending the adoption of Items 2, 5, and 11. The remaining items which are related to road improvements will be addressed at such time as an environmental assessment is undertaken with regards to the improvement or streetscaping improvements.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The findings of the study support the Region’s goals of creating and supporting a climate that encourages economic prosperity and of providing a safe community.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Construction cost estimates for road works in the short term and medium term are in the order of $1.6 - 2.2 million and an additional $240,000 is estimated for associated streetscape improvements. These cost estimates do not include road improvements already identified in the Region’s 10 Year Roads Capital Program. The City of Waterloo is responsible for all costs associated with streetscape improvements.

Cost associated with the recommended TDM and Transit Implementation program and the Uptown Parking Study could be in the order of $160,000. - 6 - E-02-035

A breakdown of the costs for the major projects for which the Region is responsible is below:

ACTION REGIONAL ACTION APPROXIMATE YEAR FOR PROPOSED ITEM REQUIRED COST TO IMPLEMENTATION NO. REGION1 1. Initiate the Central Transit Corridor $200,000 2002, included in 2002 Study. Roads Capital Budget 2. Install pedestrian crossing signals on $70,000 2002 or 2003. To be Bridgeport Road at the Laurel Trail identified in 2002 Mid-Year (or at Bridgeport Road and Peppler Review and 2003 Roads Street to be reviewed by the City in Capital Program association with the School Board), at Bridgeport Road and Devitt Avenue at Erb Street and Peppler Street; and at Erb Street and Roslin Avenue 5. Pedestrian crossing improvement at $7,000 2003. To be included in Laurel Trail and King Street. 2003 Roads Capital Program and cost shared with City of Waterloo. 6. Initiate Uptown TDM and Transit $20,000 2002 or 2003 TDM Implementation Program. Budget 7. Implement Heated Bus Shelter pilot $10,000 2003 Transit Budget project in Uptown. 9. Initiate Public Education Programs $20,000 2003 TDM Budget and Outreach for TDM. 10. Review the suitability of pedestrian $10,000 2002, included in 2002 push button locations and measures Roads Capital Program that can be used to improve pedestrian priority at intersections. 11. Restripe Erb Street and Bridgeport $20,000 2002/2003, included in Road to reduce width of travel lanes 2002 Roads Capital and add bike lanes or wide curb Program and 2003 lanes as identified. Regional Cycling Budget 14. Construct Erb/Caroline/Albert Street $350,000 2005 in conjunction with loop modifications including reconstruction of modifying the streets from one-way Bridgeport Road between to two-way Albert Street and Erb Street - 7 - E-02-035

15. Initiate TDM pilot project at Region $10,000 2002/2003, included in and City offices in Uptown. TDM Budget and to be cost shared with City of Waterloo. 16. Update Official Plan to include NIL 2002 Uptown Vision, related TDM, Streetscape Classification System, Trail/Cycling, and Level of Service policies. 20. Ira Needles Boulevard completion to $11,220,000 2004 to 2007, included in Highway 7/8. 10 Year Roads Capital Program. 22. Victoria Street improvements - King $2,985,000 2003 to 2005, included in Street to Lawrence Avenue. 10 Year Roads Capital Program 23. Weber Street widening - Guelph $1,840,000 2009, included in 10 Year Street to Victoria Street. Roads Capital Program 24. Broader TDM and Transit $20,000 2004, to be included in Implementation Programs. TDM Budget 34. Intersection improvements at Dupont Cost included in 2005, to be included in and Caroline Street. Item 14 10 Year Roads Capital Program 37. Westmount Road extension from $6,590,000 2003/2004, included in Columbia Street to Northfield Drive. 10 Year Roads Capital (due to the proposed R & T Park, Program this project will be moved into the short term - 1 to 5 years) 38. Minor widening along Erb Street $837,000 2010+ West (Caroline Street to Westmount Road) to accommodate bike lanes or a wide curb lane. 39. Additional TDM and Transit $20,000 2005, to be included in Implementation recommendations. TDM Budget

Note:

1. The costs shown do not include the relocation of underground utilities, trees, street furniture, and land acquisition. - 8 - E-02-035

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Planning, Housing and Community Services Department was consulted in the preparation of this report.

PREPARED BY: David Banks, Manager, Transportation Engineering

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation & Environmental Services C06-60, T02-30/UWT APPENDIX A E-02-035

The short term initiatives which will improve the balance for pedestrian, cycling, transit modes relative to the automobile in the Uptown are:

• Initiating TDM programs for the Uptown; • Creating better mid-block crossings of arterial roads; • Entry features for the Uptown core at east and west gateway locations; • Providing better pedestrian access within the core area and establishing the core pedestrian promenade; • Developing major on-street bikeways; and • Commencing streetscape improvements.

Short Term (1-5 Years)

RECOMMENDED ACTION RESPONSIBILITY 1. Initiate the Central Transit Corridor Study. Region 2. Install pedestrian crossing signals on Bridgeport Road at the Laurel Region/City Trail (or at Bridgeport Road and Peppler Street to be reviewed by the City in association with the School Board), at Bridgeport Road and Devitt Avenue at Erb Street and Peppler Street; and at Erb Street and Roslin Avenue. 3. Address Central Street/Albert Street neighbourhood traffic issues City raised in this study. 4. Pedestrian crossing signals at Roslin Avenue and Erb Street West. Region/City 5. Pedestrian crossing improvement at Laurel Trail and King Street. Region/City 6. Initiate Uptown TDM and Transit Implementation Program. Region 7. Implement Heated Bus Shelter pilot project in Uptown. Region 8. Conduct Uptown Parking Study. City 9. Initiate Public Education Programs and Outreach for TDM. Region 10. Review the suitability of pedestrian push button locations and measures Region that can be used to improve pedestrian priority at intersections. C06-60, T02-30/UWT A-2 E-02-035

11. Restripe Erb Street and Bridgeport Road to reduce width of travel Region lanes and add bike lanes or wide curb lanes as identified. 12. Develop interim alternative bike route for Erb Street west of Caroline City Street on Dawson Street or Sunshine Avenue. 13. Construct left turn lane on Erb Street at Father David Bauer Drive. Region/City 14. Construct Erb/Caroline/Albert Street loop modifications including Region/City streetscape recommendations - modifying the streets from one-way to two-way. 15. Initiate TDM pilot project at Region and City offices in Uptown. Region/City 16. Update Official Plan to include Uptown Vision, related TDM, Region/City Streetscape Classification System, Trail/Cycling, and Level of Service policies. 17. East and west motorist entrance features (Erb Street and Bridgeport City Road). 18. Laurel Trail connection north of Bridgeport Road. City 19. Streetscape Improvements to aid the visually and physically impaired. City 20. Ira Needles Boulevard completion to Highway 7/8. Region 21. Columbia Street widening - Weber Street to West of Phillip Street. City 22. Victoria Street improvements - King Street to Lawrence Avenue. Region 23. Weber Street widening - Guelph Street to Victoria Street. Region

The medium term improvements focus on:

• Completing north and south gateways on King Street; • Additions to the bikeway network; • Developing level A and level B intersection improvements; • Ongoing streetscape improvements, and • Implementing TDM and transit study recommendations. C06-60, T02-30/UWT A-3 E-02-035

Medium Term (5-10 Years)

RECOMMENDED ACTION RESPONSIBILITY 24. Broader TDM and Transit intensification programs. Region 25. Caroline Street improvement and streetscape - Erb Street to William City Street (subject to status of Seagrams and Waterloo Town Square redevelopment). 26. Development of trail user gateways and parking orientation features. City 27. Additional trail and bikeway connections along Roslin Avenue, William City Street and Moore Avenue. 28. Explore potential to continue primary off street trail along railway line City/Region east beyond Willow/William Streets intersection. 29. Motorist Gateways on King Street near William Street and King City Street near Young Street. 30. Intersection improvements - Level A - for 5 major intersections Region -textured paving; raised platform for the entire intersection, also streetscape improvements including plantings, banners, etc. 31. Intersection improvements - Level B - for all other intersections - bands City/Region of textured paving and/or raised platforms in the pedestrian crossing zone of the intersection. 32. Additional trail and bikeway connections. City 33. Development of Core Pedestrian Promenade. City 34. Intersection improvements at Dupont Street and Caroline Street. Region 35. Continue with streetscape improvements to aid visually and physically City impaired. 36. Ongoing streetscape improvements (addition of street trees, furnishings City as outlined in streetscape functional model-as opportunities become available). 37. Westmount Road extension from Columbia Street to Northfield Drive. Region (due to the proposed R & T Park, this project will be moved into the short term - 1 to 5 years) C06-60, T02-30/UWT A-4 E-02-035

The long term priorities focus on completing the on-road bikeway network, transit and TDM improvements.

Long Term (10+ Years)

RECOMMENDED ACTION RESPONSIBILITY 38. Minor widening along Erb Street West (Caroline Street to Westmount Region Road) to accommodate bike lanes or a wide curb lane. 39. Additional TDM and Transit implementation recommendations. Region Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CORPORATE RESOURCES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: CR-RS-02-012 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: DISPOSAL OF EASEMENT INTEREST, NORTH DUMFRIES

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare it's easement interest in Part 1, Reference Plan 67R- 2207, Township of North Dumfries as surplus and quit claim their interest to the owners of the subject lands for $1.00 plus costs, subject to the Region's property disposition by-law.

SUMMARY: NIL

REPORT:

The Regional Municipality of Waterloo acquired a storm sewer easement on the subject lands from Galt Road Rajahs Sports Club Inc. for a nominal cost. The easement was registered on title on May 29, 1985 as Instrument Number 640337. Galt Road Rajahs Sports Club Inc. has requested that the Region quit claim our interest in the lands back to Galt Road Rajahs Sports Club Inc. Transportation and Environmental Services staff have advised that the storm pipe on the subject lands is no longer required and will not be required for future use. The Region's property disposition by-law requires that we advertise the disposal of surplus land in the local newspaper.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

One of the goals of the Corporate Strategic Plan is to create and support a climate that encourages economic prosperity.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Galt Road Rajahs Sports Club Inc. will pay for the advertising costs.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Transportation and Environmental Services Department has been consulted.

PREPARED BY: Joan Moore, Property Agent

APPROVED BY: Connie Peterson Giller, Commissioner of Corporate Resources & Regional Solicitor

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CORPORATE RESOURCES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: CR-RS-02-013 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS LAND ADJACENT TO REGIONAL ROAD 53 (FAIRWAY ROAD), CITY OF KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo declare land adjacent to Fairway Road, as shown on the schedule attached to Report CR-RS-02-013, dated March 5, 2002, surplus to the needs of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo and convey the lands to the abutting owners, John Ball and Audrey Ball, for $1.00 plus all costs subject to the Region's property disposition by-law;

And that, in exchange, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the acquisition of lands described as Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 from John Ball and Audrey Ball, for the sum of $1.00 for road widening purposes.

SUMMARY: NIL

REPORT:

The Region of Waterloo purchased approximately 10.75 acres at this site in 1986 for the Fairway Road extension. The Fairway Road extension has been completed. John Ball and Audrey Ball, the abutting land owners, have approached the Region requesting a conveyance of approximately 617 square feet, which conveyance would form a lot extension. The lands are located at the rear of Mr. and Mrs. Ball's property and they wish to straighten the lot line to allow them to fence their property. Transportation and Environmental Services Department staff have advised that the subject lands are not part of the road allowance and will not be required for future use by the Region. The lands are on a incline and are of nominal value. In exchange for the lot extension, Mr. and Mrs. Ball will convey Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 to the Region. These lands are required by the Region for road allowance purposes. The Region had originally attempted to purchase Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 from John Ball and Audrey Ball in 1986 and they were not interested in selling the subject lands at that time. Part 3, Reference Plan 58R-4931 is 117.62 square feet in size. The Region's property disposition by-law requires that we advertise the disposal of surplus land in the local newspaper.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

One of the goals of the Corporate Strategic Plan is to create and support a climate that encourages economic prosperity. - 2 - CR-RS-02-013

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

John Ball and Audrey Ball will pay all costs associated with the transactions, including preparation of a Reference Plan, advertising costs and registration costs.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Transportation and Environmental Services Department has been consulted.

PREPARED BY: Joan Moore, Property Agent

APPROVED BY: Connie Peterson Giller, Commissioner of Corporate Resources & Regional Solicitor

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES WASTE MANAGEMENT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-022 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-20/ER20 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: PARK DEVELOPMENT - KITCHENER LANDFILL

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo: a) approve the joint development of park and recreational facilities at the former Kitchener Landfill (McLellan Park) by the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group; b) approve the lease of all lands at the Site to the City of Kitchener and the River Valley Group subject to terms and conditions as described in E-02-022, dated March 5, 2002, and the approval of the Regional Solicitor and the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services; c) authorize the Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services on behalf of the Region of Waterloo to sign applications and other required documentation for zone change and any other Municipal and Planning Act approvals required in order to develop the subject lands for all-season recreational use as outlined in Staff Report E-02-022, provided that all costs of such applications shall be at the expense of the proposed lessee(s).

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

In May 2000, Regional Council authorized staff to enter into discussions with the River Valley Group to develop an all-season recreational facility on the northern portion of the former Kitchener Landfill. Since that time, the City of Kitchener has become intimately involved in the project in an effort to develop a park and recreational concept for the entire property. Regional staff, City staff and the River Valley Group have now finalized a recreational concept for the site as shown on the attached figure. The City of Kitchener will control the majority of the site and will construct soccer fields and possibly other recreational facilities such as a cricket pitch and a fenced leash-free dog park. The River Valley Group will operate a winter tube slide and a summer mini-golf and chipping area. City staff and the River Valley Group have worked closely to develop a complete unified development proposal.

The public has had two opportunities to review plans and the most recent proposal presented in the Fall of 2001 was well received with only some minor concerns. Most of the suggestions made by the public for changes have been incorporated into the current plans. - 2 -

E-02-022 C06-20/ER01

The lease for the site will be a three-way Agreement between the City, the Region and the River Valley Group. The two site users will assume responsibility for all surface maintenance and liability, while the Region will maintain subsurface responsibility for the waste placed at the site. The City will lease the lands for nominal consideration.

In developing the lease rate for the River Valley Group staff considered three similar circumstances at Wedges & Woods in Cambridge (City owned),Westhill Meadows Golf (School Board owned) and the Waterloo Golf Academy (City owned). The proposed lease rate is comparable to these three examples given the difficulty of constructing facilities at an old landfill site. By leasing the property, the Region also benefits by eliminating the significant existing liability associated with unsupervised use of the hill for tobogganing, and regular maintenance costs on the property. In addition to the lease amount, the River Valley Group has also agreed to contribute approximately $40,000 towards park development on the City controlled portion of the site. River Valley will also be jointly responsible with the City for servicing the property including water, sewer and roadway improvements. The initial lease will be between 20 and 25 years with renewal periods at the Region's discretion. Proposed lease rates are noted below.

Years 1 - 3 No Fee (due to initial capital contribution) Years 4 - 10 $ 8,000 per year Years 11- 16 $ 10,000 per year Year 16 and beyond $ 15,000 per year

The Region will not be contributing any capital or operating funds to the development of the park.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This project improves the safety of Regional property while partnering with the City of Kitchener and private enterprise to advance the economic development of the Region.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Revenue generated as a result of the lease will be credited to the Waste Management Capital Reserve Fund.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Staff from the Legal Services Division of Corporate Resources Department and the Community Planning Division of Planning, Housing and Community Services Department will be involved in this project.

PREPARED BY: James Archibald, Director, Waste Management

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CORPORATE RESOURCES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: CR-RS-02-011 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: LAND LEASE - WASTE MANAGEMENT, CITY OF KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo lease approximately 75 acres immediately south of the existing Waterloo Landfill site to Roger Bechtold for the sum of $1,500.00 per year. The term of the land lease would be for one year from April 1, 2002 to March 31, 2003, and thereafter on a yearly renewable basis

SUMMARY: NIL

REPORT:

The subject lands were expropriated by the Region for the future expansion of the Waterloo Landfill site in 1994. 103 acres at the site have been leased to the proposed Lessee since 1994. Waste Management now requires approximately 28 acres of the leased property as a borrow source and stockpile area for the next landfill cell. The proposed Lessee wishes to continue leasing the remaining 75 acres. The benefits to the Region of this lease are compensation, erosion control and weed control.

The lease of the subject lands is based on $20.00 per acre. This rent is below the current rental rate as the subject lands are often wet and are not favourable to all crops. The Region would continue to utilize the lands for various activities such as well monitoring, soil sampling and well drilling. No damages would be paid by the Region for crop losses due to said activities unless the damages affected more than one acre per occurrence and will not exceed $200.00 per acre.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

One of the goals of the Corporate Strategic Plan is to ensure that we spend wisely the dollars that we are entrusted with and maximize their use for those we serve.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The revenue from the proposed lease will be applied to the Solid Waste Capital Reserve fund.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Waste Management Division of the Transportation and Environmental Services Department have been consulted.

PREPARED BY: Joan Moore, Property Agent - 2 - CR-RS-01-011

APPROVED BY: Connie Peterson Giller, Commissioner Corporate Resources & Regional Solicitor

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES WATER SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-026 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-60/PWC/WSD.02; E03-20/4905 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: BRESLAU (ELROY ACRES) LONG TERM WATER STRATEGY PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTRE

RECOMMENDATION:

For information only.

SUMMARY: Nil

REPORT:

Elroy Acres is a residential community in Breslau of about 90 units that is serviced by private individual septic systems and a communal water supply system owned by Prange Pump Service Limited (Prange). Prange operated the water supply system from its inception until recently, when Elroy Acres customers were notified that Prange would no longer do so. As a result, on September 17, 2001, the Ministry of the Environment (MOE) ordered the Region and the Township to take over the operation of the water supply and distribution systems respectively. The MOE order was issued to ensure that the system would meet the requirements of the new Drinking Water Protection Regulation 459/00 (DWPR) and that the residents would experience no disruptions in their water supply. The Region and Township began operating the system on November 1, 2001. Prange maintains ownership of the system.

The Ministry's order included the requirement that a short and long term plan for future water supply to Elroy Acres be developed. The short term plan ensures that the existing water supply system continues to operate and meets most of the DWPR requirements. The long term plan requires the selection of the preferred long term water supply option (continued operation of the existing system with upgrades or connection to the Urban Water Supply System) and complete compliance with the DWPR. The Region and the Township are undertaking a joint study to identify the best water supply alternative to meet the DWPR. The study is a Schedule B project under the requirements of the Municipal Engineer's Association Class Environmental Assessment. The engineering firm Hydromantis Inc., based in Cambridge, has been hired to undertake the study. The scope of the project will include both the supply and distribution of water to Elroy Acres and the Region and Township will share responsibility for the project. The residents of Elroy Acres will be responsible for all the costs to be incurred to ensure the system complies with the new regulations.

Two potential alternatives for long term water supply to the development have been identified. The first is to upgrade the existing communal well system to meet the requirements of the new regulations. The second is to extend water service from Kitchener via the supply to the proposed Country Side Village subdivision currently being considered for draft plan approval. - 2 - E-02-026

The study will also identify the required upgrades to the distribution system, along with associated costs. Additionally, interim water supply upgrades may be required to satisfy the requirements of the MOE until the long term plan is implemented. Finally, the study will determine the financial impacts of installing sanitary sewers in the Elroy Acres community concurrently with the upgrades to the distribution system (ie. estimate costs at a conceptual level only).

A Public Information Centre (PIC) will be held at the Breslau Mennonite Church on March 6, 2002 from 4:30 p.m. to 8:30 p.m. An advertisement will be published in the K-W Record and Woolwich Observer notifying of the PIC. All residents of Elroy Acres will have notices of the PIC hand delivered to their door. Letters advising of the PIC will be sent to various agencies and authorities who may have an interest in the project. Region, Township and Hydromantis staff will attend the PIC and will present the full technical and financial evaluations undertaken for each of the alternatives, and will identify a preliminary preferred alternative based upon the evaluations. Attendees will have the opportunity to discuss all aspects of the alternatives and the evaluations and will be provided with information packages and comment sheets. The information packages will include a description of each supply alternative and associated costs, as well as contact information for Region and Township staff. Based on the evaluations and comments received from the public, the preferred long term alternative for supplying water to Elroy Acres will be selected. A copy of the PIC Information Package is attached to this report.

Schedule

The PIC will be held on Wednesday, March 6, 2002. Following the PIC, a water supply alternative will be selected and the conceptual design developed. The consultant will prepare a summary report and that report will be filed for publication for a period of 30 days. Following the review period, the recommended interim solutions will be implemented and completed by December 31, 2002. A consultant will be hired to design and construct the long term solution which is to be completed by December 31, 2003.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This report provides information to achieve the Region's Strategic Plan goal of assisting councillors in understanding their Regional and Area Municipal obligations.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The residents of Elroy Acres will be responsible for all costs associated with the study and the interim and long term solutions for water supply to their community.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: NIL

PREPARED BY: Scott Clarke, Technologist I, Water Services - 3 - E-02-026

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner, Transportation and Environmental Services

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES WATER SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-034 Planning and Works Committee File Code: C06-60/PWC/WSD.02; A16-01 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: BILL 155 - THE SUSTAINABLE WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICES ACT

RECOMMENDATION:

For information only.

SUMMARY - Nil

REPORT:

On December 12, 2001 the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (MAH) introduced enabling legislation that, if passed will require that municipalities calculate the full cost of providing their water and wastewater services and develop and implement a plan to recover the full cost. The Bill (Attachment A) outlines a series of steps that each water and wastewater works must undertake. The following are some of the highlights.

• Each ‘regulated entity’ must submit a report to the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing. The Region would be considered a ‘regulated entity’. The legislation allows for the Minister to have the ability to require two or more ‘regulated entities’ to submit a joint report. The report is to provide a detailed accounting of the full cost of delivering water and wastewater services. Full cost includes operational costs, financial costs, renewal and replacement costs, improvements associated with extracting, treating or distributing water and any other costs that may be outlined in the regulation. The Bill provides no detail about what will be included in the cost calculation, what work is required to calculate costs and ultimately how rates will be calculated.

• Each ‘regulated entity’ must submit a plan for approval on how it intends to recover the full cost for each service, again to the Minister of MAH. The contents of the plan are subject to regulation and the Minister would be authorized to cap water and wastewater rate increases. Regulations under the Act may also impose other limits on what sources of revenue can be included in the cost recovery plan.

• Each ‘regulated entity’ must implement its approved full cost recovery plan by a specified date established in the regulation and the Minister has the ability to order this if no action is taken. The legislation requires a dedicated reserve account that segregates funds for water and wastewater services from general revenues. The Minister may delegate some of the reviews and approvals under the legislation to a third party - 2 - E-02-034

Comments on Bill 155

The concept of full cost recovery for water and wastewater services is one that makes sense in principle. Ensuring the delivery of safe drinking water and adequate wastewater treatment requires financial policies that provide for the improvement and replacement needs of the municipal water and wastewater infrastructure.

There are a number of concerns with Bill 155 as it is currently presented.

• The Bill is very general in nature yet provides significant powers to the Minister of MAH. The details of how the Bill will be applied will be addressed through regulation. • The Bill provides the power to the Minister of MAH to implement a full cost recovery system but does not provide any details on how this will be done. • The Bill provides the Minister with ability to specify sources of revenue or place restrictions or conditions on sources of revenue that a regulated entity is or is not allowed to consider in its plan. • The Bill provides the Minister with the ability to specify the maximum amount that a regulated utility may increase the user rates. • The Bill provides the Minister with the ability to require a joint report and plan from separate regulated entities. This could essentially amalgamate two or more regulated entities at a financial level. • The Bill provides the Minister with the ability to unilaterally prepare a plan on behalf of a regulated entity when the Minister considers it appropriate to do so. • The Bill does not provide for an appeal process.

Potential Impacts on the Region of Waterloo

The general nature of the Bill makes it difficult to predict what the impacts will be until the regulations have been released. The following is a list of potential impacts based on the current understanding of the Bill.

• It is anticipated that significant staff and consultant time will be required to complete both the report and the plan. While it is anticipated that much of the information for the plan and report already exists, the information will have to be reviewed, sorted and delivered to the MAH in a format that they have set. The determination of "full cost" could require the conversion to a fixed asset/depreciation-based accounting system and corresponding adjustments to rate-setting methodology. It is anticipated that periodic reviews and updates (yearly) will be required, again requiring significant staff time. • The time frame to deliver reports and plans may be short, requiring that significant resources be applied to meet the required timing. • The ability of Regional Council to make decisions concerning appropriate water and wastewater user rates will be limited by the Minister of MAH’s ability to set maximum allowable increases. Limiting the potential sources of revenue could also impact Regional Council’s ability to make financial decisions. • The Region has pursued a financially responsible fiscal policy and has reviewed most facilities and provided adequate funding for improvements and replacements. However, there is the possibility, dependent on both the requirements of the regulation and the findings of the initial report, that water or wastewater rates may have to increase. • The potential for joint reports could result in the ‘pooling’ of ‘regulated entities’ (i.e. the Region with other municipalities) in an attempt to distribute the financial burden or essentially provide subsidies to other municipalities facing higher costs. - 3 - E-02-034

Next Steps

Staff have, through the Ontario Water Works Association and the Ontario Municipal Water Association, provided comments on Bill 155. The comments are generally based on the issues raised in this report with more specific detail provided in some areas. Staff will continue to monitor the proposed Bill 155 and provide updates to Council as more information becomes available. It is anticipated that based on the number and complexity of comments provided to the MAH that it will take the Ministry a few months to review and respond before Bill 155 continues to move forward.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The provision of adequate funding for the improvement and replacement of the Region’s Water and Wastewater facilities is essential to ensure a safe water supply and protect the environment. Good financial planning also ensures that Regional funds are spent responsibly.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Financial impacts will be thoroughly assessed when the regulations associated with Bill 155 become available.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Finance Department has contributed to the preparation of this report.

PREPARED BY: Thomas Schmidt, Director, Water Services

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner, Transportation and Environmental Services

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES SOCIAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-023/SS-02-023 Planning and Works Committee File Code: and Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Community Services Committee Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: TRANSIT AFFORDABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002.

SUMMARY:

Grand River Transit, Transportation Planning and the Employment and Income Support Divisions have endeavoured to address issues of more affordable transit fares for low-income people; increased physical accessibility to transit services; and, improved transit service levels in order to access workplace and other destinations within Waterloo Region. Accordingly this report includes:

• A brief summary of the process and recommendations to date;

• An updated list of agencies that will be eligible to purchase GRT adult tickets ($1.40) for a reduced price ($1.15); and,

• An overview of the process to allow eligible customers to purchase adult monthly bus passes at a reduced price.

REPORT:

On June 19, 2001, a report entitled Transit Affordability And Accessibility ( P-01-085/SS-01-035) was presented to the Planning and Works and the Community Services Committees. The report outlined a work plan that would begin the process of addressing many issues surrounding transit fare affordability, physical accessibility to transit services and accessibility to employment destinations. On November 20, 2001, a report entitled Transit Affordability and Accessibility ( P-01-145/SS-01-073) was presented to the Planning and Works and the Community Services Committees. The report summarized the results of an extensive public consultation process and made two major recommendations for future fare reductions. - 2 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

The first recommendation was to allow social service agencies providing emergency shelter or food to be able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of a $1.15 that is the price of reduced tickets for seniors and students. Further to this recommendation, Council directed staff to consider further expanding the list of qualifying agencies. Staff have attempted to contact all the agencies that participated in the original workshops that were held in September 2001. The agencies that have responded, all who work with people on a limited income, including social assistance recipients, are listed in Appendix A with their annual transportation budget limits. These agencies provided their own budgets and agreed to purchase tickets in minimum amounts of $100.

The mandate of the original program was for GRT to provide the reduced tickets for emergency food or shelter programs. GRT will fund the original list, along with a few agencies that historically have received discounted tickets. Additional agencies that do not meet these criteria will be funded from Social Services. It is not anticipated that other agencies will be added to the list for 2002. The agency list, participation rate and budget limits will be reviewed in early 2003.

The second recommendation was to provide a similar fare discount for the working poor and social assistance clients who do not qualify for transportation assistance, with a subsequent report outlining the necessary financial and administrative arrangements. Staff from GRT, Transportation Planning and Employment and Income Services have developed the following process to allow eligible customers to purchase adult bus passes (regular price $54) at a reduced price ($44).

There will be two agencies, one each from Kitchener/Waterloo (The Working Centre) and Cambridge (Lutherwood CODA), that will be the main contact for people choosing to participate in this program. The participant would go to either of these agencies and apply for the bus pass fare reduction. The application process will be kept simple, and the individual will confirm income status (see Appendix B for income requirement details). The LICO or Low-income Cutoff of Statistics Canada will be used to assess eligibility. The participant can then go to either the Cambridge Bus Terminal or the Kitchener Transportation Centre to purchase or renew an adult bus pass at a reduced price.

Conclusion

Both programs will be monitored on an ongoing basis and a full program evaluation will be undertaken after a one-year period. Given the limited budget of the bus pass program, a six-month interim review will be conducted to determine participation rates. If rates are low, further consideration will be given to expanding the program .

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The Affordability and Accessibility Program supports the corporate direction to provide appropriate health and social services for the residents of Waterloo Region.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The program that involves GRT selling adult tickets for a reduced rate to agencies that provide emergency food or shelter should not affect GRT revenue because increased client sales are predicted to offset the costs. - 3 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Agencies on the approved list that do not meet the original criteria will have their subsidy managed within the existing Social Services budget.

The program to provide the working poor and social assistance clients with an opportunity to purchase an adult monthly bus pass at a reduced price is to be funded through the existing $200,000 base budget allocation for transportation in the Social Services Department. The sales of the passes to the program participants will be tracked on a monthly basis. Budget capacity can accommodate subsidies for 19, 200 passes/year. This translates to approximately 1,600 monthly participants in this program. Staff will report to council, if participation starts to reach this limit. There will be minimal start-up costs to this program that will be managed within existing GRT and Social Service budgets.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

This report was prepared in collaboration with the Employment and Income Support Division of the Social Services Department and the Transit Services Division of the Transportation and Environmental Services Department.

PREPARED BY: Paula Sawicki, Principal Planner

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services Michael Schuster, Commissioner of Social Services - 4 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Appendix A Proposed Reduced Ticket Price Program

2002 Budget Participating Agencies Limit

Emergency Food / Shelter (including historical participants) Adult Basic Education* $4,830 Cambridge Self Help Food Bank $300 Destination Employment* $350 House of Friendship - ( Hampers and Hostel) $3,000 K-W English Pre-School* $20,700 K-W Food Bank $1,000 KW Out of the Cold $2,000 KW YWCA - Mary's Place $5,000 NCB Outreach Sites (Region Wide) $23,000 Open Door* $345 Out of the Cold, Cambridge $5,800 ROOF $700 St.Louis Adult Learning* $5,600 St. Monica House $500 St Vincent de Paul Conference Sites (KW) (14 sites) $500 Welcome Aboard $1,040 Subtotal $74,665

Agencies Serving Low Income Clients Achievement in Motion $200 Cambridge Active Self Help $350 Canadian Mental Health $500 Family and Children's Services of Waterloo Region $6,500 Hazelglen Outreach Mental Health Services $500 Kitchener Downtown Community Health Centre $5,000 KW Accessibility $500 KW Counselling $600 Lutherwood CODA $5,000 The Working Centre $6,000 Waterloo Regional Homes for Mental Health $3,000 Working For Work and KW Multi Cultural Program $500 Subtotal $28,650

Total $103,315 - 5 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

* Agencies that have historically purchased adult tickets at a reduced rate. - 6 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Appendix B: Income Eligibility Requirements

Low Income Cutoffs for Waterloo Region, monthly and annual gross income by family size

Monthly Annual

1 person $1,244 $14,694 2 person $1,555 $18,367 3 person $1,934 $22,844 4 person $2,342 $27,650 5 person $2,617 $30,910 6 person $2,893 $34,168 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-027 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: MONTHLY REPORT OF DEVELOPMENT APPLICATIONS FOR JANUARY 2002

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve P-02-027, dated March 5, 2002, Monthly Report of Development Applications for January 2002.

SUMMARY:

NIL

REPORT:

In accordance with Regional By-law 01-028 as amended, the Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services has:

1. Approved the following part lot control exemption by-laws;

2. Revised the conditions of draft approval for the following plan of subdivision; and

3. Released for registration the following plans of subdivision and plans of condominium.

CITY OF CAMBRIDGE 1. Registration of Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-88058 Draft Approval Date: August 29, 2001 Phase No. Phase 1 Applicant: Jamieson Estates (Cambridge) Limited Location: Jamieson Parkway Proposal: To permit the development of 167 single detached units. Processing Fee: Paid January 23, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 24, 2002 2. Registration of Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-88058 - 2 - P-02-027

Draft Approval Date: August 29, 2001 Phase No. Phase 2 Applicant: Jamieson Estates (Cambridge) Ltd. Location: Jamieson Parkway Proposal: To permit the development of 3 industrial lots. Processing Fee: Paid January 23, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 24, 2002

CITY OF WATERLOO 1. Part Lot Control Exemption By-law 02-04 Applicant: Laurel View Homes (CH) Inc. Location: Winterburg Walk Proposal: To permit the creation of 4 single detached units. Processing Fee: Paid January 25, 2002 Commissioner’s Approval: January 25, 2002 2. Part Lot Control Exemption By-law 02-014 Applicant: Cook Homes Limited Location: Reiber Court Proposal: To permit the creation of 4 street fronting townhouse units. Processing Fee: Paid January 28, 2002 Commissioner’s Approval: January 31, 2002

TOWNSHIP OF NORTH DUMFRIES 1. Modification to Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-90013 Applicant: 828543 Ontario Inc. and 839685 Ontario Inc. Location: Regional Road No. 49/50 Proposal: To further subdivide the plan to provide for the development of 60 single detached residential lots, open space block , the completion of Hilltop Drive and future street connections to adjacent lands. Processing Fee: Paid February 7, 2001 Commissioner's Approval: January 22, 2002

TOWNSHIP OF WILMOT 1. Registration of Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-01602 Draft Approval Date: November 13, 2001 Phase No. Entire Plan Applicant: Blaze Properties Inc. Location: St. Agatha Proposal: To permit the development of 18 single detached units. Processing Fee: Paid January 22, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 22, 2002 - 3 - P-02-027

2. Registration of Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-95010

Draft Approval Date: May 4, 1999 Phase No. Phase 1 Applicant: A.R.M. Holdings Limited Location: Baden Proposal: To permit the development of 33 single detached units. Processing Fee: January 3, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 3, 2002

3. Registration of Draft Plan of Subdivision 30T-95011 Draft Approval Date: June 27, 2001 Phase No. Phase 1 Applicant: Baden Highlands Ltd. Location: Baden Settlement Area Proposal: To permit the development of 53 single detached units. Processing Fee: Paid January 22, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 22, 2002

4. Registration of Draft Plan of Condominium 30CDM-01602 Draft Approval Date: November 13, 2001 Phase No. Phase 1 Applicant: Blaze Properties Inc. Location: Erb's Road (Regional Road No. 9) Proposal: Common element, no units created Processing Fee: Paid January 21, 2002 Commissioner’s Release: January 21, 2002

Current inventory of Unbuilt Units in Approved and Pending Plans of Subdivision by Area Municipality. Area January Totals Total

Municipality Registered Draft Pendin Total Registered Draft Pendin Total * Approved g * Approved g

**Kitchener 0 0 0 0 3,420 7,747 6,709 17,876 Waterloo 0 0 0 0 3,311 5,436 2,199 10,946 Cambridge 167 0 0 167 1,789 4,056 526 6,371 Woolwich 0 0 0 0 91 202 1,944 2,237 Wilmot 104 0 0 104 291 1,138 591 2,020 North Dumfries 0 0 0 0 64 97 51 212 Wellesley 0 0 0 0 110 98 0 208

Region of Waterloo 271 0 0 271 9,076 18,774 12,020 39,870

*The inventory of unbuilt units in registered plans includes units constructed since December 31, 2001. The - 4 - P-02-027 number of unbuilt units in registered plans will be summarized in a separate year-end report.

**The acceptance and/or draft approvals of plans of subdivision and condominium processed by the City of Kitchener under delegated approval authority are not included in this table but will be reflected in the year end report.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The report reflects actions taken by the Commissioner in accordance with the Delegation By-law adopted by Council consistent with the streamlining objectives reflected in Strategic Action 3.2.2 in the Corporate Strategic Plan.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

NIL

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Kevin Eby, Director of Community Planning

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-028 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: AMENDMENT TO REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO CONTROLLED ACCESS BY-LAW #58-87 FOR AN EMERGENCY ACCESS TO REGIONAL ROAD #54 (LACKNER BOULEVARD), CITY OF KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve an amendment to Controlled Access By-law #58-87 for an emergency access on the east side of Regional Road #54 (Lackner Boulevard) approximately 160 metres south of Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener as outlined in P-02-028, dated March 5, 2002.

SUMMARY:

Hallman Brierdale Limited is proposing to construct a 22 unit townhouse development on the southeast corner of Lackner Boulevard and Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener. The primary access to the development will be from Gregg Court at the rear of the development. The developer has requested permission to construct an emergency access to Lackner Boulevard approximately 160 metres south of the intersection of Lackner Boulevard and Bryan Court. Lackner Boulevard is designated "Controlled - Access Prohibited" from Fairway Road to Victoria Street, therefore the request for an emergency access requires an amendment to By-law #58- 87.

REPORT:

By-law #58-87, "A By-law to Designate and Regulate Controlled - Access Roads", was enacted to control the construction or alteration to the geometric design of any private means of access to a Regional road. All Regional roads are included in either Schedule "A" or Schedule "B" of the By-law. Regional roads included in Schedule "A" (Controlled Access - Prohibited), include arterial roads and freeways where access to these roads must be restricted due to high traffic volume and speed. All requests for changes to existing accesses or for new accesses require an amendment to the By-law. Regional roads included in Schedule "B" (Controlled Access - Regulated) include all remaining arterial roads within the Regional road system. Typically, these roads are front-lotted with access available only to the Regional road or are comparatively lower volume roads.

With the circulation of a site plan application from the City of Kitchener, the developer of a proposed 22 unit townhouse development has requested permission to construct an emergency access on the east side of Lackner Boulevard approximately 160 metres south of the intersection of Lackner Boulevard and Bryan Court in the City of Kitchener. The primary access to the Hallman Brierdale development will be from Gregg Court at the rear of the property.

Appendix A to this report is a map showing the location of the subject area. - 2 - P-02-028

Appendix B to this report is a site plan showing the proposed development and the location of the emergency access.

Lackner Boulevard from Victoria Street to Fairway Road is designated as a Controlled Access - Prohibited Road under the Region's Controlled Access By-law #58-87. Therefore, Regional Council approval to amend the by-law is required prior to the issuance of an access permit by staff.

Staff have reviewed the proposed emergency access location and are recommending the by-law amendment.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

Provision of safe access is an operational activity used to assist in the implementation of the Region's strategic objective of providing a safe community.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

NIL

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Corporate Resources Department will be required to amend Controlled Access By-law #58-87.

PREPARED BY: Bruce Erb, Transportation Planner

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services

Regional Municipality of Waterloo SPECIAL JOINT COMMITTEE OF COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE AND PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE AGENDA Tuesday, March 5, 2002 11:00 a.m. Regional Council Chamber 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. PRESENTATIONS a) George Dark - Urban Strategies re: Smart Growth

3. REPORTS a) P-02-030 Regional Smart Growth Strategy

4. OTHER BUSINESS

5. ADJOURN

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-030 Planning and Works Committee File Code: and To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Community Services Committee Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: WATERLOO REGION IN THE 21ST CENTURY - PLANNING OUR FUTURE

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to "Planning our Future" as outlined in Report P-02-030, dated March 5, 2002: a) that the preliminary preferred concepts outlined in Appendix "A" to Report P-02-030, entitled "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century - Planning Our Future" be adopted in principle as the basis for and subject to the findings of Phase 2 of the Strategy; b) that staff be authorized to finalize the Phase 1 brochure (Appendix "H" to Report P-02-030) illustrating growth management concepts and choices for distribution and consultation; c) that the comments from the March 5, 2002 Joint Planning and Works - Community Services Committee meeting, together with the consultant's presentation, be incorporated into the final Phase 1 document; d) that the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used to guide and refine the preliminary preferred concepts (recommendation

RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:

Kevin R. Curtis, Administrator, Policy Planning Wanda Richardson, Strategic Planning Co-ordinator Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-030 Planning and Works Committee File Code: and To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Community Services Committee Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: WATERLOO REGION IN THE 21ST CENTURY - PLANNING OUR FUTURE

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to "Planning our Future" as outlined in Report P-02-030, dated March 5, 2002:

a) that the preliminary preferred concepts outlined in Appendix "A" to Report P-02-030, entitled "Waterloo Region in the 21st Century - Planning Our Future" be adopted in principle as the basis for and subject to the findings of Phase 2 of the Strategy;

b) that staff be authorized to finalize the Phase 1 brochure (Appendix "H" to Report P-02-030) illustrating growth management concepts and choices for distribution and consultation;

c) that the comments from the March 5, 2002 Joint Planning and Works - Community Services Committee meeting, together with the consultant's presentation, be incorporated into the final Phase 1 document;

d) that the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used to guide and refine the preliminary preferred concepts (recommendation ‘a') to a level of detail sufficient for Council to adopt or amend one or more of these concepts, and set the stage for subsequent development;

e) that the Phase 2 Terms of Reference attached as Appendix B to Report P-02-030, be used as the basis for obtaining technical assistance to assist Regional staff;

f) that two members of Planning and Works Committee be appointed to the Sterring Committee for Phase 2.

RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:

Kevin R. Curtis, Administrator, Policy Planning Wanda Richardson, Strategic Planning Co-ordinator Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services

WATERLOO REGION IN THE 21ST CENTURY PLANNING OUR FUTURE: PHASE 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Executive 1 Summary......

Growth Management and Waterloo Region...... 2

The Challenge...... 2

Regional Growth Management Strategy...... 3

Phase 1 - Development of Preferred Concepts...... 3

Input from Stakeholder Sessions...... 4

Phase 2 - The Next Steps...... 5

APPENDICES Tab

Appendix A - Preliminary Preferred 1 Concepts......

Appendix B - Phase 2 Terms of Reference...... 2

Appendix C - Presentation - October 2, 2001...... 3

Appendix D - Report P-01-141 and Presentation - Dec. 4, 2001.. 4

Appendix E - Presentation - March 5, 2002...... 5

Appendix F - Workshop #1 - Nov. 22, 2001...... 6

Appendix G - Workshop #2 - Dec. 13, 2001...... 7

Insert

Appendix H - Brochure - Waterloo Region in the 21st Century, Front Planning Our Cover Future......

Appendix I - CD #1 - Presentation to Joint Committee Meeting, Rear March 5, Cover 2002......

Appendix J - CD #2 - Proceedings of Joint Committee Meeting, Rear March 5, Cover 2002...... Executive Summary

The Region of Waterloo is one of the fastest growing areas in Ontario. It is now the 10th largest urban area in Canada, the 4th largest in Ontario and boasts a diversified $15 billion economy. Today, the Region has grown to more than 450,000 people. Current forecasts see this growth continuing into the future. We are pushing to the edges of our urban boundaries and must now decide how to hold the line and, where necessary, expand the envelope of urbanization.

This Region is recognized for its innovative and progressive approach to growth management. However, now is the time to build upon our past success and prepare us to cope with the challenges that face our growing community. Accordingly, the Region is developing a growth management strategy to manage the pressures for growth and channel them to the Region’s best advantage and guide growth management decisions now and into the future. The Strategy proposes choices for planning our future and not the realignment of municipal boundaries.

The Strategy is based on a time horizon from the present to the year 2040 and is being prepared in two phases:

Phase 1 provides a "big picture" assessment of growth-related issues and examines alternative growth management concepts to help stimulate community interest. The product is growth management concepts for Council’s consideration that promote discussion of the critical issues.

Phase 2 (to be undertaken from March - December, 2002) will analyze and detail the growth management concepts identified by Council as "preferred".

Regional staff has completed Phase 1 of the growth management strategy. Stakeholder input showed significant support for the urban growth concepts which offered balance between urban and rural, social and economic, and transit and roads. This approach emphasizes redevelopment in existing urban areas (particularly along the Central Transit Corridor and in the downtown core areas) with targeted growth outside the urban edges in appropriate, focused locations. The focused greenfield development will demand strategic investment in new infrastructure and guided growth, while still providing needed opportunities for new business and economic development.

Re-urbanization opportunities were identified as being the most important within existing urban area boundaries, particularly along the Central Transit Corridor and within the downtown core areas. The stakeholder meetings also revealed support for focused greenfield development in one or more of three areas:

· the East Side area (bounded by the new Highway 7 on the north and Kossuth Road on the south) · the East Side southerly from Kossuth Road towards the 401 · the Highway 401 corridor southwest of Homer Watson Blvd. - Fountain Street interchange and southwest Kitchener.

A brochure depicting preliminary preferred concepts which illustrates location choices and urban form/design possibilities is provided in Appendix H.

1

WATERLOO REGION IN THE 21ST CENTURY - PLANNING OUR FUTURE PHASE 1

Growth Management and Waterloo Region

The Region of Waterloo is situated in proximity to the Greater Toronto Area along the axis of the North American free trade corridor, linking the economic heartlands of Canada and the United States with their respective eastern seaboards and links to the European Community. Growth will come to this region - our challenge will be to find ways to proactively and creatively manage the pressures that will inevitably accompany that growth.

The Region is charged with managing how growth occurs in our area. It also has carriage of the major physical and social infrastructure.

The Region has long been recognized as innovative and progressive in its approach to growth management - an approach grounded in "environment first" principles, retention of the essential qualities of rural and urban communities, and the fostering of economic growth. In fact, the Regional Official Policies Plan already embraces Smart Growth principles through its Vision for a Sustainable Regional Community.

Now is the time to take the next steps to refine our approach and build upon our past success and prepare us to cope with the challenges that face our growing community. Developing a Smart Growth framework for urban growth management will help ensure that the Region is in a position of readiness to deal with the community’s future needs.

The Challenge

The Region of Waterloo will continue to be one of the fastest growing areas of the Province. During the next 40 years, our population is expected to grow to approximately 700,000 people - an increase of at least 50%. Growth will bring economic prosperity and vitality, but at the same time this growth will create a number of pressures. There will be a need for more affordable housing, more transportation choices, and choices to accommodate increased employment. There will also be a need to preserve what we value about the Region today - features like our rivers, our agricultural lands, our culture and heritage, our downtown core areas, our quality of life, and the significant attributes of our countryside.

We are pushing to the edges of our urban boundaries. We must now decide where to hold the urban-rural boundaries and where expansions will selectively take place. Our foremost challenge is to develop a strategy to manage the pressures for growth and channel them to the Region’s best advantage. Accordingly, our approach must ensure that new growth benefits our Region and makes it an even better place to live and work.

2 Regional Growth Management Strategy

In 2001, Regional Council endorsed creating a new approach to growth management based on our 28 year history of sustainable growth management. The Region has spent the last several months developing ideas about how to do even better in the future. Work on the growth management strategy was initiated following the Chairman’s initial report to Council on Smart Growth in April, 2001 (contained in Appendix C). The strategy is based on a time horizon from the present to the year 2040 and is being prepared in two phases:

Phase 1 provides a "big picture" assessment of growth-related issues and features a graphically-oriented explanation of alternative growth management concepts to help stimulate community interest. The brochure depicting the results of Phase 1 is provided in Appendix H.

Phase 2 (to be undertaken from March - December 2002) will analyze and detail the preliminary preferred concepts identified by Council. As part of Phase 2, strategic policy and program actions or amendments that will be necessary to realize the preferred concepts will be identified. Phase 2 will provide the planning framework to guide growth management decisions now and into the future.

Phase 1 - Development of Preferred Concepts

Regional staff has completed Phase 1 of the Regional Smart Growth Strategy. Preliminary analysis of a number of Smart Growth elements has been undertaken. Population and land needs assessments confirm the need to expand the city and township urban area boundaries identified in the Regional Official Policies Plan (ROPP) in some cases to accommodate expansion to the year 2040. Such expansion would remove one of the key impediments to future employment growth identified in the CTT Land Task Force report presented to Council on November 28, 2001. Based on our detailed master plan studies, our wastewater treatment and water supply facilities can be upgraded to accommodate growth to 2040. The Central Transit Corridor (CTC) feasibility study has begun and will be completed by October, 2002. In this regard, we are exploring options for early implementation of a portion of the CTC.

We are also continuing to monitor progress of the Province's proposed brownfield legislation and changes to the Municipal Act to identify potential opportunities for Regional initiatives to support brownfield redevelopment. Outside of greenfield development possibilities, this concept constitutes the major opportunity to accommodate growth. We will continue to rely on the recent visioning exercises undertaken by the local municipalities as our work continues.

3 Input from Stakeholder Sessions

Recognizing the complex task of managing growth in the Region, a diverse group of participants was brought together in a workshop format to discuss a widely varied set of ideas and opinions. The preliminary review of urban growth concepts broadly defined 3 choices: Concentrated, Dispersed and Balanced. These were considered at two focused stakeholder meetings that featured representatives from the cities of Cambridge, Kitchener, and Waterloo, the GRCA, the Waterloo Federation of Agriculture, and the planning, business, education, and arts and culture communities. Common threads that should inform future planning were identified.

One of the clearest common threads was the recognition that innovative, proactive approaches to urban growth management are necessary. While most participants agreed that growth is a healthy thing for the community, they also agreed that it needs to be managed. There was no consensus on the form these approaches should take, but there was extensive discussion of the notion of a “countryside line” where urban development would end and the countryside would begin. There was a substantial degree of support for the concept of intensification. Many of the participants could think of parts of the existing area that could be developed more intensively in the future, particularly along the CTC and in the downtown core areas. The form and nature of that development, however, is still an area that needs further discussion.

Transportation figured highly on the list of important issues. One of the main identifying characteristics is the relative ease of access that people have to and through the area. In some areas of the Region, travel times are relatively moderate and distances relatively short. However, there are some situations where travel times are becoming increasingly lengthy. Future planning should try to preserve a reasonable degree of accessibility by using a combination of significant transit investment, as well as road construction.

Economic development issues emerged as another area of common interest. Most of the participants want to ensure the Region will be able to preserve and enhance its economic health and competitiveness in the future, even as it tries to accommodate growth. The notion of an ongoing environment-based approach to growth management was endorsed and reiterated. It was recognized that we need to plan for everyone in our community, including families, children and seniors. Most participants also agreed that unique features, such as the Waterloo moraine or the farms in the region, merit special consideration in future planning.

In terms of moving the planning process forward, many participants want to see an approach that offers balance – balance between urban and rural, between greenfield development and intensification, heritage and innovative urban design, and between transit and roads. They seek a balance in the scale of analysis, with policies specific to certain local nodes in addition to policies for the whole Region. Also, they would like to see a balance between regulations and incentives, between social and economic objectives, and between the many groups of people who call the Region their home.

The key to making Smart Growth happen is establishing a framework that directs new development strategically and puts in place incentives and policies that allow us to build on our Region's existing strengths and policies that have served the Region well. To implement these choices, there is clear recognition by the stakeholders that innovative approaches are necessary. There is substantial support for "developing inward" and promoting residential and employment intensification

4 (particularly along the CTC and in the downtown core areas) as a means of reducing automobile dependency and promoting core area revitalization. Incentives for brownfield development, more compact communities, pride of place, cultural and heritage development, innovative urban design plans and form, preservation of authenticity, capturing and keeping the spirit of the community, downtown vitality and safety, in particular for children, are just a few of the considerations that will make Smart Growth happen.

In terms of greenfield development possibilities, it was generally agreed that focused sustainable growth is necessary. This allows strategic investment in new infrastructure, while still providing needed choices for new business and economic development. The stakeholder meetings revealed that the focus of attention should be directed to three areas as depicted on the map in Appendix A:

· the East Side area (bounded by the new Highway 7 on the north and Kossuth Road on the south) · the East Side southerly from Kossuth Road towards the 401 · the Highway 401 corridor southwest of Homer Watson Blvd. - Fountain Street interchange and southwest Kitchener.

The brochure depicting preliminary preferred concepts which illustrate locational choices and urban form/design possibilities is provided in Appendix H.

Phase 2 - The Next Steps

Upon approval of the recommendations in this report, staff will proceed with Phase 2 of the Smart Growth Strategy based on the attached Terms of Reference (Appendix B). Phase 2 will investigate in greater detail the implications and feasibility of the preliminary preferred concepts, through re- urbanization and selective greenfield development as identified in Appendix A. It is anticipated that Phase 2 will be completed by year end 2002, at which time the results will be brought forward to Council for consideration.

Phase 2 of the Growth Management Strategy has an upset limit of $175,000. The funds to provide the technical assistance required for this phase were approved in the 2002 budget.

The communications strategy to be implemented in Phase 2 will include liaison opportunities for elected representatives at both the Regional and local area municipal levels.

5 APPENDIX B

WATERLOO REGION IN THE 21ST CENTURY PLANNING OUR FUTURE PHASE 2

Terms of Reference

1. Introduction

The Region of Waterloo will be undertaking Phase 2 of its growth management strategy with technical assistance through a consultant team(s). The strategy will form the basis to build upon our past successes and prepare us to cope with the challenges that face our growing community. This would lead to appropriate amendments to the Regional Official Policies Plan (ROPP) and provide direction for Regional Master Plan updates.

The strategy is being completed in two phases. Phase 1 is now complete. This Phase includes background research, a "big picture assessment" of growth-related issues in and around the Region, preliminary preferred concepts (Appendix A), and a graphically-oriented choices and concepts document (Appendix H). Phase 2 will be completed between March and December 2002. This phase will provide the level of detail sufficient for Council to adopt or amend one or more of the concepts and set the stage for subsequent development. The relationship between the Phase 1 and Phase 2 tasks is illustrated in Figure 1.

2. Background

On April 11, 2001, Regional Council unanimously endorsed a series of recommendations contained in the Regional Chairman's Report RC-01-004 entitled "Smart Growth and the Region of Waterloo: Planning for Our Future". The recommendations included:

"That a study of existing and future development options in the Region of Waterloo, with particular attention to the lands bounded by Highway 7, the Grand River, and Maple Grove Road be undertaken by the Planning and Works Committee;

That such a study would include the examination of current and future land needs, existing and required infrastructure, brownfield redevelopment, environmental protection and enhancement, and the protection of rural and agricultural lands in areas not identified for growth;

That the Region develop a plan of "smart growth" which will see a staging and servicing plan for the areas identified for future development for a period of 20-30 years;

....And that the area municipalities be included in the study and that the study include public consultation and participation."

B-1

In part, the report was a response to the need for long-term employment choices in the Region and the ability to achieve the ROPP's Vision for a Sustainable Regional Community:

"...a community working in harmony with the environment and striving to provide its citizens with safe, prosperous communities through proactive policies and appropriate economic, social, and physical growth. This growth must not undermine the environment or resource base, or compromise the quality of life or development prospects for future generations."

Staff's work in progress related to this direction was provided in Report P-01-141 (approved by Regional Council on December 12, 2001). The report recommended that the Strategy have a planning horizon to the year 2040 and that it be completed by December 2002 using a two phase approach. The report also summarized how the strategy related to existing Regional projects such as the Central Transit Corridor Feasibility Study, the Regional Housing Statement Update, the Arts, Culture and Heritage Master Plan, the Province of Ontario's Smart Growth initiatives and various initiatives related to the redevelopment and rejuvenation of our downtown core areas.

3. The Scope of Phase 2 of the Strategy

The strategy is intended to build on a "balanced" approach to growth management in the Region. The strategy will focus on Regional roles and responsibilities regarding six (6) themes: a) maintaining firm city and township urban area growth boundaries; b) emphasizing reurbanization opportunities in established urban centres and downtown core areas, transit corridors, and brownfield locations; c) implementing the Region's Central Transit Corridor initiative; d) developing new approaches for greenfield development; e) protecting agricultural resource areas, greenspace and the countryside; and, f) financing "Smart Growth" initiatives, which are sustainable.

Phase 2 of the strategy will include: a) development of two or three "balanced" urban growth choices from which Regional Council can select a "preferred" direction. An urban growth management strategy based on the "preferred" choice will then be prepared. The strategy will include, but not be limited to:

i) a staging, servicing and financing plan to direct future urban growth to the locations identified;

ii) the basis for any subsequent recommended amendments to the ROPP;

iii) policy recommendations required to implement various Smart Growth initiatives; and,

iv) recommendations regarding a monitoring program (including targets and indicators) that could be used to assess the success of the strategy approved by Council.

B-2

4. Phase 2 Steering Committee

Work on Phase 2 will be guided by a Steering Committee chaired by Larry Kotseff, Commissioner, Planning, Housing and Community Services. The other members of the Committee will include:

Ron Bronson, Director, Financial Services & Development Financing Kevin Curtis Administrator, Policy Planning Thomas Schmidt, Director, Water Services, Transportation and Environmental Services Dept. Lynn Randall, Director, Social Planning and Administrative Services

Representation from among the following: Canada's Technology Triangle City of Kitchener Department of Business and Planning Services City of Waterloo Development Services City of Cambridge Planning Services Department Communitech Woolwich Township Department of Planning and Engineering Services Wilmot Township Development Services Department Township of North Dumfries Township of Wellesley Grand River Conservation Authority Waterloo Federation of Agriculture Waterloo Region Homebuilders Association

It is expected that the Committee will meet four or five times during Phase 2.

5. Project Approach, Timing and Cost

a) Approach

The Waterloo Region Growth Management Strategy will be prepared by Regional staff using technical assistance from consulting firms as outlined in Section 7 below. The Phase 2 Work Program will be co-ordinated by Kevin Curtis, Administrator, Policy Planning. Mr. Curtis can be reached via the following numbers/address:

Phone: (519) 575-4794 Fax:(519) 575-4449 Email: [email protected]

Regional staff's primary responsibilities will include:

• preparing the draft and final versions of the strategy including the framework for an Integrated Infrastructure Management Plan and recommendations regarding "next steps" to implement the Strategy; • administering the stakeholder consultation process;

B-3

• land use and transportation planning analysis including updating the Region's transportation model (TRANSCAD); • updating population and employment projections; • confirming available capacities at the Region's wastewater treatment plants • performing model runs to determine the extent to which existing Regional infrastructure can deliver water and wastewater services to potential new greenfield development areas; • providing the technical assistance team with access to required technical documents (see Attachment 1); • providing timely input from current major Regional projects such as the Central Transit Corridor Feasibility Study, the Regional Housing Statement Update, and the Regional Arts, Culture and Heritage Master Plan; • providing any other supporting resources in its possession, such as assessment and Ontario Base Mapping and aerial photography; and, • providing administrative services such as preparing and distributing agendas and minutes.

The technical assistance team will:

• prepare draft and final versions of the following reports for inclusion as a technical appendix to the Growth Management Strategy:

i) a report regarding the tools that are available to the Region to help finance Smart Growth initiatives such as the Central Transit Corridor, brownfield redevelopment, conservation of the built environment, core area revitalization and major infrastructure improvements;

ii) a report identifying the "rule of thumb" type of sizing for potential new trunk water mains to serve the East Side area, the 401 corridor, and southwest Kitchener and the estimated cost of constructing such mains;

iii) a report regarding the options for potential new trunk sanitary sewers to serve the East Side area, the 401 corridor, and southwest Kitchener from the Region's existing wastewater treatment plants and the estimated cost of constructing such sewers;

iv) a report regarding the locational and service delivery options for accommodating long-term demand for employment lands (i.e., lands for industrial, business park and office uses) in a manner that promotes mixed-use development, efficient use of infrastructure, land and buildings (e.g. reurbanization in downtowns, brownfields and greyfields) and that recognizes the diverse needs of the business community;

v) a report that evaluates the opportunities to refine the existing two-tier planning framework in a manner that could increase the ability of the Region and the local area municipalities to implement Smart Growth initiatives and challenges;

vi) a report that evaluates the transportation implications associated with each of the identified "balanced" growth concepts through application and interpretation of the Region's TRANSCAD model;

B-4 vii) electronic and hard copy colour graphics for use in focus group sessions, open houses and public meetings regarding:

i) preliminary preferred concepts developed in Phase 1; and ii) Regional Council's preferred growth strategy (Phase 2).

The graphics will include representative plan and aerial views of future development in downtown, transit corridor, commercial centre, brownfield, greenfield, and rural community locations; and

viii) a camera-ready version of a fold-out brochure regarding the final Regional growth management strategy. The brochure will feature extensive use of coloured ink renderings which will also be included in the final strategy document. This will highlight the framework to guide the direction of growth and illustrate urban form/design options available to implement the recommendations.

d) Timing

Phase 2 will be completed between March and December 2002. The key dates are expected to include:

April 2002 Hire technical assistance team and refine the work program survey

April-June 2002 Public and stakeholder consultation sessions

June 2002 Progress update to Planning and Works Committee and Regional Council

October 2002 Draft Growth Management Strategy to be considered by Planning and Works Committee and Regional Council

Oct/Nov 2002 Public and stakeholder input on preferred option

December 2002 Final Growth Management Strategy to be considered by Planning and Works Committee and Regional Council

e) Cost

The upset cost for Phase 2 technical assistance is $175,000 including disbursements and applicable taxes.

6. Documents and Reports

Draft reports will be reviewed by the Steering Committee. The revised final reports will be included in a technical appendix to the Growth Management Strategy. Twenty (20) copies of each of the draft and final reports will be required.

B-5 Documents and reports shall be standard size (8.5 x 11 inch) and include appropriate maps and drawings. Electronic copies of all reports and drawings will be provided to the Region. Word Perfect format is desirable. All materials and data collected for the final product including all camera ready artwork and related products upon completion of Phase 2 become the property of the Region. No part of the information may be duplicated in whole or in part without the written consent of the Region.

7. Submission of Letters of Interest

Each Letter of Interest will include the following general items: a) a description of the relevant experience of the technical assistance firms that are proposed to be involved in fulfilling the team's responsibilities including a list of similar studies, previous experience working on similar initiatives, and relevant contact persons with whom the details of these studies may be discussed; b) a preliminary Work Plan identifying the estimated time and cost for technical assistance to complete the various work outlined (including proposed alternative levels of effort and associated time and cost estimates); c) a list of staff who will be assigned to the required tasks, including qualifications, relevant experience, per diem rates and amount of time (person days) that each will dedicate to this project, and respective work task responsibilities for each individual; d) a chart showing the reporting relationships among the key staff (and firms if appropriate) proposed to be involved; and e) a statement regarding potential conflict of interest in carrying out this assignment.

The Letter of Interest will be a maximum of eight (8) pages, excluding resumes and supporting firm qualifications/experience material. Ten (10) copies of the Letter of Interest should be submitted by 3:00pm on Wednesday, April 3, 2002 to:

Mr. Kevin Curtis Planning, Housing and Community Services Department Regional Municipality of Waterloo 150 Frederick Street, 5th Floor Kitchener, Ontario N2G 4J3

In an effort to assist interested firms to prepare their respective Letters of Interest, Regional staff will be available to discuss the various components of the required technical assistance between 1:30 and 3:30pm on Friday, March 22 in the Room, Floor, 150 Frederick Street.

8. Evaluation and Selection of Consultants

B-6 a) All Letters of Interest will be evaluated with consideration given to such items as professional expertise, experience, familiarity with the Region's Growth Management Strategy and related projects, interpretation of the Terms of Reference, and the technical and innovative merit of the Letter of Interest and cost. The Region reserves the right to reject any or all Letters of Interest, or to accept any Letters of Interest or combination of Letters of Interest. b) Technical assistance teams may be invited to attend an interview. c) On April 22, 1998, Regional Council adopted the Selection Policy which uses price as a factor in selecting consultant assistance for a project. The price factor will be considered for this project during evaluation of technical assistance teams and will be based on the hourly charged rates.

9. Other General Comments a) All drawings, renderings and specifications (if any) are to be submitted on reproducible mylar and permitted to be used by the Region of Waterloo as it sees fit, including promotional purposes. Figures and drawings should be in a format that can be imported by Corel Presentation, Version 8.0. b) The Region of Waterloo will require the successful technical assistance team to enter into a standard agreement (contract) for services satisfactory to the Region. c) A project initiation meeting with the Regional staff will be required to discuss issues including such matters as project scheduling , needs, existing information in order to finalize the Detailed Work Program for the Project.

B-7 WATERLOO REGION GROWTH MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Existing Sources of Information

A) Planning

A Plan for the Freeport Community. John Bousefield and Associates et al. (March 1976) Alternatives for Growth: Waterloo-South Wellington Area Study. Waterloo County Area Planning Board. (August 1970) CTT Land Task Force Report (Oct. 2001) Design for Development: Midwestern Ontario Region. Phase 1: Analysis. Ontario, Department of Treasury and Economics. (July 1970) Futures for the Toronto-Related Urban Complex (Draft). IBI Group for the Neptis Foundation. (December 2001) Local Area Municipality Official Plans and Growth Strategies Regional Official Policies Plan Strategy for Growth: Waterloo-South Wellington Area Study. Final Report, Part 1. Waterloo County Area Planning Board. (June 1972) Submission to the Waterloo Area Local Government Review, Waterloo County Area Planning Board (1967) The Waterloo Area, Ontario Department of Municipal Affairs, Community Planning Branch. (1964) Water Resource Protection Strategy Mapping Waterloo Development Program Recommended Alternative. Ontario Housing Corporation. (March 1970)

B) Engineering

Communal Wastewater Treatment Systems Study. Final Report. CH2M Hill et al. (Sept.1993) Grand River Trunk Sanitary Sewer Functional Report. Proctor and Redfern. (October 1978) Long Term Water Strategy Township of Woolwich Breslau Trunk Sanitary Sewer Study. Proctor and Redfern (June 1991) Waste Water Master Plan Water and Wastewater Monitoring Report (June 2001)

C) Transportation

Doon South-Brigadoon Transportation Network Analysis and Alignment Study GRT Five Year Business Plan Highway 410/Homer Watson Blvd. Interchange Transportation Environmental Study Report Highway 401/Townline Road Interchange Detail Design Study and Class EA Regional Cycling Master Plan Regional Transportation Master Plan Waterloo Region Airport Master Plan

B-8 D) Environment/Heritage

Archaeology Master Plan Big Picture Project (Draft), MNR, (2001) ESPA Mapping Local Area Municipality Heritage Resource Inventories and Heritage District Plans Revised Provincially Significant Wetland Mapping Scenic Roads Handbook (July 1995) Soils of Waterloo County. Canada, Department of Agriculture. (1971) Spanning the Generations: A Study of Old Bridges in Waterloo Region. Phase 2: Heritage Assessment (April 1999)

E) Other

Directions, Regional Municipality of Waterloo, (revised 2001) Local Area Municipality Visioning Exercises Compass Kitchener Imagine! Waterloo Our Common Future (Cambridge) Waterloo Area Local Government Review. Report of Findings and Recommendations. Ontario Department of Municipal Affairs. (1970)

Ongoing Work That May Also Be Sources of Information

Arts, Culture and Heritage Master Plan Biosolids Master Plan Cambridge Area Route Selection Study Central Transit Corridor Feasibility Study Regional Cycling Master Plan Update Regional Housing Statement Update Waterloo Community University Research Alliance (CURA) Central Transit Corridor Project WhatIf? Model (and related population and employment projections) Various related reports from the local municipalities.

B-9 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-01-141 Planning and Works Committee File Code: Date: December 4, 2001 Subject: REGIONAL SMART GROWTH STRATEGY - WORK IN PROGRESS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the approach and timeline regarding the Regional Smart Growth Strategy as outlined in Report P-01-141, dated December 4, 2001.

SUMMARY:

The Regional Chairman's Report entitled Smart Growth and the Region of Waterloo: Planning for our Future, previously approved by Regional Council, clearly outlined the growth management challenges facing the Region (Appendix A). In particular, the report emphasized that particular attention be focused on the development of the east side of the Region (bounded by Highway 7, the Grand River and Maple Grove Road), brownfield redevelopment, environmental protection and enhancement, the protection of rural and agricultural lands in areas not identified for growth, maximizing infrastructure investment, and protecting our cultural features and assets.

In response to this report, Council requested that staff report back to the Planning and Works Committee with an action plan for the development of a "Smart Growth" Strategy for the Region. The plan was to accommodate urban and rural choices in the Region of Waterloo for a period of 30 years. Council gave specific direction to build on initiatives and activities already underway. This would include: intensification (focusing development inside urban edges), development of an urban transit corridor, targeted growth outside urban edges and protection of agricultural lands to the North and West.

Work on the Smart Growth Strategy was initiated in May 2001, following the Chairman’s report. This report identifies opportunities, challenges and key elements. It is suggested that the Strategy be based on a time horizon from the present to the year 2040 and that it be prepared in two phases (see Figure 1). Phase 1 (to be completed by March 2002) will provide a "big picture" assessment of growth-related issues. It will feature a graphically-oriented explanation of alternative growth management options to help stimulate community interest. The product will be an "Options" document for Council’s consideration that will provide a discussion of the critical issues that need to be resolved in order to move beyond our current approaches to urban growth management.

Phase 2 (to be undertaken from March - December 2002) will analyze and detail the growth management option(s) identified by Council as "preferred". As part of Phase 2, strategic policy and program actions or amendments will be identified that will be necessary to realize the preferred option(s). Phase 2 will provide the planning framework to guide growth management decisions now and into the future.

The Region has been at the forefront of policy development for sustainable communities for many years. The challenge of the Smart Growth Strategy is to plan and reach the next threshold with policies and activities. These would focus on preventing inappropriate development on agricultural lands, protecting - 2 - P-01-141

our local Mennonite and farming communities, building safe and healthy communities, protecting environmental and cultural assets, promoting transit-supportive development and limiting the extent of future growth. The Regional Smart Growth Strategy will ensure that the Region is in a state of preparedness to meet our community’s immediate and long-term needs. To this end, the Strategy is not an academic exercise, but rather a well thought-out and strategic approach to Regional growth management.

REPORT:

Introduction

Since Regional Council's adoption of the Regional Chairman's "Smart Growth" report (see Appendix A and the summary provided above), staff have been working to refine the "Smart Growth" concept and assess the implications of the initiative. Many of the attributes of Smart Growth already exist in the Region. The challenge now is to find creative and imaginative ways for stakeholders to deal with planning approaches which, at times, conflict. The focus must be on collaborative implementation and well thought-out actions that are workable within our existing governance system.

On October 2, 2001, a presentation (see Appendix B) was made to the Planning and Works Committee on the Region’s proposed Smart Growth initiative. This presentation serves as the foundation upon which the Regional Smart Growth Strategy, now being undertaken, is grounded. Consistent with Council's direction, the presentation emphasized the need for intensification, targeted growth outside our urban edges and protection of our agricultural lands, such as those to the North and West. It also highlighted the need for balancing development and economic prosperity with the essential natural and cultural elements of quality of life. Further to the presentation, this report provides an outline of the opportunity and challenges of Smart Growth, the key elements most applicable to the Region, and research findings to date. The report also provides a framework and actions required to complete the conceptual phase by March 2002 and the implementation and detailing phase by the end of 2002.

The Opportunity

The importance and critical timing of this initiative cannot be emphasized enough. The Region of Waterloo is one of 2 or 3 communities in Ontario that has the opportunity to make Smart Growth happen! The Region is achieving a critical mass of high tech industry. At the same time, it enjoys a very high quality of life, a balanced economy, boasts a rich array of authentic heritage and natural environments, and is rich in cultural assets. Yet more importantly, there is still room to make choices. As such, the time is NOW to set the growth and urban form framework to ensure our unique and enviable assets are retained into the future.

The Challenge

Although key elements and principles of Smart Growth can be talked about and strategically planned for, the challenge is in making Smart Growth actually happen. This will require strong leadership and commitment in developing planning and other policies that will allow us to direct urban growth. The Region has been successful in maintaining hard urban edges and implementing environmental protection polices, but new and different policy approaches will be required. Policy areas requiring change could include considerations regarding development charges, financing, infrastructure, housing, economic development, transportation, the natural environment, heritage and culture. However, policy development will have to be examined and approached in a new way. Without this firm commitment, - 3 - P-01-141

Regional activities may work at cross purposes to the growth and development/redevelopment initiatives. Accordingly, a re-examination of existing policy directions and the development of new, additional proactive policy implementation measures will be required to make Smart Growth happen. Key Elements of Smart Growth

A review of some of the literature on Smart Growth (see Appendix C - Smart Growth Background Report) and related topics such as sustainable development and urban growth management reveals that Smart Growth fundamentally expresses the desire to achieve sustainable, healthy communities. This conclusion was also reached by the Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario in their recent Policy Paper entitled Beyond Smart Growth: A Call to Action and the Ontario Professional Planners Institute's (OPPI's) recent report entitled Exploring Growth Management Roles in Ontario: Learning from "Who Does What" Elsewhere. Copies of both documents are available in the Councillor’s library.

Key elements of Smart Growth include: · concentrating development within defined urban boundaries; · policy development and initiatives to stimulate brownfield development; · promoting transit links and transit-supportive mixed use development; · protecting agricultural land, environmentally critical and culturally sensitive areas; · using downtown revitalization and cultural/heritage preservation to promote community character and the viability of neighbourhoods; · striving for flexible, collaborative relationships among governments and stakeholders; · developing key nodes of activity; · maximizing infrastructure investment; · defining the role of open space, public lands and countryside; · developing appropriate transportation networks including both public transit and roads; · developing the fiscal policies required to stage growth as efficiently as possible; · integrating and building on the initiatives of others; and · developing financial alternatives and options to stimulate the principles and intent of smart growth initiatives.

These themes will be integral to a new Regional Growth Strategy. These themes also echo and are consistent with the six elements of the ROPP's Vision for a Sustainable Regional Community, namely: environmental integrity, planned growth, economic vitality, partnerships, public participation, and safe and healthy communities.

Status of Related Projects

Regional staff are currently leading or participating in several projects as part of the Region’s proposed Smart Growth Strategy. These projects include the:

• Central Transportation Corridor Feasibility Study: The Central Transportation Corridor feasibility study was approved by Council, and it is anticipated that the consultant selection process will be completed early 2002. In addition, negotiations are currently underway with CN Rail to complete the purchase of part of the rail corridor.

• Arts, Culture and Heritage Master Plan: The advisory committee has met and workshops are underway to gather community input for the strategy, with a completed Master Plan anticipated for July 2002.

- 4 - P-01-141

• Wilmot and Wellesley Townships Municipal Growth Strategies: Draft Growth Strategies are expected be considered by the Wilmot and Wellesley Planning Committees in early 2002.

• Regional Housing Statement Update: The update is expected to be completed by the fall of 2002 and will provide the basis for identifying our housing needs and other Regional policies and programs that will be required to meet the Region's full range of housing needs.

• Waterloo Community University Research Alliance (CURA) project: Regional staff and faculty from UW's Faculty of Environmental Studies have submitted a research project proposal for consideration by the CURA Board of Directors regarding the development of transit-supportive land uses adjacent to the Central Transportation Corridor.

• Development Permit Pilot Project: The Region has recently acquired this innovative new planning tool to assist in the protection of the Region's long-term water supply.

• Regional transportation planning model update: A new TRANSCAD software package has been purchased with a view to having an updated model ready in 2002.

• Five Year Grand River Transit Business Plan: The plan will link the Regional Council-approved service improvement strategies for the next five years with financing measures to help achieve the Regional Transportation Master Plan's auto reduction strategy targets.

• Cambridge Area Route Selection Study (CARSS): The CARSS study to address transportation needs in Cambridge is anticipated to be complete in 2003.

• Five Year Review of the ROPP: Work has commenced on several of the environmental initiatives including the update of the ROPP's Environmentally Sensitive Protection Areas (ESPA’s) and Provincially Significant Wetland mapping and the preparation of Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and ESPA implementation guidelines.

• Investigating financial incentives to stimulate brownfield development and new social housing units: Beyond the housing strategy approved earlier this year, incentives would include looking at the feasibility of affordable home ownership alternatives. In addition, staff will be researching and investigating incentives to promote brownfield development. These incentives will be key to making smart growth happen.

• Review and validate long term population and employment forecasts: Forecasts of long term population and employment growth prepared by Regional staff for studies such as the Long Term Water Supply strategy have been reviewed and compared with forecasts prepared by the Ministry of Finance and an independent consulting firm.

It is important to ensure that the information and recommendations stemming from these projects are, where appropriate, coordinated with and linked to the Smart Growth Strategy. In this way, the strategy - 5 - P-01-141

will be current and retain a long-term, strategic perspective.

In addition, staff are participating in several Smart Growth related initiatives with the Association of Municipalities of Ontario, Federation of Canadian Municipalities, Canada’s Technology Triangle and the Province.

Co-ordination with Provincial "Smart Growth" Initiatives

The preparation of the Strategy coincides with several Provincial initiatives including the revisions being proposed to the Municipal Act, a review of the Provincial Policy Statement (1997) and the Planning Act, and the implementation of development permit system. These changes will likely assist the Region in the future implementation of any Smart Growth option.

In addition, the Premier announced two additional initiatives on Sept. 27, 2001 that may have very significant implications for the Strategy. The first announcement relates to a funding plan which is expected to reduce the municipal share of transit capital, the details of which are still being finalized. If implemented, this plan could improve the Region's ability to implement the Central Transportation Corridor and related transit initiatives. The second announcement was a Provincial proposal to create five Smart Growth Management Councils (SGMCs) that would have a number of powers including the development of Smart Growth Management Plans (SGMPs). The Regional Growth Strategy may be very significant in terms of providing Regional Council with a solid basis upon which to participate in future discussions concerning SGMCs and SGMPs. Additional information on the implication of these two announcements on the Region's proposed Smart Growth Strategy will be provided to Committee and Council as the Provincial initiatives unfold.

Recommended Approach to the Regional Smart Growth Strategy

It is recommended that the Regional Growth Strategy be completed in two phases. Phase 1 ( to be completed by March 2002) will involve a "big picture" assessment of growth-related issues. It will feature a graphically-oriented explanation of alternative growth management options to help stimulate community interest in the Strategy. The product of Phase 1 will be an "Options" document that will facilitate a discussion on the critical issues that will need to be resolved in order to move beyond the our current approaches to growth management. Also a graphically oriented representation of the alternative growth management options into the future and a summary of the associated Regional impacts that will need to be addressed will be provided.

At the completion of Phase 1 in March 2002, Committee and Council will be presented with growth and urban form options. This is a critical point where Council will have an opportunity to consider and support options to guide future development in the Region. Hopefully, Phase 1 will set the basic direction(s). Phase 2 actions and the ultimate implementation of the Strategy will be based on the options supported at this juncture. This approach will allow the Committee to use information from Phase 1 to guide decisions regarding the allocation of funds and other resources to complete Phase 2 of the Strategy. Work on Phase 2 will be directed by a project team that will include representative(s) of Regional Council.

By the end of Phase 2 (March 2002 - December 2002) a preferred Regional Smart Growth Strategy will be detailed and the strategic policy and program actions required to realize it will be identified.

It is expected that the Strategy will form the basis for significant amendments to the Regional Official - 6 - P-01-141

Policies Plan. It will also provide direction for Regional Master Plan updates and new urban growth management initiatives, both now and into the future. Although the Region has been at the forefront of policy development for sustainable communities for many years, the Smart Growth Strategy will allow us to reach a new level with policies and activities to maintain our agricultural lands, build safe and healthy communities, protect environmental areas, promote transit-supportive development and provide for new growth requirements in a limited number of areas. By addressing growth options through this Strategy, it will ensure that the Region is in a position of readiness to deal with our community’s future needs. However, the timing of introducing these new growth initiatives will depend on a number of factors including actual population and employment growth and the state of the economy.

Consultation

Effective consultation will be critical to the success of the Regional Smart Growth Initiative. Accordingly, extensive consultation will be included as part of the Strategy. Phase 1 will include 2 workshops with key stakeholders (including local municipalities) and will build on the visioning exercises already completed by the local municipalities including "Imagine! Waterloo", "Compass Kitchener", and "Our Common Future" (Cambridge).

The Phase 1 "Options" document will be used as an awareness and educational tool and as the basis for public input. A public consultation process will form an integral part of Phase 2 and the development of any selected option. The details of such a process will be brought forward for Council’s consideration as part of the detailed Terms of Reference for Phase 2 of the Strategy.

Resources

Staff estimate that it will take until year end 2002 to complete Phases 1 and 2 of the Strategy due to the scale and scope of the considerations that were outlined in the Chairman's Report. This schedule is designed to provide the current Council with the opportunity to set the pattern for future Regional growth and development. It is also important to ensure sufficient opportunity for stakeholder consultation and participation. Some outside assistance is being used in Phase 1 to augment existing areas of staff expertise to ensure that the Strategy is completed in a timely fashion. In this regard, three firms were interviewed and Expressions of Interest received and considered. As a result of the assessment and selection process, assistance has been retained from the firm of Urban Strategies Incorporated during Phase 1. As previously indicated to Committee and Council, funds have been allocated in the 2001 Planning, Housing and Community Services budget to accommodate this need. Additional funds anticipated for Phase 2 of this initiative have been incorporated in the Region’s proposed 2002 budget for Council’s consideration after Phase 1 has been completed and the recommendations have been presented to Council by March of 2002.

In order to ensure the growth options are practical and realistic, information regarding population, employment, housing, transportation, and the natural and cultural environment are in the process of being updated.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The proposal to prepare a Regional Sustainable Growth Strategy is consistent with the Region's Corporate Goal: "To provide and enforce, strong, effective policies that ensure responsible and sustainable growth which recognizes the varying needs of our urban and rural citizens and communities." - 7 - P-01-141

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS: As discussed previously at Council, funding related to this initiative in the year 2001 can be accommodated within the Department’s budget approved by Council earlier this year. It is expected that this segment of the strategy will require approximately $45,000 plus some concept development, graphic and printing costs. Funding for Phase 2 of this initiative has been incorporated in the Region’s proposed 2002 budget for Council’s consideration.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Staff input will be required from various Regional Departments during Phases 1 and 2 of the Smart Growth Strategy.

PREPARED BY: Kevin R. Curtis, Administrator, Policy Planning Wanda Richardson, Strategic Planning Co-ordinator

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services RC-01-004 Appendix A P-01-141

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

OFFICE OF THE REGIONAL CHAIR

COUNCIL REPORT

TO: Members of Regional Council

DATE: April 11, 2001

SUBJECT: Smart Growth and the Region of Waterloo: Planning for our Future

RECOMMENDATION:

That a study of existing and future development options in the Region of Waterloo, with particular attention to the lands bounded by Highway 7, the Grand River, and Maple Grove Road be undertaken by the Planning and Works Committee;

That such a study would include the examination of current and future land needs, existing and required infrastructure, brownfield redevelopment, environmental protection and enhancement, and the protection of rural and agricultural lands in areas not identified for growth;

That the Region develop a plan of “smart growth” which will see a staging and servicing plan for the areas identified for future development for a period of 20-30 years;

That Regional staff report back to the Planning and Works Committee with a terms of reference and proposed budget for such a study.

And that the area municipalities be included in the study and that the study include public consultation and participation.

BACKGROUND:

In 1973, the Region was created to resolve the growing problems being experienced or predicted for a major economic area of Ontario. One of the early tasks was to develop a Regional plan, in fact one of the first in Ontario, to provide for the orderly growth and development of the area. As part of that process, urban envelopes were developed which were seen as sustaining growth for the next few decades.

RC-01-004 − 2 − Appendix A P-01-141

Today the Region has grown to more than 450,000 people. It is now the 11th largest urban area in Canada and the 5th largest in Ontario. Current forecasts see this growth continuing into the future. Despite the fact that we have seven municipalities, we are, in reality, one large urban centered region, facing the challenges that large urban regions face. Our population is mobile within the Region, not necessarily shopping, working, living or going to school in the same communities. The majority of our government services are delivered on a Regional basis. We have worked hard to protect the quality of life that makes this area so attractive, while at the same time developing policies which have protected our prime farmlands and our local Mennonite and farming communities.

But we must acknowledge that the growth has now taken us to the point that we must renew our efforts to plan wisely for the next few decades. We hear constantly that development land is in short supply in most areas while there is continued pressure to provide for investment, employment and housing within our Region.

Now is the time to step back and look at where we are going in terms of land use, infrastructure needs, sustainability, and quality of life issues. I believe that it is necessary to identify how and where we see future development in this Region, in the short, medium and long term so that we can plan properly for a common future which provides for the protection, to the greatest degree possible of our rural and agricultural land base and ensure environmental protection and enhancement.

In my view, the major focus of our attention for long term development should be the lands on the east side of the Region bounded by Highway 7, the Grand River and Maple Grove Road. It is ironic that the lands in old Waterloo Township (now north Cambridge and south Woolwich) were the subject of much speculation by developers and the Province in the 1960's and the possibility of their development was one of the factors which led to the push for municipal and planning reform in the 1960's. A careful read of the Fyfe Report will see the argument that eventually prevailed which saw the lands held for later, more orderly development as envisaged by Fyfe. The intent at the time was to delay development until such time as there was a need and an orderly servicing plan in place.

There are a variety of factors at play which point to these lands as our future growth area. Major portions of the highway infrastructure are in place or will be. Highway 7 will form a firm northerly boundary while there are natural boundaries on the other sides of the area. Staging in future years is easily done. The area can be serviced with a Grand River Trunk sewer which will be needed in any case for the area. The airport is located there and there is the possibility, in my opinion, of creating a major inter-city rail and transit hub which would service Cambridge, Kitchener, Waterloo and the surrounding areas.

The building of the Toyota plant and the subsequent development of lands in north Cambridge, south Kitchener and south Woolwich are clear indications that growth pressures will continue in this area and will need to be planned carefully. We need to maximize the benefits derived from our expenditures for capital infrastructure rather than scattering our money in many directions. This is the type of “smart growth” being promoted by the Province and is an approach that should be espoused here in this Region. There are a number of short and medium term land development issues that need to be addressed in the already designated urban envelopes. However, the development of long RC-01-004 − 3 − Appendix A P-01-141 term planning policies, such as I have outlined on the east side, will also have a major beneficial effect in that it will allow us to stop any further development over municipal boundaries to the north and west where intrusions into rural farmlands will be stopped and the areas protected. Focused and smart growth is the way to go.

This is not to say that this is the only issue which we will face as a growing and expanding community. We will also be looking to develop region-wide policies, strategies and plans related to housing, economic development, infrastructure, the natural environment and the arts and culture in a way that we have not had to do previously.

I have given you my personal opinions as to why we should develop such a plan. There will need to be public and area municipal input as we work with our various communities to plot our future course. As a Regional Council, you are charged with planning the common future of this community. It is important that we deal with the pressures being faced and that we do not allow ourselves to fall to the rampant and sprawling development we see in some of our GTA neighbours or in some of our neighbours to the south. We have an opportunity to shape and control the future of our Region, protect our quality of life, and at the same time accommodate growth, investment and employment. We need to grab hold of our future!

Respectfully Submitted, Ken Seiling, Regional Chair

P-01-141 Appendix C SMART GROWTH A Background Report for Waterloo Region 2040: A Sustainable Regional Community Growth Strategy

INTRODUCTION

Smart Growth is considered an efficient way to direct and structure future growth while addressing issues of urban sprawl, including traffic congestion, low density development, agricultural land loss, and segregated land use. First used during the late 1980s, the Smart Growth Theory was created to promote growth in and around existing suburban areas and city centres instead of restricting it1. Smart Growth is now used as a growth management strategy aimed at channeling new development in and around existing urban areas and limiting the intensity of development in the rural setting through land use plans and policies. It looks to accommodate growth in a way that enhances or improves the quality of life for current and future residents of Ontario.

Both the Province of Ontario and Conservation Council of Ontario have released recommended visions and strategies pertaining to the Smart Growth movement across the Province. In recent months, the Ontario Provincial Government has begun to formulate plans and strategies aimed at addressing sustainable urban growth patterns in regions and cities across the Province. On January 31 of 2001, Premier Mike Harris announced his vision for a Smart Growth Strategy in Ontario at a speech made to the Toronto Real Estate Board. The Premier's Smart Growth Vision outlined a strategy to foster future growth and development through three main principles:

1. A strong economy 2. Strong communities 3. A healthy environment2

By April 25, the Premier released his plans for the Smart Growth Vision. This vision was a pro-

1Yaro, Robert D. Bringing Smart Growth to the Tri-State Region. [Online]. (27 March 2001). Available: http://www.rpa.org/governance/smartgrowth.html.

2Ontario Smart Growth [Online](18 May 2001). Ontario Smart Growth Home Page. Available: http://www.smartgrowth.gov.on.ca/english/home-e.asp

growth, fiscally responsible, accountability-based action plan that will address inevitable future growth in Ontario through a public participation campaign across the Province. On May 17 of 2001, the Ontario Government launched it's Smart Growth Vision action plan with a website requesting public input about Smart Growth in Ontario. On May 18, the first Smart Growth Vision community consultation took place in Peterborough, Ontario. This consultation initiated a 20 day public input campaign undertaken by the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing that will hear from stakeholders and representatives in 17 regions across the Province. On September 20 , the Province released a summary of the community consultation discussions entitled

"Listening to Ontario"3. The location of future development and the use of infrastructure (existing and new) to increase the capacity for growth were identified as the two key issues central to the Smart Growth Vision for Ontario. The participants of the communities consultations made a number of suggestions and observations, including those related to:

· Location and timing of development in terms of land-use planning, municipal development decisions, growth in existing urban areas, and effective policies · Transportation as it relates to transit, automobile traffic, cycling and walking, trucking, railways, shipping, and air transportation · Telecommunications · Environmental protection in relation to the provincial perspective, planning for the environment, air and water quality, and education · Economic development through the creation of jobs in rural and northern communities · Agriculture · Housing · Municipal issues such as growth costs and jurisdiction

The summaries from the provincial community consultation processes will assist with the development of a comprehensive Smart Growth strategy for Ontario.

The purpose of the following back ground report is as follows:

· Discuss the significance of Smart Growth within the Regional Municipality of Waterloo · Identification of the characteristics and effects of urban sprawl · Examination of existing policy responses to urban sprawl · Discussion of the origin and basic concepts of Smart Growth · Review of Smart Growth initiatives undertaken by Austin, Texas, Maryland, and the Tri-State Region of New York, New Jersey, and

3Province of Ontario. (2001). Listening to Ontario. Ontario Smart Growth: A summary of consultations . Queen's Printer for Ontario. − 3 −

Connecticut · Reflection of the recent Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario symposium and policy program, highlighting key elements related to implementing Smart Growth-type initiatives in Ontario

WHAT DOES SMART GROWTH MEAN FOR WATERLOO REGION?

Although Smart Growth is a relatively new growth management concept, the Regional

Municipality of Waterloo has already integrated sustainable development objectives within various Regional policies. The Smart Growth concept is a regional-scale growth management strategy based on the same fundamental planning principles as the Regional Official Policies Plan:

· protection of environmental, agricultural, and other natural resources · planning for future population growth and development · providing a variety of housing opportunities · promoting and enhancing economic activity · providing an integrated regional transportation system · managing infrastructure and public services · improving individual and community well being4

The Region of Waterloo has also undertaking several "Smart Growth" type initiatives, including:

· Establishment of Grand River Transit · Implementation of the Central Transportation Corridor · Definition of Hard Edge Growth Boundaries · ROPP policies regarding nodal development and intensification · Definition of natural habitat network · Designation of Prime and Non-Prime Agricultural Areas · Cooperation with other levels of government regarding brownfield initiatives

A Smart Growth Strategy, as envisioned in the Regional Chair's report, can be used to complement the ROPP's vision of a sustainable regional community by defining firm city and township urban growth boundaries, focusing development in designated urban growth areas, implementing the Central Transportation Corridor, protecting greenspace and the countryside, and finding innovative approaches to financing such an initiative.

The Province's recently announced Smart Growth Vision creates a setting in which sustainable

4Regional Municipality of Waterloo. (1998). Regional Official Policies Plan: December 1998 Consolidation. Kitchener: Department of Planning and Culture. − 4 −

regional communities can be achieved. It provides a range of opportunities to enhance the Region of Waterloo's sustainable community concept through expected changes to legislation such as the Planning Act, the Municipal Act, and the Development Charges Act and/or the introduction of new Provincial Smart Growth Guidelines and Programs.

Realization of these opportunities will require new partnerships to be forged and existing partnerships to be strengthened. Additional emphasis will need to be placed on efforts to reduce automobile dependency through compact development, enhancing public transportation services, and directing future growth to inner-city locations. Municipalities and private sector partners will need to work together to select the ‘best' locations for new greenfield development and define strategies for financing and staging their development. The Regional Smart Growth Strategy provides a vehicle for linking our concerns regarding the location, timing, costs, and effects of long-term future development with the Province's Smart Growth Vision. The Strategy will: · provide a strategic approach to co-operative, co-ordinated regional planning within a two-tier municipal governance structure; · establish the basis for the next comprehensive review of the Regional Official Policies Plan; and, · afford a new opportunity to engage the community in discussions about how to achieve the ROPP's vision for a Regional Sustainable Community

URBAN SPRAWL

Urban sprawl is generally characterized as "spread out" development that occurs outside of non- metropolitan areas in the rural setting. Sprawl has been defined as development that takes place primarily at the rural fringe of an urban area in non-contiguous, low density, scattered patterns that separate residential, retail, commercial, industrial, and institutional land uses. It lacks integration and uniqueness and is automobile oriented or reliant. The typical features of urban sprawl include:

· New, low density residential development · Automobile dependency · Uneconomical infrastructure and utility expansion · Scattered subdivisions · Strip commercial development · Land consumption · Decline of downtown cores · Underuse of existing street systems and infrastructure · Lack of community character or identity5

5Burchell, Robert W. (2000). "Costs and Benefits of Alternative Development Patterns: Sprawl versus Smart Growth". Metropolitan Development Patterns: 2000 Annual Roundtable. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy. − 5 −

The effects of urban sprawl can be measured in two ways: tangible impacts, such as economical and environmental costs; and non-tangible costs, such as social deprivations. The major impacts of sprawl include:

· Increased capital and operating costs · Agricultural and environmentally significant land loss · Increased residential and non-residential development costs · Alterations to travel distances, times, and traffic congestion · Detriments to quality of life · Increased energy consumption · Increases air and water pollution · Inner city decentralization6

The importance of examining current growth patterns, specifically urban sprawl, is receiving significant attention. Provincial Policy Statements and most regional or municipal Official Plans acknowledge the need to move towards more sustainable forms of development and long range visions to reduce sprawl through planning policy and regulation.

POLICY AND PROGRAM RESPONSES

1) General Direction

There is wide spread agreement across the Province of the need to move towards more sustainable patterns of urban development. These concerns are currently addressed in the Provincial Policy Statement and most Official Plans. The Provincial Policy Statement for Ontario recognizes the ‘complex relationship among environmental, economic, and social factors in land use planning' throughout Ontario and notes that ‘wisely managed growth can result in communities which are economically and environmentally sound, and which meet the full range of needs of their current and future residents'.7 The Provincial Policy Statement attempts to address land use patterns based on densities and provides an opportunity for redevelopment, intensification, and revitalization of existing suburban and central core areas.

The goals and objectives of the Provincial Policy Statement are typically reiterated in regional and local Official and Secondary Plans. For example, the Official Plans for Halton Region state that planning decisions will be made based on ‘a proper balance among protecting the natural environment, enhancing economic competitiveness, and fostering a healthy, equitable society...the overall goal is to enhance the quality of life'. 8

6Burchell, Robert W. (2000). "Costs and Benefits of Alternative Development Patterns: Sprawl versus Smart Growth". Metropolitan Development Patterns: 2000 Annual Roundtable. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy.

7Government of Ontario. (1997). Provincial Policy Statements. Toronto: Publication Ontario Bookstore.

8Blais, Pamela M. (2000). Inching Towards Sustainability: The Evolving Urban Structure of the GTA. Toronto: University of Toronto, Centre for Urban and Community Studies. − 6 −

The following are summaries of some of the obstacles associated with urban sprawl and effective solutions aimed at reducing the effects of future growth and development.

2) Promoting Transit-Oriented Development and Transportation Demand Management

A vision for achieving a sustainable community must take into consideration current and future demands for transportation, services, and infrastructure. This does not imply that growth and development are simply accommodated by expansion and improvement. Existing and future transportation strengths and deficiencies can be addressed and examined through a combination of structural and non-structural solutions including transit demand management strategies and transportation policies and guidelines. The key to the successful establishment of a sustainable transportation strategy is to provide an opportunity for a variety of transportation alternatives that address the issues associated with continued growth and development.

In order to efficiently address current and future development, transportation visions and strategies need to be developed on a region-wide scale.9 Long term visions that aim to shift away from private automobile reliance by moving towards greater use of transit, pedestrian, and bicycle facilities can be achieved by providing a combination of mixed land uses, increasing land density, and improving the integration of various modes of transportation. These long-term strategies should make utilization of existing roads and infrastructure, provide appropriate transportation linkages between regional nodes, create fiscal partnerships between government agencies and private sectors, and consider the long term effects of population growth and land use development.

The implementation of effective transportation policies within a Smart Growth strategy would encourage transit-oriented development within existing urban centres. Transit guidelines and supportive zoning by-laws are a few examples of broad based policies that could redirect growth and development towards existing transit oriented nodes and communities10. The key to such policies and plans is to make transit use as or more convenient then private automobile use through development guidelines such as mixed land uses, pedestrian pathways, and parking limitations. Promoting transit oriented development is an effective way to address different problems associated with sprawl, such as low density development, automobile reliance, and inefficient systems of public transit.

9Regional Municipality of Waterloo. (1999). Regional Transportation Master Plan. Kitchener: Department of Planning and Culture.

10Porter, Douglas R. Autumn. (1998). "Transit-Focused Development Progress Report". Journal of the American Planning Association. Vol. 64, No. 4. − 7 −

3) Promoting Mixed Use and Compact Development

Density and land use are directly related to location within a region. Movement outwards from the city core results in a decrease in development density and segregation of land uses. In order to increase the density of land development and revitalize the downtown core, compact development and mixed land uses need to be encouraged through planning policy.

Directing growth towards a more compact urban form can reduce the amount of land required for development. Compact growth attempts to limit the cost of inevitable growth by channeling development into locations that are more efficient to serve. It aims to contain water and sewer services, public roads, school development, and waste collection within or close to areas of existing development.11 Such strategies reduce the amount of land required for expansion by encouraging use of existing services and infrastructure within high-density developments that are compact in design and form.

The low-density patterns of sprawl create relatively large amounts of space between different land uses. Policies and regulations aimed at encouraging low-density, mixed land uses can reduce land consumption rates, encourage more pedestrian and bicycle traffic, promote mixed land use and compact urban form, and reduce automobile dependency. Strategies that limit the consumption of rural land and aim to focus development in or around existing communities would result in a reduction in the gap between the urban and suburban environments, a decrease in city core decentralization, and the preservation of open space and rural lands.

4) Growth Control and Management

There are two tools for sustainable growth and development: growth management techniques and growth control. Growth management techniques aim to redistribute growth and development in ways that minimize negative environmental, social, and fiscal impacts where as growth controls are designed to significantly limit population growth, housing construction, and economic growth.12 Growth management techniques are a more integrated approach, incorporating various elements and characteristics of numerous land use planning policies and regulations. In order to implement a successful regional growth management campaign, it is essential to coordinate elements of both. An example of such a tool is the establishment of an Urban Growth Boundary, similar to the one adopted in the State of Oregon as a component of their growth management campaign. The Urban Growth Boundary (UGB) was established to separate urban land and rural lands preserved for possible future growth in order to limit and direct sprawl.13

11Burchell, Robert W. (2000). "Costs and Benefits of Alternative Development Patterns: Sprawl versus Smart Growth". Metropolitan Development Patterns: 2000 Annual Roundtable. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy.

12Landis, John D. (Autumn, 1992). "Do Growth Controls Work". Journal of American Planning Association. Vol. 58, No.4.

13Weitz, Jerry and Terry Moore. Autumn. (1998). "Development inside Urban Growth − 8 −

Boundaries: Oregon's Empirical Evidence of Contiguous Urban Form". Journal of the American Planning Association. Vol.64, No. 4. − 9 −

In order to direct growth and development in a more sustainable manner, a growth management strategy that favours the creation of a composite, long-term regional plan linking transportation, infrastructure, environmental protection, economic development, social concerns, and private and public investment should be developed. A long-range growth management vision should aim to bring together government, private sector, and public interest in order to represent all considerations within the community. The State of Maryland created a long-term Smart Growth Strategy aimed at directing investments (federal, state, and private funding) to designated growth areas. Development in these areas will eventually reverse a pattern of development that could consume thousands of acres of farmland.14 The Smart Growth initiative undertaken by the State of Vermont is a policy framework of tax credit, land conservation, and other development incentives built around the notion that ‘rewarding good land use and economic decisions is the most effective and long-lasting way to deal with growth and change'.15 Vermont has built its Smart Growth program around the idea that good planning helps communities deal not only with growth but economic contraction. Communities should use long-term planning to grow and develop with the fluctuation that occur with growth and development.

The vision of sustainable development begins with the establishment and enforcement of regional growth management strategies that function in coordination with other land use planning policies. In England, growth management policies and regulations were established to redirect urban development from the rural landscape to the urban setting. By 1998, 57% of the new dwellings built in England were provided on previously developed land and only 0.01% of land previously designated as green belt changed to residential use.16 These statistics show that properly initiated and enforced growth management policies can have successful results with respect to reducing the effects of urban sprawl.

5) Program Monitoring

The plans, policies, and regulations of a Smart Growth initiative need to be monitored and assessed on a regular basis to ensure that progress is moving towards the goals and objectives outlined in the strategy. This includes both long- and short-term objectives.

Monitoring programs and policies should begin with an inventory of land, vacant and developed, throughout the region.17 This inventory, along with growth forecasts, will assist committees and

14Urban Land Institute. (1999). Smart Growth: Myth and Fact. Washington: ULI-the Urban Land Institute.

15Department of Housing and Community Affairs. (2000). Smart Growth Conference Report. Montpelier, Vermont: Department of Housing and Community Affairs.

16Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions. [Online]. (8 March 2001). Land Use Change in England: No. 15. Available: http://www.environment.detr.gov.uk/sustainable/rsdf/guidance2000.htm

17Knapp, Gerrit and Terry Moore. (2000). "Land Supply and Infrastructure Capacity Monitoring for Smart Urban Growth". Working Papers: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy. − 10 −

departments with determining the development or redevelopment capacity of land. The same type of inventory should be taken for transportation, infrastructure, and public services. The goal of such a record is to match supply with current and future demand in the most sustainable manner possible. There needs to be a reasonable balance between what is needed and what exists.

Recent census results, transportation surveys, and achievement measures are just a few of the resources that can be used to assess Smart Growth strategies. Housing inventories, non- residential building permits, transit ridership, job-housing ratios, and transit capacity are just a few of the different tools that can be used in a regional monitoring system of Smart Growth plans and policies.18 Regional monitoring programs should be area-appropriate policies that use current information to provide straightforward, relevant findings that are communicated to the community and government effectively.

SMART GROWTH

1) History and Origin of Smart Growth

Although urban sprawl and regional development patterns have been important planning issues for decades, the notion of Smart Growth has only gained recognition and support over the past few years. The term Smart Growth was first used during the 1980's by the State of Massachusetts in a proposal to improve its state and regional planning system.19 The theory of Smart Growth developed in response to growth management strategies that were used in the early 1980s. Designed to improve the quality of life and reduce the amount of land lost, these early growth management efforts looked to significantly restrict and control urban growth. Smart Growth was created as a growth management strategy that promoted growth, particularly in and around existing suburban and city centres.

By the 1990s, national and regional Smart Growth movements and campaigns emerged throughout North America with the hopes of promoting sustainable development and reducing the effects of urban sprawl. In 1995, the City of Austin in Texas developed a Smart Growth Initiative aimed at solving the problems associated with sprawl such as traffic congestion, auto dependency, and the loss of valuable land.20 The City of Vancouver in British Columbia began its CityPlan campaign in 1992. The CityPlan was geared towards providing a framework for future long-term policy plans and regulations regarding transportation, housing, and community services.21

18Knight, Nancy. (1998). "Plan Monitoring: Are We Getting it Right?(Part 2). An Update on the Monitoring of the Greater Vancouver Regional District's Livable Region Strategic Plan". Plan Canada.

19Yaro, Robert D. Bringing Smart Growth to the Tri-State Region. [Online]. (27 March 2001). Available: http://www.rpa.org/governance/smartgrowth.html.

20Austin City Connection. [Online]. (22 May 2001). Smart Growth Overview. Available: http://www.ci.austin.tx.us/smartgrowth/smart_view.htm.

21City of Vancouver. [Online]. (24 May 2001). CityPlan: Directions for Vancouver. − 11 −

Available: http://www.city.vancouver.bc.ca/commsvcs/planning/cityplan/dfvf.htm. − 12 −

In the fall of 1998, Al Gore, the previous Vice-President of the United States, announced plans to address the growing concerns and problems associated with urban sprawl. Vice President Gore acknowledged the uncoordinated growth that was occurring throughout the US and was determined to meet the challenges of future growth by restoring historic neighbourhoods, protecting farmland, preserving natural and cultural heritage, and promoting social interaction throughout the community. In January of 1999, the Clinton-Gore Livability Agenda: Building Liveable Communities for the 21st Century initiative was launched.22 This strategy was directed at preserving open space, curbing sprawl, and easing traffic congestion while improving or enhancing community quality of life. The Clinton-Gore campaign forced Smart Growth to become part of current land use planning policies and practices.

2) Characteristics of Smart Growth

Smart Growth recognizes that growth and development are inevitable and beneficial. It aims to channel a large portion of new development around and within existing centres and limit the intensity of development in rural and environmentally sensitive areas. The goal of Smart Growth is to accommodate future growth in a way that enhances the economy, protects the environment, and preserves or improves the quality of life. The characteristics of Smart Growth are:

· Concentrated development in suitable, designated areas · Protection of agricultural lands and environmentally significant areas · Conservation of resources · Infill and redevelopment of older sites in urban areas · Mixed-use developments · Higher-density, cluster type development · Reduce construction of roads, infrastructure, and provision of services · Encouragement of economic growth · Support and cooperation from local, regional, and provincial government, especially senior level · Streamlined land use planning procedures, policies, and regulations23

Smart Growth looks to integrate more sustainable patterns of development into the fabric of the existing community to strengthen the relationship between old and new development. It aims to encourage pedestrian and transit friendly communities of mixed use that generate social interaction while effectively addressing the issue associated with traffic and loss of open space.

22Smart Growth Network. [Online]. (31 May 2001). Library. Available: http://www.smartgrowth.org/library/gore_report2000.html

23Burchell, Robert W. (2000). "Costs and Benefits of Alternative Development Patterns: Sprawl versus Smart Growth". Metropolitan Development Patterns: 2000 Annual Roundtable. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy. − 13 −

Limiting urban sprawl by adopting a Smart Growth initiative can have economical, environmental, and social rewards. They are as follows:

· Decreased rural land consumption · Preservation of agricultural and environmentally sensitive land · Reduced traffic congestion and commute times · Capital, developmental, and operational cost savings due to decreased road extension and infrastructure cost · Increased social interaction within communities · Reduction in air and water pollution · Effective and efficient regulatory mechanisms

In order to ensure regional consistency, it is essential that local Official and Secondary Plans are coordinated and integrated. For a Smart Growth initiative to be successful, it is crucial that it occurs on a regional scale and considers the area in its entirety. For example, the Greater Vancouver Regional District developed its Liveable Region Strategic Plan to improve and maintain livability throughout the Region's 21 local municipalities.24 The plan focused on protecting green space, building complete communities, achieving a compact metropolitan region and increasing transportation choice both at a regional and local municipal level. Implementing a Smart Growth initiative is accomplished primarily through effective long-term planning policy and strategic development, such as those strategies used by the Greater Vancouver Regional District.

EXAMPLES OF SMART GROWTH INITIATIVES

1) Tri-State Region: New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut25

In the early 1990s, New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut began to develop state development plans aimed at addressing issues related to urban sprawl. Recently, the Tri-State Region began to re-evaluate these plans to make improvements and direct future growth in a more sustainable manner. The aim of the region was to reconnect the area with its basic foundation: economy, environment, and equity. All of the Smart Growth policies and strategies undertaken by the region will incorporate these basic elements in order to improve quality of life.

The Tri-State Region identified two key Smart Growth issues for the region; brownfield reclamation and acquisition of open space are the two main focuses of state and regional development and redevelopment plans. The Smart Growth Action Agenda for New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut includes the following objectives:

24Greater Vancouver Regional District. [Online]. (19 September 2001). Regional Development - Introduction. Available: http://www.gvrd.bc.ca/services/growth/index.html

25Regional Plan Association. (1996). A Region at Risk: A summary of the Third Regional Plan for the New York-New Jersey-Connecticut Metropolitan Area. Washington: Regional Plan Association, Inc. − 14 −

· Improving community planning and design · Creating regional Smart Growth Strategies · Investing in transportation policies, including the Regional Express "Rx" Rail System and Metrolink · Creating a diverse, broad-based constituency

The Tri-State Region is continually assessing and monitoring both state and regional development plans and policies, ensuring that all three states contribute to a regional growth management strategy connected to the area's basic foundation.

2) City of Austin, Texas26

An excellent example of a successful Smart Growth initiative is the one implemented by the City of Austin in the state of Texas. In 1995, The City of Austin began to undertake a Smart Growth Initiative aimed at solving the problem of urban sprawl. The city appointed a Citizen's Planning Committee to determine how and where Austin should grow. In 1998, the city launched its Smart Growth Initiative Plan. The Initiative was created with three broad goals and numerous objectives. The three broad goals of Austin's Smart Growth Initiative were:

1. Determine how and where the City of Austin will grow 2. Improve quality of life throughout the community 3. Enhance the tax base within the City of Austin

The initiative was aimed at addressing different objectives and issues of concern, such as urban design, mixed land use, transportation, housing, infrastructure, the environment, and the economy. A number of related policies and programs were established aimed at addressing the three broad goals identified in the Smart Growth Initiative framework. These policies include those that addressed neighborhood planning, downtown redevelopment, open space preservation, municipal airport development, corridor planning, and sustainable community initiatives.

The City of Austin developed the Smart Growth Matrix as a growth management tool aimed at promoting the principles of Smart Growth. The Smart Growth Matrix is a quantitative measure of how well proposed growth and development meets the city's Smart Growth goals and objectives. The matrix is a questionnaire type of form filled out by both the developer and the City of Austin Planning Department. It is used to assist city council in measuring the appropriateness of development and growth in designated development zones.

26Austin City Connection. [Online]. (22 May 2001). Smart Growth Initiative Programs. Available: http://www.ci.austin.tx.us/smartgrowth/programs.htm. − 15 −

The Smart Growth Initiative in Austin is constantly monitored for success. The policies and regulations implemented are continually evolving and growing, contributing to the strength of the long-term growth management policies envisioned by the City of Austin. 3) Smart Growth in Maryland27

In 1997, General Assembly for the State of Maryland adopted several programs that together formed the Smart Growth Initiative. The Smart Growth legislation recognizes the important role of local government in managing growth and builds on the comprehensive policy framework already established at the local level. The Rural Legacy Program Priority Funding Areas, the establishment of the Priority Funding Areas, policies pertaining to Brownfields, various Live Near You Work strategies and a Job Creation Tax Credit were programs and incentives created to direct state resources towards revitalizing developed areas, preserving valuable resources, and discouraging sprawling development.

The adoption of Smart Growth legislation in the State of Maryland contributed significantly to the establishment of the Maryland Smart Growth and Neighbourhood Conservation Program. This program established the following goals for future growth and development in the area:

1. Preserving valuable remaining natural resources 2. Supporting existing communities and neighbourhoods where infrastructure in already present or planned for 3. Reduce the cost of infrastructure required to support urban sprawl

In the spring of 2001, the State of Maryland established the Governor's Office of Smart Growth. It was created to provide information pertaining to the state's Smart Growth Initiative, promote integration and cooperation with local levels of government, provide technical assistance for developers and the public, coordinate the New National Centre for Smart Growth Research and Education at the University of Maryland College Park, and report to the Governor and General Assembly on the implementation of the state's Smart Growth Policies. The Governor's Office of Smart Growth will work to successfully implement that Smart Growth Program outlined by state legislation.

4) Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario Urban Sprawl Symposium and Smart Growth Policy Paper

27Maryland Department of Planning. [Online]. (24 September 2001). Smart Growth in Maryland. Available: http:// www.mdp.md.us/smartgrowth/index.html − 16 −

In November of 2000, the Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario held an Urban Sprawl Symposium in Markham, Ontario that focussed on ways to achieve more sustainable urban communities. Participants of the symposium identified numerous symptoms of urban sprawl that effect the landscape throughout Southern Ontario, such as traffic congestion, high growth and development rates, pollution and smog, and loss of agricultural and green lands. The conference identified key elements of sustainable urbanism, including preservation of open space, a commitment to an integrated transit system that links urban nodes, higher density development, and the importance of long-term planning supported by senior levels of government.28

In response to the Urban Sprawl Symposium, the Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario released a policy paper entitled Implementing Smart Growth: A Call to Action in June of 2001. The paper has outlined an approach to achieve sustainable, healthy communities across the province through Smart Growth strategies. It defined a shared planning vision, one that looks to create communities that are healthy and sustainable while accommodating growth forecasts for Southern Ontario, particularly the Greater Toronto Area (GTA), in the next few decades. The report highlighted five main themes that will move communities towards more sustainable growth patterns in the future. The themes are:

1. Maintaining firm urban boundaries 2. Developing key nodes throughout the region 3. Implementing a rapid transit network 4. Protecting green space and the countryside 5. Re-aligning fiscal policies

28Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario. (2000). Summary of Proceedings: Urban Sprawl Symposium. Oakville: Lura Consulting. P-01-141

SMART GROWTH REFERENCE LIST

Smart Growth/Growth Management

Hare, Melanie. (2001) Exploring Growth Management Roles in Ontario: Learning from "Who Does What" Elsewhere. A Report Prepared for the Ontario Professional Planners Institute by Urban Strategies Inc.

ITE’s Smart Growth Task Force. (2000) "Smart Growth? Sensible Growth? Sustainable Growth? Balanced Growth? ... Responsible Growth: What Are the Transportation Needs to Achieve This Growth?" ITE Journal. v.70(4), pp.28-31.

Nelson, A. and Duncan, J. (1995) Growth Management: Principles and Practices. Chicago: American Planning Association.

Ontario Professional Planners Institute.[Online](June 15, 2001) Smart Growth and Growth Management in Ontario - Ontario Professional Planners Institute (OPPI) Position Statement. Available: http://www.ontarioplanners.on.ca/.

Ontario Smart Growth. [Online](October 10, 2001) Ontario Smart Growth Home Page. Available: http://www.smartgrowth.gov.on.ca/english/home-e.asp.

Regional Planning Commissioners of Ontario. (2001) Beyond Smart Growth: A Call to Action.

Skaburskis, A. and Brunner, B. (1999) "The Views of Canadian Planners on Growth Problems and Growth Management Strategies". Plan Canada. July/August, pp.26-30.

Transit-Oriented Development

Bernick, Michael and Cervero, Robert. (1997) Transit Villages in the 21st Century. Toronto: McGraw-Hill.

Cervero, Robert. (1996) "Mixed Land Uses and Commuting: Evidence From the American Housing Survey" Transportation Research Part A. v.30(5). pp.361-377.

Luscher, Daniel R. (1995) "Odds on T.O.D.s - Transit Oriented Development as a Congestion Reduction Strategy in the San Francisco Bay Area" Berkeley Planning Journal. v.10, pp.55-74.

Regional Plan Association.(1997) Building Transit Friendly Communities.

Visioning

Helling, A. (1998) "Collaborative Visioning: Proceed with Caution. Results from Evaluating Atlanta’s Vision 2020 Project." Journal of the American Planning Association. v.64(3), pp.335-349.

Knight, N. (1998) "Plan Monitoring: Are We Getting It Right? (Part 2). An Update on the Monitoring of the Greater Vancouver Regional District’s Livable Region Strategic Plan". Plan Canada. November, pp.30-352.

Okubo, D. (1997) The Community Visioning and Strategic Planning Handbook. Denver: The National Civic League.

Oregon Chapter of the APA. (1993) A Guide to Community Visioning. Chicago: Planners Press.

Shipley, Robert and Newkirk, Ross. (1999) "Vision and visioning in planning: what do these terms really mean?" Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design. v.26(4), pp.573-591.

Healthy Cities/Sustainability/Revitalization

Anderson, Dewayne H. (2000) "City Renewal is Smart Growth." Historic Preservation Forum. v.14(3), pp.36-41.

Gratz, Roberta Brandes. (1998) Cities Back From the Edge: New Life for Downtown. New York: Preservation Press, J. Wiley.

Moulton, Jennifer. (1999) Ten Steps to a Living Downtown. A discussion paper prepared for the Brookings Institution - Center on Urban and Metropolitan Policy. Available on-line: http://www.brookings.edu/es/urban/moulton.pdf.

Robertson, Kent A. (1995) "Downtown Redevelopment Strategies in the United States: An End- of-the-Century Assessment" Journal of the American Planning Association. v.61(4), pp.429-437.

Brownfield Redevelopment

Meyer, Peter B. and Lyons, Thomas S. (2000) "Lessons from Private Sector Brownfield Redevelopers - Planning Public Support for Urban Regeneration". Journal of the American Planning Association. v.66(1), pp. 46-66.

Urban Land Institute. (1998) Brownfields Redevelopment - Selected References, Infopacket No. 388. Washington D.C: Urban Land Institute.

Wright, James G. (1997) Risks and Rewards of Brownfield Redevelopment. Cambridge: Lincoln Institute of Land Policy.

Roles for Community in Urban Development

Alexander, Christopher. (1977) A Pattern Language. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bartlett, Sheridan et al. (1999) Cities for Children: Children’s Rights, Poverty and Urban Management. London: Earthscan Publications Ltd, UNICEF.

Fodor, Eben. (1999) Better Not Bigger. British Columbia: New Society Publishers.

Gratz, Roberta Brandes. (1998) Cities Back From the Edge: New Life for Downtown. New York: Preservation Press, J. Wiley.

Mehrhoff, W. Arthur. (1999) Community Design. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications.

Case Studies

Counsel, D. (1998) "Sustainable Development and Structure Plans in England and Wales: A Review of Current Practice" Journal of Environmental Planning and Management. vol. 41(2), pp. 177-194.

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea. [Online](October 10, 2001) Unitary Development Plan Chapter 3: Strategic Policies. Available: http://www.rbkc.gov.uk/Planning/unitarydevelopmentplan/udp-part1-strategicpolic ies.pdf

Maryland Department of Planning. [online](October 10, 2001) Smart Growth in Maryland. Available: http://www.mdp.md.us/smartgrowth/index.html

Oregon Transportation and Growth Management Program. (1998) "Strategies and Solutions" in The Principles of Smart Development. Chicago: American Planning Association, pp. 19- 44.

Adams, George and Gerard, David. (2000) "Smart Growth and Transportation: Opportunities and Challenges for Austin". ITE Journal. v.70(1), pp.30-34.

Waterloo Region Smart Growth Strategy The Next Steps…

Stakeholder Workshop Report

Workshop #1 November 22, 2001

Stakeholder Workshop Report

Introduction

On November 22, 2001, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo hosted a workshop at the Walper Terrace Hotel in Kitchener about the development of a new smart growth management strategy for the region. Approximately 35 community leaders, representing the diverse interests and organizations within the region, were invited to attend the workshop, and nearly 30 of them did so. The workshop was facilitated by Urban Strategies, a Toronto-based planning and urban design consulting firm.

This report is a reflection of the comments that the participants made at the workshop. It retains, as much as possible, the words and tone or the workshop itself. All of the opinions expressed and identified in this report are those of the workshop participants. They appear here as a record of the proceedings without commentary or analysis. These opinions do not necessarily reflect the views of the consultant team, the Region of Waterloo or its staff.

A list of workshop participants can be found at the end of this report. We thank everyone who attended for their time and for their contributions to this process. We hope that they will continue to assist the Region in the future in further developing and refining the growth management strategy.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 1 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

The Planning Process

• We need a long term picture of the region. “Flexibility, diversity, • The 20 year planning horizon set out in the Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) moderation” is too short. “We’re good, we’re • People need to be given choices to consider. not great. But we • Has planning in the region in the past actually been very good? have an opportunity • Smart growth gives us a chance to bring people together. to be great” • We need to do an audit of our physical, human, and financial resources. “Smart growth is an • Look back at the 1970s. We had a lot of planning initiatives, but they were all opportunity to look at done separately. We need to look at the linkages now between our different the linkages” plans.

“We need an • The process that we are following now is good. integration of • We need a 3-D overview of the whole region. The problems we are talking sustainable about are containable. We need to look at a physical model to see how these development with things might look on the ground. We should take a plane ride over the region. strategic management” • This planning process has to be a regional one. • Don’t create too much paper as a part of this planning process. Growth finds a way to happen, no matter what you write down. • We need to look 50 to 100 years ahead. What will southern Ontario as a whole look like?

The Environment

• To achieve economic prosperity we need to protect the environment too. “This is a region • Historically the environment has been a low priority until there was a crisis on a river” like the floods of 1974 or Walkerton. This isn’t a sustainable approach. • Smart growth is about more than land protection. It’s also about the integration of behaviours. For example, the Waterloo moraine offers an opportunity. Or, do we need to look at allocations or pricing for water? • This region has been a leader in watershed planning and protection. • Our rivers are a big part of our environment. • Environmental sustainability and quality of life are closely linked. • What is sustainable growth? We live in a finite world. Can growth keep going on? • We need to have a diverse environment. • The Grand River is a valuable resource.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 2 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

The Economy

• Things happen in 10 year cycles. Are we starting another one now? Is this a “Will my kids be chance to re-invent ourselves? able to find work here?” • We need to look at land uses for economic development. • Are there opportunities to develop our Mennonite areas for tourism? “This region • The airport is a great resource. It could be a node for new development. has an un- • Our economic development efforts need to be tied to the needs of our tapped pool of talent” community. We shouldn’t over-market ourselves. • This region has been able to weather economic problems. We have a “Help us to diversified economic base, which is good for the region. We could convert keep our our industrial sites to other uses. employees in this community” • Why don’t planners reach out to the business community more often? Our lack of industrial land is a real problem. • Does the region really want industrial development? Many industries aren’t paying taxes today.

Quality of Life

• This is a growing region, but affordability is a big problem. • The Mennonite community is leaving this region. • Affordability is the key to keeping a strong community. We can’t just respond to the needs of some groups and not others. • The Mennonites have been good neighbours in our region. We have to recognize them as a part of the community and not as a tourist attraction. They need to be allowed to have their small farm plots. “We’ll seek our • Does this region provide something for me at every stage of my life? quality of life • Social development, heritage and culture all need to be a part of a smart where we find it” growth strategy. The region should provide different things for people at each stage of their lives. • We need to plan for all demographic groups, not just seniors or families. • The region’s cultural industries are big and getting bigger. The region is a hub of activity, and we draw people from a wide area. We need to build supports that will allow artists to stay and work in this region, such as live/work spaces, or providing easy access to transportation. • We have some great performance venues in our downtowns, but a lot of people don’t come. New buildings in the region need to consider providing for cultural industries. • Over the past 20 or 30 years, quality of life has declined in the region.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 3 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Capacity

• People don’t want intensification. A lot of people think in terms of “Not In My Back Yard”. We need to educate people and begin to change attitudes. • Intensification doesn’t work for everyone. Does it make sense for a young family? People needs different kinds of homes at different stages in their lives. • The region has similarities to Silicon Valley. We have affordability problems. We’re running out of land for employment. “Who are we • What is our capacity for growth? We need to think about land, water, transit, making this for?” roads, and public services • What are the costs of the infrastructure that we’re going to need? • It will be a real challenge to build higher densities in our core areas. • We need to pursue efficiency in our infrastructure investments. Once that infrastructure is available, let’s be allowed to make use of it. • The airport is a key piece of our transportation system. • Our recent growth has created problems in terms of our transportation capacity. There is a deficit in capacity, and a deficit in maintenance. We need to find a balance between roads and other modes of transport. • There are some opportunities now for transit. The region has a definable spine with two-way flows of traffic throughout the day. Perhaps we can develop more higher order systems.

Urban Areas

• The core areas all lack features that would draw people in on a regular basis. We need to give people a reason to come downtown. • Kitchener has done a good job with its downtown program. They’re trying to address problems from their past, and they’re trying to change attitudes to downtown. “What’s the • We should not close our schools in the core areas. They are a key to the urban footprint?” attractiveness of our downtown areas as places to live. • Bike lanes don’t work in the winter. “You have to • In the past our political decisions have supported the sale of industrial land. build better in Now there are no industrial or office developers in the region. This exercise is ways that contribute to a chance for us to revisit these policies. people’s quality • When we say environment, we often only think of the natural environment. of life” But, we need to think of our built environment too. We should improve the quality of our built environment. What are the legislative instruments to accomplish this? • Redevelopment right now is too complicated. It’s much too easy to do greenfield development and too hard to do intensification. The municipalities have to do more to make intensification possible.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 4 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

• Our planning ideas aren’t implemented in things like the zoning and building codes. We need to get more specific. • Builders in this region are too small to finance brownfield and other redevelopment projects on their own. Therefore, we need to add some incentives to the mix. • The universities have a huge impact on the surrounding areas. For example, they create big pressures and students looking for housing are pushing other people out. • What does intensification look like? • We need to have intensification so that the urban area (not the population) is as small as possible.

Rural Areas

• It’s good to emphasize agricultural land as a part of this process. Agriculture should be recognized as a very vital and important industry in this region. “We need to But, it’s different from other industries too. maintain an • The region has plenty of urban land, and plenty of sites for development. This environment region needs its rural land and its farms. conducive to • Look at our satellite communities and villages. They’re unique and agriculture” distinctive. How do we keep them? How can we preserve them without

becoming stagnant? • High intensity agriculture doesn’t work well close to urban areas. • People have different ideas about what rural areas should be. • Farmland is a non-renewable resource, but we’ve been building on some of our best farmland.

Institutions and Responsibilities

• The Grand River Conservation Authority is an institution under stress. People don’t recognize its importance to the region. • Do we have the political will to grow smart? Do we have the right institutional structure? What fiscal levers can we use? What are the roles for the federal and provincial governments? • Consider how things work in industry. Maybe the municipalities in the region need to specialize their functions. • The cities in the region have to compete, they have to have their separate identities. • There need to be roles for the private and the public sectors. • We haven’t worked together sufficiently in the past. • We need one tier of government. These issues that we’re discussing are better dealt with by one level of government. Having many jurisdictions supplying services discourages efficiency.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 5 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

• We need to share our land use resources. Maybe two municipalities can solve a problem by working together? • We shouldn’t be playing around with tax zoning “There is a balancing act for • If we are going to provide incentives for development, what are they? Our municipalities” downtown areas and brownfield sites need funding. We need to pursue land acquisition for redevelopment projects. If we want to have transit, how are we “What is the going to pay for it? municipal • How do you make municipal spending politically acceptable? We are getting financial capacity to deal with conflicting messages from the public. growth?” • What is the provincial policy role in smart growth? What are the tools that they might provide? “Balance is • There is a hierarchy in the region today that has to be recognized. Right now tremendously important” we have problems because of the duplication. • Each jurisdiction in the region can’t have every type of growth. “We can’t all keep • A lot of these issues are too complex to be solved by one level of government. going in our own In fact, it’s innovative people who are going to make these things happen. directions” People will follow opportunities, but planning has to provide the guidance.

“How much do • Governance has been both our strength and our weakness. you lead? How • We should look at a variety of financial mechanisms. But, they should be much do you there to help us, not to lead us in certain directions. follow?” We should look at our tax assessments. But, new regulations may discourage • “We need unity in new industries. diversity” • Our governance structure doesn’t shape our decisions. It has more to do with values, sticking to our decisions, and so on. Putting a one tier government into place is not a quick fix. • Planning for the Grand River Trail was much more difficult and more expensive because of the multiple municipalities in the region. • This region has had some successes with partnerships in the past. Now we need more.

Growth Trends

• The region is growing fast. We need to understand the demographic trends “This is our underlying that growth. For instance, in spite of the growth in the region, second chance” elementary school enrollments will stay fairly constant in the future.

• Look at the growth and how to manage it. The next 20 years of growth are going to be like the last 20 years. We haven’t solved a lot of the problems that were created in the last 20 years.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 6 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Identity

• What is the lifestyle of the people who live in this region? People like the way things are now, with cities and the countryside nearby. • We should think about the region as a living thing, with many relationships. ”This is a city of The core areas all have different functions. Look at their relationships to the small homesteaders” surrounding communities. • All this new growth is creating a new character for the region and a new set of requirements. • Waterloo is a bedroom community for Toronto. This is a real problem. We have gridlock today because of all of the traffic. • A lot of people have chosen to live in this region. • It’s true that a lot of people who live in this region want to own land. • The region doesn’t have a focus. Where is our centre? • Is this a bedroom community? It’s a matter of scale. What we need is a mixture of uses so that we don’t have gridlock in the future.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 7 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Participants

Greg Barratt Dave Bennett Trudi Bunting Bob Byron John Clinkett Manfred Conrad Ian Cook David Cross Mark Dorfman Lori Gove Paul Emerson David Graham Jamie Grant Rick Haldenby Bernie Hermsen Dennis Huber Carla Ladd John Pollock Mark Reusser Cam Rapp Mark Seasons Chris Smith Grace Sudden Ron Simmons Christina Weylie John Whitney Wendy Wright

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 8 Workshop #1 November 22, 2001

Waterloo Region Smart Growth Strategy The Next Steps…

Stakeholder Workshop Report

Workshop #2 December 13, 2001

Stakeholder Workshop Report

Introduction

On December 13, 2001, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo hosted the second of two workshops regarding the development of a new smart growth management strategy for the region. Approximately 30 community leaders attended to contribute their ideas. The workshop was facilitated by Urban Strategies, a Toronto-based planning and urban design firm.

The workshop began with a presentation by Urban Strategies about the elements which have structured the way that the Region of Waterloo has grown in the past, as well as setting out some of the options for growth in the future. Then, the participants were divided into three breakout groups (each group was given a colour “name” for reference) where they had an hour to give their reactions and contribute their ideas about how the region should continue to grow. The final hour of the workshop was used to allow each of the three breakout groups to report back to the group as a whole by presenting the results of their deliberations.

This report is a reflection of the comments that the participants made at the workshop. It retains, as much as possible, the words and tone of the workshop itself. All of the opinions expressed and identified in this report are those of the workshop participants. They appear here as a record of the proceedings without commentary or analysis. These opinions do not necessarily reflect the views of the consultant team, the Region of Waterloo or its staff.

A list of workshop participants can be found at the end of this report. We thank everyone who attended for their time and for their contributions to this process. We hope that they will continue to assist the Region in the future in further developing and refining the growth management strategy.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 1 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Red Group

Main Ideas

• We need to appreciate the scale of this region, and our access to the countryside • But, we also appreciate our level of economic development • We need to maintain our quality of life in the future • We have to define centres in the urban area to focus intensification • We have to knit together the urban and the rural to provide a diversity of opportunities for families and businesses • There are barriers – we haven’t taken the big picture view when planning • How much are we going to grow? How much housing will we need? Where should it be located? • What infrastructure will be needed, both today and in the future? • What economic mix should the region have? • Will it be possible to have borders of development, or nodes of intensification? • How will this play out in the context of provincial planning?

Ideas from the Group Discussion

• In this region, you’re only 20 minutes from anything. We have good accessibility to the countryside, and everything else. But, we also have economic prosperity, which other regions don’t have. • In terms of quality of life, some of the key components are business, health, and education. • We do need to manage our growth better and we do need more intensification. • Each municipality has to have a clear centre. Each municipality is unique. We need a diversity of opportunities, rather than having the same facilities (like arts facilities) in each community. • We need to do more to knit together the urban and rural parts of the region. • In the past, we haven’t taken the big picture view of the region when planning. We haven’t been balanced. • Do we actually have the ability to do anything about these issues? For instance, we face growth from the Toronto area that we can’t change. • What’s the right population number for this region? What are the underlying demographics driving these changes? • Is there a “right” housing to population ratio that we should try to achieve? • How much commercial land do we need compared to residential? Can people actually live close to work? When we develop employment areas they have to be accessible.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 2 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

• We need to consider the area south of Highway 7 and east of the Grand River as an area for potential growth. We also need to look at nodes for further growth in rural areas. • However, the group does support the idea of “borders” for urban development in the region – this supports intensification. • We have to look at our infrastructure needs both today and in the future. • In this planning process, are we really planning for the future, or are we just trying to fix the problems that we already have? • How do our planning efforts fit into the work that the province is currently doing?

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 3 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Green Group

Main Ideas

• Look at the bigger picture • Ignore the existing municipal boundaries when planning • Remove the “countryside line” • Identify the broad constraints to growth (e.g. environmental areas, prime agricultural land) • Establish multi-use transportation corridors • Put an emphasis on intensification (both brownfields and greyfields) • Note the need for both greenfield development and nodes of growth • Consider access to and through the region • Consider servicing • Recognize the need for more detailed planning (“micro planning”) • Smarter growth with balance and choice

Ideas from the Group Discussion

• The Highway 401 corridor is already drawing growth towards Guelph. How do we deal with it? This corridor crosses the Mill Creek Moraine, which is a sensitive area. • This corridor needs to have a more sophisticated look because it is the main gateway into the region. • We need to look beyond the borders of the region in planning for the future. • This region doesn’t really have any urban cores, but it does have magnets for activity such as the airport, the universities, the Toyota plant, etc. • There are growth constraints to the north, west, and south sides of the region. The best opportunities for growth are on the east side of the region, east of the Grand River. • You will need some serious growth boundaries if intensification is going to work. • You need a balanced approach between the development of greenfields, brownfields, and intensification. • We need to identify where we have existing infrastructure and excess capacity • The rail corridor that leads from the centre of our region to Guelph parallel to Highway 7 presents a major opportunity for servicing. • The best developable land is on the east side of the region • We need to look at our demographics. Growth is going to happen, but with an older population. • Six story buildings are not viable in this region. But, there are still opportunities for infill and intensification at lower densities. • Kitchener/Waterloo/Cambridge is a very conservative market.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 4 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

• This is a region of home owners. Apartment buildings have been relatively rare in this region. • Servicing is a central idea. We need to be especially careful about our water. We should seek an approach where the water we take out of the system is equal to the amount that we put back in. We shouldn’t be using the Grand River for this. • In addition to being a road, Highway 7 needs to be a transit corridor. • Look at the existing 25 year plan for the region. It over-estimated population growth by 15%, but all of the land allocated for that growth was used up. • The way it is currently shown, the countryside line is not going to accommodate 40 years of growth. Because we can’t rely on intensification alone, some greenfield development is going to be necessary. • Twenty five years ago, in the previous regional plan, intensification along the Central Transit Corridor was a part of the proposal, but it never happened because not enough thought was given to implementation. The idea is still good, but we need to think about how to make it viable.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 5 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Purple Group

Main Ideas

• We need intensification • We need multiple hard lines around urban areas • We need a set of incentives • Intensification has to include commercial and industrial areas too • Transportation is a key concern • You have to provide people with choices • We have to understand the growth that is coming • There has to be more sharing and cooperation within the region • You have to have both carrots and sticks, addressing the supply and demand sides of the urban development equation • People need to be educated about growth management issues • We have to learn the lessons from other towns and regions

Ideas from the Group Discussion

• There could be a new urban centre on the east side of the Grand River • We need land for both residential and employment uses • Kitchener has some residential development capacity in the southwest • Should we be protecting the moraine? • There has been talk about a ring road on the west side of the region. • Note that highway interchanges tend to draw development. • We need more infill, which will support sustainability. • How do you do it? What incentives should we use? How do you market new styles of living? • Hard boundaries are good planning. • Incremental development near rural settlements is the biggest problem with growth that farmers have. • The municipalities in the region need a way to share their assessment dollars. • We’ve already added too much to places like St. Jacobs. • The University of Waterloo is a big draw for employment uses. It’s also a focal point for transit users in the region. • Roads and transit both draw growth. • Many people are afraid of brownfield development. We need tools, incentives, and a solution to the problem of liability. Besides, what do you put on brownfield sites? • Often the opposition is from NIMBY attitudes. • There is a perceived lack of demand for infill development. • Where will empty nesters want to live? • Carrots and sticks need to be used to promote infill. • Make the development market more fair.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 6 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

• A good transit corridor would be one of the best incentives. Start by serving the University of Waterloo. • There has to be incremental change. Would it still be possible to double the existing densities in the region? • This is a community that welcomes a lot of immigrants, many of whom live in accessory apartments in central areas • We should loosen restrictions on accessory apartments, even if they’re not used very much. • We need to get more people walking on the streets at different times of the day, not just at the mall. • It’s a good idea to have a hard edge to the region. This helps to protect our water resources. • The countryside line is meaningless if there isn’t also a restriction on the development of rural settlements, or people will just jump over the line. • Note that Guelph is expanding too. The highways between Guelph and our region, and between Guelph and the 401 are driving development. • Industry and big box retail take up too much land – it’s a waste. Why can’t industries be closer together? • Businesses need and demand a lot of space. • But, should economic development goals justify very low densities? • The region has a number of rural retirement communities too. • Development is already spilling over the lines. It’s coming from Toronto, and you can’t contain it. • What are we going to look like in 100 or 200 years? • From the farmers perspective, the worst thing would be to build a growth corridor through the west side of the region. • Is agriculture in the region sustainable? It’s becoming more intensive and is creating conflicts. There are also pollution problems. • This region is one of the best at restricting rural severances. • We need better design to make our urban areas more attractive as places to live. We could start with better “green” design with tree planting, visual corridors, etc. • The retired members of the community need to have better places to live if they are going to move back into the towns.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 7 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Comments and Reactions to the Group Presentations

• Look at the network of arterial streets in the region. Traffic is getting worse and worse. • Maybe the region should look at how places like Markham are doing it, with a denser network of streets that give people more circulation options and suggest nodes for development. • What are the primary constraints to growth: prime agricultural land, groundwater protection, the moraine • Start our intensification efforts along the Waterloo Central Transit Corridor. • Places like Ayr, Breslau, and St Jacobs can be nodes for rural growth • We need to recognize that there are development opportunities on the east side of the Grand River. • With respect to servicing, we need to invest wisely. We should put an emphasis on wastewater treatment and spend to get the best equipment available. • Waterloo Region and Guelph could very easily grow together into one region in the future. • Note that there is a significant physical barrier between Waterloo Region and Guelph, which makes servicing and urban development more difficult. • How do you plan and accommodate growth for 40 years, but still encourage intensification? • Twenty five years ago, the battles were fought and the Central Transit Corridor was put into the Region’s Official Plan. The problem was that nobody knew how to implement it. • We need to ask where the money is going? Where is investment happening? If the region wants to guide growth, it will have to create incentives to guide investment into certain areas and not others. • In considering redevelopment projects and intensification, the projects we consider should reflect the character of the region. We need to be realistic about what we can achieve. • Although this is a region of many home owners, quite a lot of multifamily apartments have been built in the region over the past 50 years.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 8 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Conclusions: Finding the Common Threads

Managing growth in the Region of Waterloo is clearly a complex task, and this diverse group of participants brought with them to this workshop a widely varied set of ideas and opinions. However, the comments noted above still reveal several common threads that should inform future planning work in the region.

One of the clearest of these is the recognition that some sort of innovative approaches to urban growth management are going to be necessary. While most participants agreed that growth is a healthy thing for the community, they also agreed that it needs to be managed. There was no consensus on the form these approaches should take, but there was extensive discussion of the notion of a “countryside line” where urban development would end and the countryside would begin. The Region should continue to explore this notion in the future, noting that the level of support for a countryside line ranged from strong support to none at all.

There was a substantial degree of support for the concept of intensification. Many of the participants could think of parts of the existing area that could be developed more intensively in the future, particularly along the potential Central Transit Corridor. The form and nature of that development, however, is still an area that needs further discussion.

Transportation figured highly on the list of important issues. One of the main identifying characteristics of the region was the relative ease of access that people had to and through the area. Travel times are relatively moderate and distances relatively short compared to other areas. Future planning should try to preserve this degree of accessibility by using a combination serious transit investment, as well as road construction.

Economic development issues emerged as another area of common interest. Most of the participants wanted to make sure that the region would be able to preserve and enhance its economic health and competitiveness in the future, even as it tried to regulate growth. The notion of an environment-based approach to growth management was endorsed and reiterated. Indeed, most participants also seemed to agree that there were unique features, such as the moraine or the farms in the region, that merited special consideration in future planning.

In terms of moving the planning process forward, it seems that many participants wanted to see an approach that offered balance – balance between urban and rural, between greenfield development and intensification, and between transit and roads. They sought a balance in the scale of analysis, with policies specific to certain local nodes in addition to policies for the whole region. They also wanted balance between regulations and incentives, between social and economic objectives, and between the many groups of people who call the region home.

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 9 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001 Stakeholder Workshop Report

Participants

Greg Barratt Dave Bennett Trudi Bunting Bob Byron John Clinckett Mark Fretwurst for Gord Chaplin Ian Cook David Cross Mark Dorfman Bob Dyck Paul Emerson Paul Grespan Rick Haldenby Bernie Hermsen Dennis Huber Brock Stanley John Pollock Mark Reusser Cam Rapp Deb Rothwell Mark Seasons Chris Smith Grace Sudden Ron Simmons Graham Vincent Christina Weylie Wendy Wright

Region of Waterloo – Smart Growth Strategy 10 Workshop #2 December 13, 2001

Regional Municipality of Waterloo MEDIA RELEASE: Friday, March 1, 2002, 4:30 P.M. PLANNING AND WORKS COMMITTEE AGENDA Tuesday, March 5, 2002 7:00 P.M. Council Chamber 2nd Floor, Regional Administration Building 150 Frederick Street Kitchener, Ontario

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. DELEGATIONS a) Mr. Ian Brown, Team Realty b) Mr. Peter Lehman, K-W Keys c) Ms. Doreen Maskell-Moser d) Mrs. Elizabeth Yeager e) Mr. Bruce Winkler and Mrs. Audrey Winkler f) Mr. Peter Hartmann and Mrs. Bonnie Hartmann g) Mr. Don Lisk

3. REPORTS - TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES a) E-02-011, Victoria Street South (Regional Road 55) Roadway Improvements 1 Study, King Street to Lawrence Avenue, Kitchener

4. ADJOURN

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

TRANSPORTATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: E-02-011 Planning and Works Committee File Code: 5147, C06-60 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: VICTORIA STREET SOUTH (REGIONAL ROAD 55) ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS STUDY, KING STREET TO LAWRENCE AVENUE, KITCHENER

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following actions with respect to the Class Environmental Assessment Study for Victoria Street South from King Street to Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener: a) Reconstruct and widen Victoria Street South to provide two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue and other improvements as per Concept 5 Modified described in this Report E-02-011dated March 5, 2002; b) Place the Environmental Study Report for this project on public display for the mandatory thirty days in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (Schedule “C”) Guidelines; c) Amend the Regional Official Policies Plan to remove the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Plan; and d) Dispose of any properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton diversion that are in excess of the Region’s needs.

SUMMARY:

The Region of Waterloo is currently undertaking a Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (EA) Study to examine roadway improvements on Victoria Street South between King Street and Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener. The proposed roadway improvements are intended to address traffic congestion within a large part of southwest Kitchener.

Under existing traffic conditions, motorists on Victoria Street South are currently experiencing lengthy delays during peak periods. Two recent traffic studies conducted by the Region concluded that by 2016, peak-hour traffic demand is expected to increase by 20% to 40% and that if Victoria Street South is not widened to four lanes, significant increases in congestion levels will occur on Victoria Street South and on all the other parallel roads within the southwest portion of the City of Kitchener. - 2 - E-02-011

Eight alternative design concepts have been developed by the Project Team to address the traffic congestion problem and the issues raised by the public to date. These eight design concepts range in scope from reconstruction of the existing lanes to widening to four lanes with wider shared-use curb lanes for both cyclists and motorists. The alternative design concepts have been evaluated using a comprehensive set of transportation, social environment, natural environment and economic environment criteria. Based on the evaluation and consideration of all the public and technical issues raised to date, the Project Team identified two concepts, Concept 3A Modified and Concept 5 Modified, as the two best concepts from which the Recommended Design Concept should be selected. Concept 3A Modified includes two lanes in each direction from King Street to Lawrence Avenue with cycling facilities on an existing off-road trail outside of the Victoria Street road allowance. Concept 5 Modified includes two lanes in each direction from King Street to Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes from Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue.

This project has involved extensive public consultation, including public contacts made in 1998 and 1999 as part of the previous Downtown Kitchener West Side Connection Study (DKWSCS), two Public Information Centres (PICs) in 2001 (February 8 and October 17) and a Public Input Meeting held on December 4, 2001. In general, there appears to be community support for widening Victoria Street South to four lanes within the wider project limits of the greater community; however, there is very strong opposition to any road widening from residents living on Victoria Street South within the mainly residential section of the project limits between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue. It is also noted that on February 11, 2002, Kitchener City Council voted unanimously to support the implementation of Concept 3A (four lanes throughout).

The Project Team had considerable difficulty in identifying one Recommended Design Concept and could not reach a consensus regarding which design concept should be recommended for this project. Upon reviewing the Project Team’s evaluation of the design concepts, senior Regional staff identified Concept 5 Modified as the Recommended Design Concept. Concept 5 Modified is being recommended by Regional staff because it offers additional road capacity between King Street and Park Street while minimizing the adverse impacts on the local residential community between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue.

The projected traffic demand, development and evaluation of alternative design concepts and the selection of the Recommended Design Concept will be documented in an Environmental Study Report (ESR). Prior to filing the ESR for the mandatory 30 day review period, the Project Team is seeking approval from Regional Council for Concept 5 Modified, the Recommended Design Concept. Regardless of which concept is ultimately approved for implementation, the Project Team is also recommending the removal of the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Regional Official Policies Plan (ROPP) and the disposal of any properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton Diversion that are in excess of the Region’s needs. The Project Team did not see any benefits in re-visiting the Queen/Benton Diversion to address the traffic capacity deficiency because, of the three corridors studied as part of the Downtown Kitchener West Side Connection Study (DKWSCS) (ie. Victoria Street South, Ottawa Street and Queen Street South including the Queen/Benton Diversion), Victoria Street South was selected as the best of the three corridors to add additional road capacity. - 3 - E-02-011

REPORT:

1.0 Background

This study is being conducted in accordance with the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (EA) guidelines (Schedule “C”). Please refer to Appendix A for a key plan of the project limits, which include Victoria Street South from King Street to Lawrence Avenue in the City of Kitchener.

This EA study is a continuation of the previous Downtown Kitchener West Side Connection Study (DKWSCS) which recommended the widening of Victoria Street South to four lanes after studying three alternative road corridors for providing additional road capacity: Victoria Street South, Ottawa Street and Queen Street South including the Queen/Benton Diversion. Traffic analyses conducted as part of the DKWSCS and the current study conclude that peak-hour traffic volumes on Victoria Street South and Queen Street South already exceed the existing road capacity and that peak-hour traffic demand on Victoria Street South is expected to increase by 20% to 40% by 2016. The projected 2016 peak-hour traffic demand incorporates the 7% auto reduction as per the Transportation Demand Management (TDM) objectives of the Regional Transportation Master Plan.

2.0 Public Consultation

a) General

This project has involved extensive public consultation, including public contacts made in 1998 and 1999 as part of the DKWSCS, two Public Information Centres (PIC’s) in 2001 and a Public Input Meeting (PIM) held on December 4, 2001.

b) Public Input Meeting, December 4, 2001

At the December 4, 2001 PIM, two design concepts, Concept 3C (four lanes) and Concept 5 (four lanes/two lanes) were presented to the public as the Preferred Design Concepts. Eighteen (18) members of the public appeared as delegations at the December 4, 2001 meeting. Four of the eighteen spoke in favor of widening Victoria Street (ie. Concept 3C) while the majority who spoke were strongly opposed to any widening of Victoria Street. Please refer to Appendix C for the recorded minutes of the December 4, 2001 Public Input Meeting and additional public comments received after the December 4, 2001 meeting.

c) City of Kitchener Community Services Committee Meeting, February 4, 2002

On February 4, 2002, Regional staff presented two concepts, Concept 3A and Concept 5 , to members of Kitchener’s Community Services Committee to solicit their input prior to identifying a Final Recommended Design Concept for this project. Concept 3A includes four lanes from King Street to Lawrence Avenue while Concept 5 includes four lanes between King Street and Henry Street and only two lanes between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue. The City’s Committee voted unanimously to support the implementation of Concept 3A (4 lanes). This resolution was endorsed by Kitchener Council on February 11, 2002. Please refer to Appendix D for minutes of the Kitchener Committee and - 4 - E-02-011

Council meetings.

3.0 Issues Raised By The Public At The December 4, 2001 Public Input Meeting

Some of the main issues raised by the public at the December 4, 2001 Public Input Meeting are as follows:

C widening Victoria Street South is not needed; C widening Victoria Street South to four lanes would ruin the residential neighbourhood; C widening Victoria Street South would reduce safety; C Victoria Street South should be widened to four lanes but the Region should buy all the abutting residential properties; and C the Region should develop alternative solutions to widening Victoria Street South.

Please refer to Appendix E for a comprehensive discussion of these issues and the Regional staff comments.

4.0 Staff Recommendation

a) Evaluation Of The Alternative Design Concepts

The Project Team evaluated each of the eight alternative design concepts for this project by assessing them using transportation, social environment, natural environment and economic criteria. The comprehensive evaluation of all eight alternative design concepts is summarized in Appendix F of this report. It is important to note that the Project Team viewed the evaluation and rankings of the design concepts as a tool to be used in their deliberation process, rather than as a final result.

b) Comparison of Concept 3A Modified and Concept 5 Modified

Subsequent to the December 4, 2001 PIM, the Project Team reviewed the issues raised and developed two new concepts, Concept 3A Modified (four lanes) and Concept 5 Modified (four lanes/two lanes), as the two best concepts from which the Recommended Design Concept should be selected. Concept 3A Modified and Concept 5 Modified are described as follows:

Concept 3A Widen to provide two through lanes in each direction (four lanes Modified total) with cycling facilities provided by upgrading an existing off-road trail outside of the Victoria Street road allowance;

Concept 5 From King Street to Henry Street - Reconstruct and widen Modified Victoria Street South to four lanes (similar to 3A Modified); and

From Henry Street to Lawrence Avenue - Reconstruct Victoria Street South to its existing two-lane configuration with widening for a dedicated cycling lane on each side of the road. - 5 - E-02-011

Both Concepts 3A Modified and Concept 5 Modified include separate left-turn lanes on Victoria Street at Charles Street, Strange Street, Belmont Avenue and Lawrence Avenue. In addition, Concepts 3A and 5 were modified from their original form to include separate left-turn lanes on Victoria Street at Joseph Street and at Park Street. Concept 5 was also modified to incorporate narrower 3.25 metre-wide lanes instead of the wider shared-use lanes in the section from King Street to Henry Street. Concept 3A Modified also includes upgrades to the existing off-road trail running parallel to Victoria Street South along the existing Henry Sturm Greenway between Lawrence Avenue and Victoria Park.

Concept 3A Modified and 5 Modified are quite dissimilar and they were identified by the Project Team as the two best options for very different reasons . Concept 3A Modified was identified because it fully addresses the traffic congestion problem and, of the 4-lane options, is the least intrusive to the residential properties between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue. Concept 5 Modified was identified because it is more sensitive to the residential properties between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue while still offering traffic capacity improvements on Victoria Street between Park Street and King Street.

The advantages and disadvantages of the two concepts are as follows:

Advantages of Concept 3A Modified

C it would reduce short-term and long-term traffic congestion within a large area of the community including parallel roads such as Queen Street South and Glasgow Street and interconnecting local roads and it would support the continuing growth in development on the west side of both the City of Kitchener and the City of Waterloo and in the Kitchener downtown;

C it would improve response times for key emergency services such as fire, police and ambulance;

C it would help to maintain schedule reliability for Grand River Transit (GRT) buses on Victoria Street;

C it is consistent with the capacity improvements identified in the Regional Transportation Master Plan (RTMP) and;

C given the expected traffic demand, it would result in less vehicle emissions and fuel consumption than Concept 5 Modified. - 6 - E-02-011

Disadvantages of Concept 3A Modified

C it would result in significant negative impacts to the driveways and front yards of many of the residential properties between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue;

C it could potentially result in eight “full property buy-outs” of residential homes;

C it would not provide an on-street cycling facility and therefore it does not address the objectives of the Regional Cycling Policy Master Plan; and

C it has a relatively high capital cost ($6.7 million) which is $1.7 million higher than Concept 5 Modified.

Advantages of Concept 5 Modified

C it would provide some relief to traffic congestion eastbound only between Park Street and King Street;

C it would help to maintain schedule reliability for Grand River Transit (GRT) buses running eastbound only between Park Street and King Street;

C it would provide a continuous on-street cycling facility between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue, thereby partially addressing the objectives of the Regional Cycling Policy Master Plan;

C it would result in minor impacts (when compared to any of the four lane concepts) to the driveways and front yards of the residential properties between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue; and

C it has a lower estimated capital cost ($5.0 million) which is $1.7 million less than Concept 3A Modified (four lanes).

Disadvantages of Concept 5 Modified

C it would not adequately address the traffic congestion problem, therefore allowing increased short-term and long-term congestion on nearby major roads and increased neighbourhood infiltration onto local roads within the community;

C it is not fully consistent with the capacity improvements identified in the Regional Transportation Master Plan (RTMP);

C it would not support the expected growth in residential and commercial development to the same degree as Concept 3A Modified;

C it would not help to maintain schedule reliability for westbound GRT buses and for eastbound buses between Lawrence Avenue and Henry Street; and - 7 - E-02-011

C given the expected traffic demand, it would result in significantly more vehicle emissions and fuel consumption than Concept 3A Modified. c) Recommended Design Concept

The Project Team had considerable difficulty in identifying one Recommended Design Concept and could not reach a consensus regarding which design concept should be implemented for this project. Most of the Project Team members were concerned about the long-term negative effects on property values and the stability of the neighbourhood that could possibly result from the physical changes to the streetscape and future traffic volumes that would be associated with widening Victoria Street South to increase capacity. The Project Team was also concerned that the evaluation did not completely account for some of these possible effects on the neighbourhood because of the inherent difficulty in quantifying them.

Upon reviewing the Project Team’s evaluation of the design concepts, Senior Regional staff identified Concept 5 Modified as the Recommended Design Concept. Three key elements were considered by Senior Regional staff in reviewing the Project Team’s evaluation of the design concepts. These were:

C concerns about the possible long-term negative effects of a four lane road on the neighbourhood and the possibility that these effects were not completely accounted for when each of the eight alternative design concepts was evaluated;

C the Project Team’s inability to reach a consensus regarding a Recommended Design Concept with nearly equal support for Concept 3A Modified and Concept 5 Modified; and

C the ardent opposition to widening the road from the residents living on Victoria Street between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue who would be most affected by the negative impacts.

Based on the elements noted above, Regional staff concluded that the best solution for this project should be one that attempts to balance the need of additional traffic capacity with the need to minimize the adverse impacts on the predominantly residential properties between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue. After assessing the design concepts developed for this project, it was concluded that Concept 5 Modified (four lanes/two lanes) best balances these two opposing needs, and that Concept 5 Modified be recommended to Regional Council for approval. Concept 5 Modified includes two lanes in each direction between King Street and Henry Street and one lane in each direction plus dedicated cycling lanes between Henry Street and Lawrence Avenue. Concept 5 Modified includes separate left-turn lanes on Victoria Street South at Charles Street, Joseph Street, Park Street, Strange Street, Belmont Avenue and Lawrence Avenue. Concept 5 Modified would involve only minor widening between Walnut Street and Lawrence Avenue and, in most cases, the proposed road width would be within 0.6 metres of the existing road width. - 8 - E-02-011

Regardless of which design concept is ultimately approved for implementation, Regional staff are also recommending the removal of the Queen/Benton Diversion from the Regional Official Policies Plan (ROPP) and the disposal of any excess properties previously acquired for the Queen/Benton Diversion. “Excess” properties are those properties determined to be in excess of the Region’s needs after a review by Regional staff of the other potential uses of these properties for social housing, Joseph Schneider Haus expansion, etc. Regional staff do not see any benefits in re-visiting the Queen/Benton Diversion to address the traffic capacity deficiency because, of the three corridors studied (ie. Victoria Street South, Ottawa Street and Queen Street South including the Queen/Benton Diversion) as part of the DKWSCS, Victoria Street South was selected as the best of the three corridors to add additional road capacity based on a comprehensive comparison using transportation, social, natural and economic criteria. d) Proposed Mitigation For Concept 5 Modified

Traffic Infiltration Onto Local Streets

Regional staff recognize that, as a result of implementing Concept 5 Modified, congestion will worsen over time on Victoria Street South and other nearby roads because of the expected increase in traffic demand. City of Kitchener staff are concerned that the increased congestion on Victoria Street South and Queen Street South will force motorists to use other roads such as Glasgow Street and will result in more commuter traffic infiltrating onto local City streets to bypass queues on the major roads. The Region and the City of Kitchener will have to work together to address this issue through joint discussions and future consideration of one or more of the following mitigative measures:

C substantially increasing the “green time” for Victoria Street traffic at the signalized intersections during peak periods to increase capacity on Victoria Street South (to the detriment of the level- of-service for traffic on the connecting City streets);

C prohibiting left-turns from Victoria Street South at some or all intersections during peak periods;

C traffic calming measures on local City streets such as creating cul-de-sacs, installing speed bumps or chicanes, etc; and

C increased Transportation Demand Management (TDM) measures to reduce future traffic demand to a greater degree than the 7% reduction identified in the RTMP. - 9 - E-02-011

Continuation of a Dedicated Cycling Facility

The major modification to Concept 5 from its previous form was the addition of separate left-turn lanes on Victoria Street South at Park Street and at Joseph Street and the narrowing of the proposed curb lanes from 4.25 metres to 3.25 metres. In effect, this modification removed the dedicated cycling facility from the Victoria Street South corridor between Henry Street and King Street. The Project Team determined that it was not acceptable to implement both the left-turn lanes and the wider curb lanes because of the negative impacts on the abutting properties and, in fact, the two elements were mutually exclusive. After weighing the advantages and disadvantages of each of these elements, the Project Team recognized the “trade-offs” involved and concluded that the safety and operational benefits of the left-turn lanes outweighed the benefits of a dedicated cycling facility in this section of Victoria Street. It was also recognized that the four lanes in the section from Henry Street to King Street would facilitate cycling in that motorists will be able to use the inside lanes to avoid conflicts with cyclists in the curb lanes. In order to mitigate the “interruption” in the Victoria Street South section of the proposed cycling network, the Project Team will be investigating the creation of a link between the proposed dedicated cycling lanes on Victoria Street South west of Henry Street and the proposed on-street cycling facility on Water Street recommended as part of the City of Kitchener Bikeway Study. One possible form of this link between the two facilities is the upgrading of an existing off-road trail between the Iron Horse Trail at West Avenue and Victoria Park. Linking the two facilities would maintain a continuous route to the downtown from the west side of the city in the vicinity of the Victoria Street South corridor.

Tree Replacement

The implementation of Concept 5 Modified would require the removal of approximately thirty-two (32) existing trees of which many are located in the boulevard, while some are located on or near private property behind the existing sidewalk. Many of these trees are mature and in good condition. An extensive tree replacement program is recommended to replace each tree removed with two new trees wherever possible. In most locations, the proposed boulevard width will not be suitable for placing new trees and therefore many of the new trees would have to be located behind the proposed sidewalk on private property. Each property owner would be contacted during the final design phase to obtain permission to plant the tree on private property and also to discuss the species and location of each replacement tree.

5.0 Next Steps In The Process

Subject to Regional Council approval of the Recommended Design Concept for this project, the "filing" of the Environmental Study Report (ESR), which will document the entire decision-making process, would then proceed and notification of the filing would occur by means of mail outs and advertised notices to all those who have expressed an interest in this project. Anyone still opposed to the Recommended Design Concept would have 30 days after the notice is advertised to request that the project be subject to a more detailed Environmental Assessment. A request for a more detailed EA must be made in writing to the Minister of the Environment with a copy to the Region’s Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services. When the 30 day public filing period is complete and if no requests for a more detailed EA are received by the Minister within that 30 days, the Recommended Design Concept will be considered approved for implementation. - 10 - E-02-011

Based on receiving project approval of a Recommended Design Concept in April, 2002, the proposed construction schedule is as follows:

King Street to Walnut Street 2003 Walnut Street to Patricia Avenue 2004 Patricia Avenue to Lawrence Avenue 2005

6.0 Project Cost Estimate

The estimated construction cost to implement Concept 5 Modified is $5.0 million including roadway improvements, utility relocations, illumination and property acquisitions. This estimate does not include other costs such as the Region’s share for major storm drainage improvements proposed by the City of Kitchener or the cost of a proposed new Regional trunk watermain throughout the project limits.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This project is in harmony with the strategic directions of the Corporate Strategic Plan in that it would help to ensure responsible and sustainable growth and would support a climate that encourages economic prosperity while addressing the needs of the communities and the citizens that the Region serves.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The 2002 Transportation Roads 10 Year Capital Forecast includes $2.99 million for this project to be funded from Regional Development Charges and the Roads Capital Levy Reserve Fund. The budgetary shortfall will be addressed as part of future budget deliberations for the 2003 Transportation Roads 10 Year Capital Forecast.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Transportation Planning Division of the Planning, Housing and Community Services Department has been consulted in the preparation of this report.

PREPARED BY: Steve van De Keere, Senior Project Manager

APPROVED BY: Michael Murray, Commissioner of Transportation and Environmental Services

APPENDIX E E-02-011

Issues Raised By The Public At The December 4, 2001 Public Input Meeting

Some of the main issues raised by the public at the December 4, 2001 PIM and the Regional staff comments are as follows: a) Widening Victoria Street South Is Not Needed

Many residents have stated that it is not necessary to widen Victoria Street South to increase its traffic-carrying capacity because the existing two lanes are working adequately now with serious congestion only occurring for short durations during the morning and afternoon peak periods. Many residents have also stated that widening Victoria Street to four lanes is not justified “just to save commuters a few minutes of their time”.

Regional Staff Comments

The need and justification for widening Victoria Street to increase capacity has been well documented in recent traffic studies, including the Downtown Kitchener West Side Connection Study (DKWSCS, 1999) and the traffic study completed as part of this project. The implementation of either Concept 3A Modified or Concept 5 Modified will each address the need for additional capacity on Victoria Street South to some degree, with Concept 3A Modified addressing the problem to a greater degree than Concept 5 Modified. b) Widening Victoria Street South To Four Lanes Would Ruin The Residential Neighbourhood

Many residents expressed concerns that widening Victoria Street South to four lanes would ruin their neighbourhood because it would attract more traffic, increase noise and air pollution, reduce the size of front yards and reduce parking, reduce snow storage and would result in the loss of mature trees. The residents feared that these effects in turn would lead to reductions in property values, many resident owners moving away and the eventual decay of the neighbourhood.

Regional Staff Comments

Regional staff are also concerned about the long term negative effects on property values and the stability of the neighbourhood that could possibly result from the physical changes to the streetscape and future traffic volumes that would be associated with widening Victoria Street South to increase capacity. Although an evaluation of the eight alternative design concepts was performed using a comprehensive set of evaluation criteria, Regional staff are concerned that some of these effects on the neighbourhood were not completely accounted for in the evaluation due to difficulty the Project Team had in quantifying them. The concern raised by many members of the Project Team regarding the neighbourhood stability issue resulted in the Project Team's inability to reach a consensus regarding a single Recommended Design Concept for this project. This difficulty on the Project Team’s part in identifying a Recommended Concept weighed heavily on Regional staff’s minds in deciding on a Recommended Design Concept. This issue is further discussed in Section 4.0 of this report. E- 2 E-02-011 c) Widening Victoria Street Would Reduce Safety

Many residents expressed concern that widening Victoria Street South would result in higher operating speeds which in turn would result in more collisions and a reduction in safety for pedestrians.

Regional Staff Comments

Regional staff acknowledge that if Victoria Street South was widened to four lanes there would be an increase in average operating speeds. Should Victoria Street South be widened to four lanes, a decrease is expected in the predominant rear-end type collisions which would result from a lower number of vehicle stops due to reduced congestion. Based on a review of other four-lane roads in the Region, a small increase is expected in average operating speeds which may increase the severity of some types of collisions; however, the total number of collisions is expected to decrease. As the greatest danger to pedestrians at an intersection is usually associated with errant vehicles involved in a collision, Regional staff believe that a small increase in the severity of some collisions coupled with an overall reduction in the total number of collisions would not result in a significant change in the level-of-safety for pedestrians should Victoria Street South be widened to four lanes. d) Victoria Street South Should Be Widened To Four Lanes But The Region Should Buy All The Abutting Residential Properties

Some members of the public stated that Victoria Street South needs to be widened to four lanes to address the traffic congestion; however, they also stated that the Region should purchase and demolish all of the residential properties on one or both sides of Victoria Street South to provide ample space for a four lane road, cycling lanes, boulevards and walkways.

Regional Staff Comments

The Project Team spent considerable time developing and reviewing the feasibility of purchasing most of the residential properties on one or both sides of the street between Park Street and Lawrence Avenue in conjunction with widening to four lanes. Although the Project Team saw some benefits of this scheme in terms of flexibility with the cross-section elements, it was determined that it was not a better solution than the current alternative design concepts because of significant negative impacts to the social environment such as family and business displacements, loss of available housing and difficulties arising with future uses of the remaining surplus lands. In addition, the excessive negative impacts in economic terms made it impractical as such a scheme would increase overall project costs by approximately $10 million to $20 million. e) The Region Should Develop Alternative Solutions To Widening Victoria Street South

Some members of the public stated that the Region should consider other alternatives to widening Victoria Street South such as methods to reduce the future traffic demand, widening other roads or building a “switchable” contra-flow lane to provide two lanes in one direction during each peak period. E- 3 E-02-011

Regional Staff Comments

During the process of developing the alternative design concepts that were presented at the two PICs and the December 6, 2001 Public Input Meeting, the Project Team also considered many other alternative solutions for this project.

Increased car pooling and other Transportation Demand Management (TDM) initiatives such as increased transit use and encouraging mixed-use land development are considered intrinsic to each and every solution being considered by the Project Team. According to the DKWSCS and the RTMP however, these TDM measures, if implemented without any improvements to road capacity, would not be sufficient to address the current and future traffic congestion problem. At best, these TDM measures are expected to provide a targeted reduction of 7% in future auto use by the year 2016. The traffic studies done as part of the DKWSCS and this phase of the project, which clearly demonstrated the need for an additional lane of capacity in each direction, incorporated the 7% auto reduction when determining the expected 2016 traffic demand on Victoria Street South and on the adjacent parallel roads.

The Downtown Kitchener West Side Connection Study (DKWSCS) investigated providing an additional lane of capacity in each direction on a number of parallel roads in the area including Victoria Street South, Queen Street South (including the Queen/Benton Diversion) and Ottawa Street. Each alternative was evaluated using socio-cultural, natural and economic criteria. The result of that evaluation was that Victoria Street was recommended as the best road to implement the additional capacity (ie. widen to four lanes) because it would result in the least amount of overall travel delay, the least amount of expected collisions, with lesser adverse proximity and heritage impacts than some of the other alternative solutions such as the Queen/Benton Diversion. The Project Team agrees that, of the three routes considered during the DKWSCS, Victoria Street South is the road best suited to achieve the required additional capacity in the southwest portion of Kitchener.

The Project Team also considered reconstructing Victoria Street to provide one lane in each direction plus a “switchable” contra-flow lane in which the direction of travel could be switched at different times to provide two lanes in one direction for each peak period. Contra-flow lanes are most commonly used in North America on bridges (where there are no accesses) and in some uncommon cases have been successful on arterial roads (eg. Jarvis Street, City of Toronto). The Project Team had serious safety concerns regarding this concept due to the potential for driver confusion and resulting collisions because of the numerous private accesses and sidestreets where left turns are permitted onto Victoria Street. For this reason, the contra- flow lane concept was not given further consideration. Appendix F E-02-011

Victoria Street South Roadway Improvements

Preliminary Evaluation Of Alternative Design Concepts

Criteria/ Group 1A 1B 2 3A 3B 3C 4 5 Criterion Existing Lane Existing 3 Lanes With 4 Lanes Cycling 4 Lanes With 4 Lanes With 4/3 Lanes With 4/2 Lanes With Configuration Lanes Plus Cycling Lanes on Alternate Shared-Use Shared-Use Curb Shared-Use Mixed On- Cycling Lanes Route Curb Lane Lanes East of Park Curb Lanes Street Cycling Facility

SECTION A - King St to Park St

Travel delay 5 5 5 1 1 1 3 3

Safety 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3

Emergency Response 5 4 4 1 1 1 2 2

Supports Auto 5 4 4 3 1 1 3 3 Reduction

Disruption to 1 1 1 3 4 4 4 4 Residential Properties

Disruption to 1 2 4 3 5 5 5 5 Commercial Properties

Noise 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Heritage Features 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Existing Trees 1 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

Vehicle Emissions 4 4 4 1 1 1 2 2

Capital Cost 1 3 4 5 5 5 5 5

Energy Cost 4 4 4 1 1 1 2 2

Total Section A 33 35 38 25 28 28 35 35

Note: 1 = least impact/greatest benefit 5 = greatest impact/least benefit H:\SHARED\CLERKS\WPWIN\COMMON\P & W\E02011 Appen F.wpd F-2 E-02-011 Evaluation of Alternative Design Concepts

Criteria/ Group 1A 1B 2 3A 3B 3C 4 5 Criterion Existing Lane Existing 3 Lanes With 4 Lanes Cycling 4 Lanes With 4 Lanes With 4/3 Lanes With 4/2 Lanes With Configuration Lanes Plus Cycling Lanes on Alternate Shared-Use Shared-Use Curb Shared-Use Mixed On- Cycling Lanes Route Curb Lane Lanes East of Park Curb Lanes Street Cycling Facility

SECTION B - Park St. to Lawrence Ave.

Travel Delay 4 4 3 1 1 1 3 3

Safety 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4

Emergency Response 5 4 3 1 1 1 3 4

Supports Auto- 5 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 Reduction

Disruption to 1 1 3 4 5 4 2 1 Residential properties.

Disruption to 1 1 2 4 4 4 1 1 Commercial properties.

Noise 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Heritage Features 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Existing trees 1 1 3 4 5 4 2 1

Vehicle emissions 4 4 4 1 1 1 4 4

Capital Cost 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2

Energy cost 4 4 4 1 1 1 3 3

Total Section B 32 30 32 27 28 27 28 28

Total Section A x 33% 11.0 11.7 12.7 8.3 9.3 9.3 11.7 11.7

Total Section B x 67% 21.3 20.0 21.3 18.0 18.7 18.0 18.7 18.7

Grand Total 32.3 31.7 34.0 26.3 28.0 27.3 30.4 30.4 Sections A & B

Note: 1 = least impact/greatest benefit 5 = greatest impact/least benefit H:\SHARED\CLERKS\WPWIN\COMMON\P & W\E02011 Appen F.wpd

Regional Municipality of Waterloo MEDIA RELEASE: Friday, March 1, 2002, 4:30 P.M. COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE AGENDA Tuesday March 5, 2002 1:00 P.M. Council Chamber 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. DELEGATIONS

3. REPORTS - Planning, Housing and Community Services a) P-02-033 Group Rental Fees at Doon Heritage Crossroads 1 b) P-02-035 Artifact Acquisitions at Joseph Schneider Haus 6 c) P-02-034 Operational Opportunities at McDougall Cottage 8

REPORTS - JOINT d) SS-02-023 Transit Affordability and Accessibility (Joint Report Circulated Separately)

REPORTS - Social Services e) SS-02-026 Child Care Division 2002 One-Time Funding Allocations for 12 Special Needs Resourcing Agencies

REPORTS - Community Health f) CH-02-021 Community Health Department's Support to Opportunities 2000 14 g) CH-02-023 Enforcement of Immunization of School Pupil's Act 17

REPORTS - Other h) CR-FM-02-008 Public Information Centre Construction of Ambulance 19 Waiting Station - Cambridge

4. INFORMATION/CORRESPONDENCE a) Dr. J. C. Carter, Museum Advisor, Heritage and Libraries Branch, Ministry of 21 Citizenship, Culture and Recreation, dated February 15, 2002 re research publication written by Elizabeth Hardin b) Vince Tedesco, Regional Director, Ministry of Community and Social Services, 22 dated February 21, 2002, re Early Years Initiative

5. OTHER BUSINESS

6. NEXT MEETING - Tuesday April 2, 2002

7. CLOSED SESSION (motion required)

8. ADJOURN

Regrets only to Sue Southwell Telephone: (519) 575-4732

email: [email protected]

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: P-02-033 Community Services Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: GROUP RENTAL FEES AT DOON HERITAGE CROSSROADS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the following with regard to group rentals at Doon Heritage Crossroads as outlined in Report P-02-033, dated March 5, 2002: a) the agreement for large groups renting the museum grounds (Appendix A) b) rental rates as follows:

0-99 people $250.00 plus GST 100-199 people $350.00 plus GST 200-299 people $450.00 plus GST; and c) the authority for the Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads or the Director of Community Services, to execute such related agreements on behalf of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo.

SUMMARY:

Each year corporate groups, family reunions and churches request access to Doon Heritage Crossroads for social functions. In order to streamline the procedure of responding to these requests, staff has reviewed policies, procedures, contracts and fees regarding the rental of the museum grounds.

REPORT:

Since its earliest days in the 1950s, Doon Heritage Crossroads has been used as a community gathering place. In more recent years, requests have been made by local businesses to hold company functions on the museum grounds. The number of such requests each year has varied but past practice to charge regular admission rates per person has proven awkward to administer and costly for the renting group. As a result, most groups have decided to hold their functions elsewhere.

To address these concerns, staff has reviewed the policies, procedures, contracts and fees regarding the rental of Doon Heritage Crossroad's grounds as well as rental policies and procedures at other similar museum and park facilities. A new rental agreement (Appendix A) has been developed which outlines restrictions regarding the consumption of alcohol, smoking, parking, etc. This agreement reflects the standard for rental of similar facilities while incorporating any unique circumstances at Doon Heritage Crossroads.

Staff also reviewed the fee charged for renting other living history museums and parks and has developed a fee - 2 - P-02-033 structure based on the size of the renting group, as opposed to a per person charge. Once the fee has been determined, the requested number of dated admission passes will be sent to the group in advance. Staff believe that this will be easier to administer and to sell to prospective groups. It is proposed that both the rental agreement and new rates take affect at the start of the 2002 season. This fee structure does not apply to education/school groups or the bus/group tour market.

Staff are also requesting that authorization be given to the Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads to execute rental agreements with respect to rental of the museum grounds at Doon Heritage Crossroads. In the absence of the Manager/Curator, the Director of Community Services will execute these rental agreements. These proposed changes will provide a number of efficiencies which will satisfy the public’s desire for an immediate response to their rental contract.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The Region's Strategic Plan identifies the exploration of revenue generation alternatives, and the streamlining of service delivery.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Revenues generated from facility rentals help offset total operating expenses.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Rental agreements for the museum grounds have been written in conjunction with staff of the Legal Services, Council and Administrative Services and Risk Management Divisions of the Corporate Services Department.

PREPARED BY: Thomas A. Reitz, Manager/Curator, Doon Heritage Crossroads

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services - 3 - P-02-033

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO DOON HERITAGE CROSSROADS R.R. #2, Homer Watson Boulevard Kitchener, Ontario N2G 3W5 Telephone: (519)748-1914 Fax: (519)748-0009

Doon Heritage Crossroads - Willow Green/Museum Access

RENTAL CONDITIONS AND AGREEMENT

Rentals Date and Time: The cost of rental is based on Alternate Location: In the event of inclement weather the number of individuals in your group. Your booking will during the rental time, the Region does not have an be confirmed upon receipt of the $100.00 non-refundable alternate indoor or covered location for the Applicant's deposit. The balance must be paid two (2) weeks in use. If the Applicant requires a tent, it is the Applicant's advance of the rental date at which time museum responsibility to obtain all necessary permits. orientation maps and museum admission passes will be provided. Duty Supervisor: A Regional staff member will be available during your rental to answer any questions. Date of Rental: Decorations: Please discuss any decoration plans with Time of Rental: Regional staff.

Purpose of Rental: Music: It is the responsibility of the Applicants to pay SOCAN (Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada) fees for any copyrighted music played or performed during the rental period. Noise levels Group Size & Fees: will not be allowed to the extent that they interfere with the enjoyment of other guests to Doon Heritage Estimate of group size: Crossroads or residents living nearby.

The fee is based on rental of the facility between the Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages: The regular museum hours of 10:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. consumption and/or sale of alcoholic beverages is permitted only after 4:30 p.m. and provided that the 0-99 people $250.00 plus GST Applicant complies with all requirements imposed by the 100-199 people $350.00 plus GST Liquor Licence Act of Ontario and the Regional 200-299 people $450.00 plus GST Municipality of Waterloo Alcohol Risk Management Program. After regular museum hours an additional $50.00 plus GST per hour will be charged. Parking: Upon arrival at Doon Heritage Crossroads, visitors should park in the museum's main visitor parking Facilities: lot. There are no vehicles allowed in the historic area.

The Region will provide reserved space on the Willow Signage: Regional staff will place signs indicating that Green including the Willow Green Gazebo at Doon the Willow Green and Willow Green Gazebo are closed Heritage Crossroads, access to hydro and a water tap, for for a private function. As the Willow Green is part of Doon your group's function. Access will also be provided to Heritage Crossroads’ public space, we cannot prevent washrooms. Picnic tables, garbage cans and recycling other visitors from passing over or through the space. bins will be made available based on your group's size. Access to the inside of the historic buildings is included Smoking: Smoking is not permitted in any museum only during regular museum hours from 10 a.m. to 4:30 buildings. p.m. Garbage: The Applicant is responsible for leaving the - 4 - P-02-033

premises in the general condition of cleanliness and guests or agents to leave the property as owned by the repair in which it was found. Region, without any refund whatsoever, if any provisions of this Agreement are breached. Outside Contractors: The Region may provide contacts for musicians, horse/carriage and other services but it is The Region's Manager or designate reserves the right to not responsible in any way for their cost or any booking terminate this Agreement and the use of the premises arrangements. Such contact information is provided as a immediately, in the event that the use or activities of the convenience only and is not an endorsement by the Applicants and invitees or agents is contrary to Regional Municipality of Waterloo. community standards of decency.

General: The Region is not responsible to provide any services or facilities save and except those as specifically provided The Region may require the Applicants or any of their under this Agreement.

demands, whether at law or in equity, which may be brought against or made upon the Region, its councillors, The Applicants agree to abide by, and to ensure their employees, volunteers, agents and contractors, and from guests and agents abide by, all laws, statutes, any and all losses, costs, claims for damages, charges regulations, and by-laws of Canada, the Province of or expenses which may be incurred, sustained or paid by Ontario, the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, the City of the Region in consequence of the rental of Doon Heritage Kitchener, and such other bodies having lawful jurisdiction Crossroads or otherwise by reason of the exercise of the over the Applicants and Doon Heritage Crossroads. Applicants or the Applicants' guests and invitees, how so ever rising, of the permission hereby granted. The Whenever the Applicants should be comprised of more Applicant in addition shall grant to the Region the full than one person, the obligations herein shall be joint and power and authority to settle any and all actions, suits, several. claims and demand on such terms as the Region may deem advisable and the Applicants hereby covenants and Liability: agrees to pay the Region on demand all monies paid by the Region in pursuance of such settlement and also The Region shall not be liable in any way whatsoever to such sum as shall represent full costs of the Region in the Applicants for any damage, loss or injury to the defending or settling any such action, suits, claims, or Applicants, their guests and invitees, or their property that demands. may occur in furtherance of this Agreement. At the Region's discretion, evidence of liability insurance The Applicants, both during and following the term of this may be requested. Agreement, will indemnify and save harmless the Region and its councillors, employees, volunteers, agents and Cheques should be payable to the Regional contractors from any and all actions, suits, claims, and Municipality of Waterloo.

- 5 - P-02-033

This will certify that I have read the above contract and agree to abide by all the conditions contained therein. It is the Applicant's responsibility to notify his/her group of the above terms.

Applicant name:

Applicant signature:

Applicant name:

Applicant signature:

Witness:

Date:

The Regional Municipality of Waterloo: Name/Title I have authority to bind the Corporation

Date

Gazebo Rental Contract: February 28, 2002 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: P-02-035 Community Services Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: ARTIFACT ACQUISITIONS AT JOSEPH SCHNEIDER HAUS

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo extend appreciation to Susan Hyde and Michael Bird of Waterloo, Jim and Norma Hiscock of St Marys, and June Chambers of Bond Head for their donations of artifacts to Joseph Schneider Haus and commend them for making these examples of the Region’s cultural heritage accessible to the public.

SUMMARY:

Joseph Schneider Haus has been fortunate over the past year in acquiring a number of artifacts and collections of artifacts that will greatly enrich the material culture that it holds in trust for the people of the Region of Waterloo. Staff is most grateful for all gifts large and small that help the Museum meet its mandate, but 2001 has been a particularly rewarding year for collecting activities.

REPORT:

It is not widely known that, though the strength of the Schneider Haus collections rests in its Waterloo County Germanic folk art, the Museum actually owns significant items representative of other German-Canadian communities across the country. We therefore collect Germanic material from Lunenburg County Nova Scotia, for example, and from Hutterite and Russian Mennonite areas of Western Canada. Mennonites on the prairies frequently used sleeping benches that could be used for seating during the day but converted to beds at night. The Museum has long identified this furniture form as a priority acquisition that would enable us to better interpret the distinctive lifestyle of these people. Fortunately, this year a wonderful example, in original condition, with its orange and black paint and hand-grained finish intact, came up for auction in Saskatchewan. One of our alert museum supporters in the West made us aware of this opportunity and so Joseph Schneider Haus now owns a Russian Mennonite Schlafbank “unparalleled in age, paint decoration, form etc.,” and possibly unrivalled among other similar bed forms across Canada.

Community museums exist to serve their communities and so depend on the generosity of local families to build important representative collections. It is always exciting when single items or whole collections of artifacts are donated to the Museum by special friends. This year three such collections came our way, one of which was featured last Christmas in an exhibit entitled Edible Art. This collection, assembled by Susan Hyde and Michael Bird of Waterloo, consists of over 250 tin cookie cutters, tools of the culinary arts once considered indispensable to the housewife preparing for seasonal entertaining. Early examples were the creative work of local tinsmiths and as expressions of folk art are as important as Fraktur, woodworking or stitchery. Newer cutters were mass-produced, but they too have found their way into this important collection. They demonstrate the use of modern materials for similar applications while representing the continuation of long- - 2 - P-02-035 practised foodway traditions among the Pennsylvania Germans. Susan and Michael have scoured sources in Lancaster County and in areas of German settlement in Ontario and Western Canada to bring together an incredibly diverse assortment of what most would consider a pedestrian household tool. The public will derive much enjoyment from this whimsical collection for many years to come.

Other long-time friends of the Joseph Schneider Haus donated their collection of quilts and hooked mats to the Museum this year. The quilts of Jim and Norma Hiscock of St Marys include some of the finest examples of traditional Mennonite quilts in private hands. But also Norma’s unerring eye for strong graphic design led them many times to antique dealers in the Maritimes where they acquired striking patchwork quilts and wonderful appliques in the Anglo-Canadian tradition. There, they were also captivated by another textile art perfected by Nova Scotia needleworkers – the hooked mat. The Maritime mats acquired by the Hiscocks on their travels along with several purchased in Waterloo and Perth counties compliment the Museum’s growing collection of hooked rugs and wall art. We are grateful for collectors like the Hiscocks who have preserved examples of the domestic arts which were normally consigned to the floor and frequently consumed through wear.

Perhaps the most unique gift of all this year, to be treasured for the normally ephemeral nature of such decorative arts, is the donation by June Chambers of Bond Head, is her collection of band boxes. Sometimes referred to as wallpaper boxes, band boxes derive their name from the collars and ruffled neck bands of the Elizabethan era for which they were originally intended. The women of Waterloo County made these boxes in many different sizes and for many purposes, the smallest, reported to have been used as sewing baskets. Made of card and scraps of wallpaper and lined with newspapers of the day, these rare boxes are wonderful repositories of information on historic wallpapers and current events while preserving yet another salvage art for which Waterloo County women are so well known. But best of all, June, herself a trained historical interpreter employed at Black Creek Village for many years, taught herself the art of band box construction and as part of her gift, was determined to pass this skill along to the Schneider Haus staff so that they, in turn, could share it with the public. The workshop was an unqualified success and staff is pleased to report that the making of band boxes will not only become a part of winter in-house interpretation at the Schneider Haus but will also be the focus of a two-day seminar for the public, teaching a variety of paper arts.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

Joseph Schneider Haus staff continues to respond to the needs of the communities and individuals it serves. Through effective partnerships with members of the local community and beyond, staff provides citizen-centred service, which has been identified as fundamental to achieving the Region of Waterloo's goals.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

Artifacts acquired by donation in the year 2001 were evaluated in excess of $210,000.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Susan Burke, Manager/Curator

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: P-02-034 Community Services Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: OPERATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES AT MCDOUGALL COTTAGE

RECOMMENDATION:

For information

SUMMARY:

The acquisition of McDougall Cottage at 89 Grand Avenue South, Cambridge, by the Region of Waterloo provides a unique opportunity for the Region to preserve an important example of built heritage in the Anglo- Ontario tradition, to create new partnerships that will assure responsible stewardship of the resource, and to strengthen the Region’s public presence in the southern part of its constituency. This report provides a proposed concept for the operation of the facility and suggested ways and means whereby the above objectives can be achieved. A sketch of the floorplan is shown in Figure 1.

REPORT:

Current Status

Although the property was purchased by the Region and its partners, the City of Cambridge and Heritage Cambridge, in the summer of 2001, it was agreed that the previous owners could remain in residence on a short-term basis. The property was vacated at the end of January 2002.

In the interim, several steps have been taken. Responsibility for the development and operation of the site has been assigned to the Manager/Curator of Joseph Schneider Haus, Susan Burke. Susan has recently obtained a Master’s degree in the Decorative Arts from the University of Glasgow, which gives her expertise in Scottish heritage and architecture. She and her staff also bring a unique knowledge of operating a heritage structure for public use, as well as extensive programming skills and resources. Another key step is Regional Council’s approval of a budget for the site, which is allocated for initial start-up costs, on-going operations, programming, and staffing. Finally, plans and potential partnerships have been developed, as outlined in the remainder of this report.

Operating Principals

This proposal for the short and eventual long-term operation of McDougall is based on several principles which traditionally have underscored all activities of Joseph Schneider Haus and Doon Heritage Crossroads and which are embodied in the Region’s Strategic Plan. First and foremost, the operation of the facility must strike a balance between preservation and programming. A structure dignified by designations of architectural significance carries with it a responsibility to maintain the condition of the resource existing at the time of acquisition. Equally, there is an obligation to assure public access which is consistent with the original use of - 2 - P-02-034 the building and which meets both the demands of the marketplace and the expectations of local stakeholders.

A secondary, but no less important principle is that the operation must be cost-effective, maximizing the Region’s human and financial resources and involving partners that will participate either directly or indirectly in the ongoing maintenance and programming of the site. Lastly, programming and interpretation of McDougall House must be unique and complimentary to, and not a duplication of, services provided by other heritage resources in the Region.

Operation – Short Term

It is planned to open McDougall Cottage to the public in the spring of 2002 which is in keeping with the Region’s commitment to its funding partners and the community. The decision to operate the facility as a satellite of Joseph Schneider Haus makes this achievable. An additional time-saving strategy is that staff, in cooperation with community stakeholders, will develop an operating plan over the first years, rather than embark on a formal consultant-driven master planning process.

Some immediate measures must be taken to prepare the facility for public use. These include: an assessment by a structural engineer of any requirements to accommodate increased load-bearing, upgrades to the electrical service and heating system, installation of an appropriate fire/security system and improvements to washroom facilities, as required. Issues relating to handicapped access will also have to be addressed in concert with government-legislated requirements for heritage structures. It is anticipated that these one-time costs will be accommodated in the site’s 2002 capital budget.

Interpretation for the first year will be provided by on-site staff and by free-standing display panels in the sitting room and adjoining bedroom (see Figure 1). Through text and image the panels will contextualize McDougall Cottage within Anglo-Ontario architecture and compare it to domestic buildings favoured by other cultural groups in the Region of Waterloo. In the dining room and study, where the most important painted architectural details are located, additional interpretive panels will be situated which explain the period and the personages that produced the painted ceilings and friezes, relating them to other regional manifestations of this art form at Castle Kilbride and Homer Watson House.

Other resources will be made available at McDougall Cottage. The kitchen wing, with its large, glassed-in porch, has space for a research collection/workstation, as well as meeting space for 8-10 people. The existing food-preparation area will be retained so that small receptions can be catered on-site. Collections assembled at McDougall will not include artifacts, archival material or other sensitive matters. Instead, resources housed at McDougall Cottage for use by staff and the public, will comprise books, periodicals and photographs related to the themes represented by the resource, as well as electronic databases and image banks. An important asset to the cottage is its context of setting which includes a formal arrangement of gardens and plantings reflective of mid-Victorian Ontario. This will be maintained in status quo condition for the 2002 season but research should proceed so that the full programming and interpretation potential of the landscape can be realized.

For the first year of operation a part-time staff member will be hired. This employee will be responsible for site operation, administration and exhibit preparation under the direction of the JSH Manager/Curator. The staff and other resources of JSH will also be used in the preparation of exhibits to meet the public opening timeframe. Public access to the site will initially coincide with anticipated periods of highest demand, for example, Wednesday through Sunday afternoons from 1 to 4 pm. Staff will monitor the level of demand and - 3 - P-02-034 use in the first year to assess the schedule. A maintenance manual for the on-going conservation of the resources at McDougall Cottage will also be prepared in year one.

Work on the building, displays, staffing and landscape will be initiated immediately so that the facility can be opened in May. At that time, a Press Reception and VIP Opening will be held to promote the site and highlight the Region’s role in its preservation and operation.

Operation – Long Term

In future years, public hours could gradually increase, consistent with rising demand and in response to the development and marketing of appropriate programming. Staffing levels will be re-assessed at a later time, as options for the operation evolve. Partnerships with other heritage facilities will be investigated in order to best exploit the site’s educational potential. The building has limitations with respect to hands-on active programming for school classes due to its size, but other opportunities will be investigated.

Interpretation through image and text could change annually and could feature such diverse topics as the Grand River with its proud history and natural resources, Cambridge’s plans for the revitalization of its core, the story of the Dickson family and its contributions, the Scots and their history in Waterloo Region, local trailways and their programmes. The potential for public education of this type is endless. In like manner, the potential for partnerships is great, not only to be able to deliver diverse programmes and attract diverse audiences to the site but also to demonstrate the Region’s interest in providing citizen-centred services through teamwork and the achievement of common goals. From a long list of possible partners, the following are several examples: Heritage Cambridge, Cambridge Archives, School of Architecture, University of Waterloo, Grand River Conservation Authority, and the Walter Biehn Foundation.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

Staff continue to respond to the needs of the communities and individuals the Region serves. Through effective partnerships within the local community and beyond, staff provides citizen-centred service, which has been identified as fundamental to achieving the Region of Waterloo's goals.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

A budget of $75,000 has been provided to operate McDougall in 2002. A capital allocation of $20,000 was also approved in the budget, which will assist in meeting one-time upgrading costs. One FTE has been provided in the 2002 budget, but this position will initially be filled on a part-time basis so that start-up costs such as furnishings and display panels can be purchased. Staff will also assess the real costs of operation the first year as a basis for budget preparation in 2003.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

A number of Regional departments will be involved in preparing McDougall for operation as a public heritage facility.

PREPARED BY: Susan Burke, Manager/Curator

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

PLANNING, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES SOCIAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT

To: Chair Fred Kent and Members of the Report No: P-02-023/SS-02-023 Planning and Works Committee File Code: and Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Community Services Committee Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: TRANSIT AFFORDABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the expanded list of social service agencies (Appendix A) able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of $1.15 effective March 25, 2002 as outlined in report P-02-023/SS-02-023, dated March 5, 2002.

SUMMARY:

Grand River Transit, Transportation Planning and the Employment and Income Support Divisions have endeavoured to address issues of more affordable transit fares for low-income people; increased physical accessibility to transit services; and, improved transit service levels in order to access workplace and other destinations within Waterloo Region. Accordingly this report includes:

• A brief summary of the process and recommendations to date;

• An updated list of agencies that will be eligible to purchase GRT adult tickets ($1.40) for a reduced price ($1.15); and,

• An overview of the process to allow eligible customers to purchase adult monthly bus passes at a reduced price.

REPORT:

On June 19, 2001, a report entitled Transit Affordability And Accessibility ( P-01-085/SS-01-035) was presented to the Planning and Works and the Community Services Committees. The report outlined a work plan that would begin the process of addressing many issues surrounding transit fare affordability, physical accessibility to transit services and accessibility to employment destinations. On November 20, 2001, a report entitled Transit Affordability and Accessibility ( P-01-145/SS-01-073) was presented to the Planning and Works and the Community Services Committees. The report summarized the results of an extensive public consultation process and made two major recommendations for future fare reductions. - 2 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

The first recommendation was to allow social service agencies providing emergency shelter or food to be able to purchase GRT adult tickets, currently priced at $1.40 each, at the reduced rate of a $1.15 that is the price of reduced tickets for seniors and students. Further to this recommendation, Council directed staff to consider further expanding the list of qualifying agencies. Staff have attempted to contact all the agencies that participated in the original workshops that were held in September 2001. The agencies that have responded, all who work with people on a limited income, including social assistance recipients, are listed in Appendix A with their annual transportation budget limits. These agencies provided their own budgets and agreed to purchase tickets in minimum amounts of $100.

The mandate of the original program was for GRT to provide the reduced tickets for emergency food or shelter programs. GRT will fund the original list, along with a few agencies that historically have received discounted tickets. Additional agencies that do not meet these criteria will be funded from Social Services. It is not anticipated that other agencies will be added to the list for 2002. The agency list, participation rate and budget limits will be reviewed in early 2003.

The second recommendation was to provide a similar fare discount for the working poor and social assistance clients who do not qualify for transportation assistance, with a subsequent report outlining the necessary financial and administrative arrangements. Staff from GRT, Transportation Planning and Employment and Income Services have developed the following process to allow eligible customers to purchase adult bus passes (regular price $54) at a reduced price ($44).

There will be two agencies, one each from Kitchener/Waterloo (The Working Centre) and Cambridge (Lutherwood CODA), that will be the main contact for people choosing to participate in this program. The participant would go to either of these agencies and apply for the bus pass fare reduction. The application process will be kept simple, and the individual will confirm income status (see Appendix B for income requirement details). The LICO or Low-income Cutoff of Statistics Canada will be used to assess eligibility. The participant can then go to either the Cambridge Bus Terminal or the Kitchener Transportation Centre to purchase or renew an adult bus pass at a reduced price.

Conclusion

Both programs will be monitored on an ongoing basis and a full program evaluation will be undertaken after a one-year period. Given the limited budget of the bus pass program, a six-month interim review will be conducted to determine participation rates. If rates are low, further consideration will be given to expanding the program .

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The Affordability and Accessibility Program supports the corporate direction to provide appropriate health and social services for the residents of Waterloo Region.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The program that involves GRT selling adult tickets for a reduced rate to agencies that provide emergency food or shelter should not affect GRT revenue because increased client sales are predicted to offset the costs. - 3 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Agencies on the approved list that do not meet the original criteria will have their subsidy managed within the existing Social Services budget.

The program to provide the working poor and social assistance clients with an opportunity to purchase an adult monthly bus pass at a reduced price is to be funded through the existing $200,000 base budget allocation for transportation in the Social Services Department. The sales of the passes to the program participants will be tracked on a monthly basis. Budget capacity can accommodate subsidies for 19, 200 passes/year. This translates to approximately 1,600 monthly participants in this program. Staff will report to council, if participation starts to reach this limit. There will be minimal start-up costs to this program that will be managed within existing GRT and Social Service budgets.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

This report was prepared in collaboration with the Employment and Income Support Division of the Social Services Department and the Transit Services Division of the Transportation and Environmental Services Department.

PREPARED BY: Paula Sawicki, Principal Planner

APPROVED BY: Larry E. Kotseff, Commissioner of Planning, Housing and Community Services Michael Schuster, Commissioner of Social Services - 4 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Appendix A Proposed Reduced Ticket Price Program

2002 Budget Participating Agencies Limit

Emergency Food / Shelter (including historical participants) Adult Basic Education* $4,830 Cambridge Self Help Food Bank $300 Destination Employment* $350 House of Friendship - ( Hampers and Hostel) $3,000 K-W English Pre-School* $20,700 K-W Food Bank $1,000 KW Out of the Cold $2,000 KW YWCA - Mary's Place $5,000 NCB Outreach Sites (Region Wide) $23,000 Open Door* $345 Out of the Cold, Cambridge $5,800 ROOF $700 St.Louis Adult Learning* $5,600 St. Monica House $500 St Vincent de Paul Conference Sites (KW) (14 sites) $500 Welcome Aboard $1,040 Subtotal $74,665

Agencies Serving Low Income Clients Achievement in Motion $200 Cambridge Active Self Help $350 Canadian Mental Health $500 Family and Children's Services of Waterloo Region $6,500 Hazelglen Outreach Mental Health Services $500 Kitchener Downtown Community Health Centre $5,000 KW Accessibility $500 KW Counselling $600 Lutherwood CODA $5,000 The Working Centre $6,000 Waterloo Regional Homes for Mental Health $3,000 Working For Work and KW Multi Cultural Program $500 Subtotal $28,650

Total $103,315 - 5 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

* Agencies that have historically purchased adult tickets at a reduced rate. - 6 - P-02-023/SS-02-023

Appendix B: Income Eligibility Requirements

Low Income Cutoffs for Waterloo Region, monthly and annual gross income by family size

Monthly Annual

1 person $1,244 $14,694 2 person $1,555 $18,367 3 person $1,934 $22,844 4 person $2,342 $27,650 5 person $2,617 $30,910 6 person $2,893 $34,168 Regional Municipality of Waterloo

SOCIAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT REPORT CHILD CARE DIVISION

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: SS-02-026 Community Services Committee File Code: S09-08 Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: CHILD CARE DIVISION 2002 ONE-TIME FUNDING ALLOCATIONS FOR SPECIAL NEEDS RESOURCING AGENCIES

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the distribution of the $250,000 (net Regional 20% $50,000) one-time costs for child care special needs resourcing service pressures, subject to Provincial approval as follows:

Notre Dame of St. Agatha (KidsLink) $46,418 KW Habilitation Services $68,022 The Treatment Centre of Waterloo Region (Rotary Centre) $43,812 Cambridge Association for the Mentally Handicapped $61,450 The Children's Aid Society of the Regional Municipality $30,298 of Waterloo (Family and Children's Services) ______Total $250,000

SUMMARY:

NIL.

REPORT:

The purpose of the one-time funding is to provide financial assistance to child care special needs resourcing agencies to meet service needs that exceed annual budget allocations.

The program budgets for special needs resourcing agencies have not been adjusted for inflationary or service expansion increases since 1992, while both costs and demand for service have increased each year. One-time funding will allow these programs to provide assessments and the support of resource teachers for the integration of special needs children in child care programs across the Region.

In February, Community Service Committee, Finance and Administration Committee and Council approved the carry-over of $250,000 in identified surplus from the 2001 Child Care Division budget for the purpose of assisting special needs resourcing agencies to address service pressures in 2002. - 2 - SS-02-026 S09-08

The seven funded special needs resourcing agencies were invited to submit requests, including a business plan and budget for this one-time funding. Five of the agencies have submitted requests totaling $379,327 Staff are recommending allocation of funding based on 66 % of all requests in order to remain within the $250,000 available. Approval of this funding is subject to final approval from the Province for the carry-over of their 80% of the identified 2001 surplus.

The funding available does not meet the full requests from the special needs resourcing agencies and will present ongoing challenges in the administration of this program. Agencies may decide to delay and limit intake for these support services, resulting in waiting lists affecting the ability of families to enroll children with special needs in child care programs.

Division staff will inquire about the availability of Provincial 80% cost sharing for the outstanding requests totaling $129,327. If further funding is available from the Province, staff will return to Committee with a recommendation regarding the Regional 20% share totaling $25,865.

If additional Provincial funding is not available, Division staff will look to fund the remaining $129,327 out of any projected 2002 Child Care Division budget surplus when we review additional requests for one-time funding in August 2002.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

The allocation of one-time funding for child care special needs service pressures addresses the Region's Health and Social Service strategic direction "to provide appropriate health and social services for our residents" and "to identify important service areas that are under funded and develop responses and strategies to obtain funding."

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The one-time funding allocation totaling $250,000 (net Regional $50,000), has already been approved for funding from the 2001 Child Care Division budget surplus carry-over.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The distribution of one-time funds will require the assistance of the Financial Services staff.

PREPARED BY: Ron Ferguson, Manager, Child Care Administration

APPROVED BY: Michael Schuster, Commissioner, Social Services Regional Municipality of Waterloo

COMMUNITY HEALTH DEPARTMENT HEALTH DETERMINANTS, PLANNING AND EVALUATION DIVISION REPORT

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: CH-02-021 Community Service Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO - SUPPORT TO OP2000

RECOMMENDATION:

For Information

SUMMARY:

Staff from Community Health and Social Services Departments have partnered with and supported the poverty prevention and reduction work of Opportunities 2000 (OP2000) since its inception. This report summarizes the Region's involvement with OP2000, as well as the project's current directions being supported by the 2001 - 2003 budget allocation administered via the Community Health Department.

REPORT:

OP2000 is a project that aims to prevent and reduce poverty in a long term sustainable way within Waterloo Region. In its first phase, OP2000, focused on building intersectoral partnerships and creating various community-based poverty reduction strategies. OP2000 partners have had a positive impact on 2100 households in Waterloo Region over the past five years.

Regional Involvement : 1999-2001

Staff from the Opportunities 2000 Project originally came forward to Regional Social Services staff with a request for a secondment in July 1999. As part of OP2000's implementation planning, they recognized that the activities to be accomplished to complete their project need to be integrated with the Region's policy and planning for community health, social services and social housing. In subsequent discussions with OP 2000 and Regional staff, two areas of priority were identified: identification of opportunities for project development within Ontario Works, and social policy and planning in the area of poverty reduction. In the first instance, one staff member was seconded to the Social Planning Division to undertake a number of specific tasks and activities as a Project Developer. In the second instance, there being no staff to reassign, a time-limited contract researcher position within the Social Planning Division was implemented. The researcher worked to establish a baseline of information encompassing all existing initiatives which focus on moving people out of poverty, as well as the Poverty Fact Sheets. The two positions were actually in place from the fall of 1999 until the fall of 2001.

In addition to the assigned Social Services staff, the highly successful Experience Matters Project was also linked with the OP2000 Project. This project, funded through the Province's Innovation Fund, provides - 2 - CH-02-021 funding for two staff members to develop customized training and job readiness opportunities for clients in the office, food services, retail and industrial sectors. The two staff people were co-located with OP2000 for 2000-2001.

During this period of time OP2000 had in place the Leadership Round Table with participation by the Regional Chairman, the Social Services Commissioner, the Director of Income and Employment Supports. As part of the their implementation planning, OP2000 also convened sector specific working groups with participation from Community Health and Social Services on the Government Working Group and Social Services on the Community Action Team.

Regional Involvement : 2001-2003

As part of the 2001-2003 budget process, OP2000 asked the Region to hire and assign two full-time Community Health Department (CHD) staff to work with OP2000 and to provide $50,000 as a contribution to the project's core operations on an annual basis for three years. The financial contributions for 2001 and 2002 have not yet been released. Details will follow as to how OP2000 will spend this $100,000 once the agreement between the CHD and OP2000 is finalized. The CHD recognizes poverty as an underlying cause of poor health and works in partnership with the community to articulate and implement strategies and policies to prevent and reduce poverty.

OP2000's request was approved subject to matching funding being made available to the CHD from the Ontario Ministry of Health and Long Term Care (MHLTC). Subsequent approval from the MHLTC was forthcoming in December, 2001.

A preliminary hiring took place in June 2001, and a full time CHD staff member was assigned to OP2000 in July 2001. This individual provided support to the community-wide planning process that led to OP2000's new mission and the identification of two focus areas and an initial strategic initiative. The focus areas will result in longer-term systemic strategies whereas strategic initiatives will be shorter term in nature focusing on one or two key interventions to obtain fairly immediate results.

OP2000 decided that the two focus areas are 1) reducing the number of working poor and 2) preventing youth from entering the cycle of poverty. The strategic initiative aims to increase the number of seniors who are in receipt of the guaranteed income supplement (G.I.S).

OP2000 will reduce the number of working poor by improving foundation skills (literacy, numeracy, computer skills) and increasing access to better jobs. The target for this strategy is the approximately 17,000 residents who are employed but earn less than the Low Income Cut-Off rate (LICO). OP2000 will mobilize local stakeholders to allocate resources and develop initiatives in support of this strategy.

OP2000 will prevent youth from entering the cycle of poverty by working to increase Waterloo Region's high school graduation rate to at least 90% by 2010. The target will be learning disadvantaged children. Populations currently under consideration include learning disabled children and learning disadvantaged children from kindergarten through grade 6 and their families. OP2000 will work with parents, neighbourhood associations, schools, literacy organizations, business, faith communities and other stakeholders to increase these children's tests scores in grades 3 and 6. - 3 - CH-02-021

The OP2000 strategic initiative to increase the number of seniors who are in receipt of the GIS will target all low-income seniors in Waterloo Region with a particular emphasis on New Canadians and women. OP2000 will work actively with Human Resources Canada - Income Support Program (HRDC - ISP) to mobilize local stakeholders to reach out to low income seniors to make them aware of and help them apply for the GIS.

The hiring process is now underway for the second CHD staff position and this should be filled by April, 2002. Together until December 2003, these two staff will be responsible for supporting the work of the two focus areas and strategic initiative as outlined above. This support will entail facilitation and organization of subcommittees and working groups, background research, strategic planning, and fund-raising related to the current two focus areas and strategic initiative. They will also negotiate partnership agreements with non- profits, school boards, private businesses, and neighbourhood groups.

In addition, one CHD staff has been assisting OP2000 in setting up an evaluation system over the past number of months. A CHD manager has also served on each of the Youth Poverty Working Group and the Evaluation Committee. Mike Schuster and Dr. Liana Nolan currently serve on the Leadership Roundtable. OP2000 will make a presentation on March 20th to Regional Council. It will provide more detailed targets and indicators of success at that time.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

NIL

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

The Social Services Department is also involved in partnership with OP2000.

PREPARED BY: Katherine Pigott, Manager, Healthy Communities and Policy

APPROVED BY: Dr. Liana Nolan, Commissioner/Medical Officer of Health Regional Municipality of Waterloo

COMMUNITY HEALTH DEPARTMENT COMMUNICABLE DISEASE, DENTAL AND SEXUALITY RESOURCES REPORT

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: CH-02-023 Community Services Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: ENFORCEMENT OF IMMUNIZATION OF SCHOOL PUPIL'S ACT

RECOMMENDATION:

For information.

SUMMARY:

The Community Health Department (CHD) is enforcing the requirements of the "Immunization of School Pupil's Act R.R.O. l990, reg. 645". This year the target group has been expanded to include birth years l993 (Grade 2) and l994 (Grade 3). There was a significant improvement at the conclusion of 2001 enforcement activities, bringing coverage rates from a low of 38% to a high of 92% for Diphtheria, Polio and Tetanus. Coverage rates for Measles, Mumps and Rubella remain high at 96% due to the provincial Measles Campaign of l996. Parents have been contacted and been given two opportunities to provide the Community Health Department with the required information. School Suspension orders will be issued by the Medical Officer of Health as per the legislation, for students whose immunization information remains outstanding.

REPORT:

The "Immunization of School Pupil's Act, R.R.O. l990, reg 645" (ISPA) is one strategy used in public health to maximize immunization coverage among children and reduce the incidence of Vaccine Preventable Diseases in the population. The Act requires that students attending school in the province of Ontario be vaccinated against tetanus, diphtheria, polio, measles, mumps and rubella. The Act allows for exemption based on medical reasons or a statement of conscience or religious belief. The appropriate exemption must be on file at the Community Health Department. The CHD is required to maintain current records of immunization and exemption for each student within their jurisdiction. In the event of an outbreak of disease, the CHD would then exclude children without the required immunizations. Maintenance of high immunization coverage rates is critical. Coverage rates for Measles, mumps and rubella have recently fallen to 84.2% in Great Britain. With 12 new cases of measles and 4 potential cases within the last two weeks, health officials in the UK fear that a measles epidemic is on the horizon. Between l994 and l999, 85 Japanese children died of measles when parents chose not to vaccinate.

Last year, 3,904 letters were issued requesting parents of Grade 2 students in Waterloo Region to provide the CHD with current immunization information for their children. At the conclusion of the information gathering process, 81 orders for suspension were issued. All were rescinded within 3 days. As a result immunization coverage rates increased from 38% to 92.5%. Last year's success can be attributed to the strong support received from both the Public and Separate School boards and community physicians. - 2 - CH-02-023

The target of 2002 enforcement activities has been expanded to include both Gr. 3 and Gr. 2 this year. The program will expand by one grade level each year until all elementary grade levels are included in the yearly review. The current coverage rate for Gr. 2 is 50%, resulting in initial information requests totalling 2,671. Hopefully, fewer suspension orders will be required this year, as the intent of the legislation is to ensure immunization coverage of students, not to suspend them from school.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

NIL

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

NIL

PREPARED BY: Karen Quigley-Hobbs, Manager Immunization & Vaccine Preventable Disease Program

APPROVED BY: Dr. Liana Nolan, Commissioner/Medical Officer of Health Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CORPORATE RESOURCES DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair Sean Strickland and Members of the Report No: CR-FM-02-008 Community Services Committee File Code: Date: March 5, 2002 Subject: PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTRE CONSTRUCTION OF AMBULANCE WAITING STATION - CAMBRIDGE

RECOMMENDATION:

For Information prior to the Public Information Centre to be held on March 26, 2002 from 5:00 to 7:30 p.m. at the Cambridge Fire Station #4 at 91 St. Andrews Street in Cambridge.

SUMMARY:

Cambridge Memorial Hospital has notified the Region that it must vacate the Cambridge Ambulance Station at the hospital by July 31, 2002. After an extensive search it is proposed that the new Ambulance Waiting Station for Cambridge South be co-located with the Cambridge Fire Station #4 at 91 St. Andrews Street in Cambridge. A Public Information Centre will be held March 26, 2002 prior to submitting the proposal to Region and City Councils for approval. The information package for the Public Information Centre is not ready at this time and will be forwarded to Committee members with their mail out for Regional Council on March 20, 2002.

REPORT:

Background Currently ambulance service in Cambridge is provided from two locations. A one bay Ambulance Waiting Station (AWS) at 25 Struck Court, Unit 5 serves the north end of the city while the balance is served from a five bay facility that is integrated into the Cambridge Memorial Hospital building. The Emergency Medical Services System Redesign, recommended in report CH-00-058 and approved in principle at the October 25, 2000 meeting of Regional Council, calls for a new AWS in the southern part of Cambridge to replace the Cambridge Memorial Hospital station to improve response time. An ambulance waiting area will also be incorporated into the Hospital to supplement the waiting station.

The plan for an orderly move from the Cambridge Memorial Hospital to a new AWS in the southern part of Cambridge was scheduled for 2003. However, Cambridge Memorial Hospital has announced its plans for hospital redevelopment and in November, 2001 formally requested that Emergency Medical Services vacate the five bay hospital facility by July 31, 2002 so they can start construction.

Proposed New Site Initially Regional staff conducted a review of Regional properties in the service area to determine if any could accommodate an AWS. This review was unsuccessful and a real estate agent was then hired to assist the - 2 - CR-FM-02-008

Region conduct a broader search. This search was also unsuccessful as there were no lease properties available with garages in the service area and potential construction sites had limitations which did not enable them to meet the short time lines required for the new AWS.

While this search was ongoing, discussions with the Cambridge Fire Department identified an opportunity to co-locate the AWS with the existing Cambridge Fire Station #4 at 91 St. Andrews Street. This location meets the requirements of ease of egress, reasonable costs to construct and service area coverage of < 9 minute response, 90% of the time. Subsequent discussions with City staff tentatively agreed to the lease of 0.10 acres of land with a shared access and egress to the site. It is proposed that the Region construct a small AWS of approximately 1,600 square feet on the side of the existing fire station on the leased land.

Timelines/Public Input To meet the deadline of July 31,2002 the construction of the new AWS must be fast-tracked. Region staff have engaged the services of the architectural firm, The Walter Fedy Partnership, to design the AWS. This design is approximately 50% complete. The following are planned dates of implementation for the project:

March 26 - Joint Public Information Centre at Cambridge Fire Station #4 with City of Cambridge staff April 2 - Lease Report to Community Services Committee April 24 - Tender Report to Council End April - Start Construction July 26 - Building Ready for Occupancy

Reports will be submitted by city staff to Cambridge Council in the same time frame. Normally the information package for the project which is handed out at the Public Information Centre would be included with this report, but due to the status of the design it will not be ready for a week. The information package will be forwarded to Committee members with their mail out on March 20, 2002. Input from this public meeting will be available at the Community Services meeting on April 2, 2002.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

This station in Cambridge is part of the Emergency Medical Services System Redesign and recognizes the Region's commitment to an emergency medical response time of nine minutes or less, 90% of the time for all Regional residents.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The cost for this project can be accommodated within the envelope of the approved capital funding plan for Emergency Medical Services. Specific details will be provided in the lease report to be forwarded to Community Services Committee on April 2, 2002.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

This report has been prepared in consultation with staff from Finance and Community Health-EMS. - 3 - CR-FM-02-008

PREPARED BY: Doug Gilmore, Facilities Planning Engineer Ken Noonan, Director Facilities Management and Fleet Services

APPROVED BY: Connie Peterson Giller, Commissioner Corporate Resources and Regional Solicitor.

Regional Municipality of Waterloo MEDIA RELEASE: March 1, 2002, 4:30 P.M. ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE COMMITTEE AGENDA Wednesday, March 6, 2002 9:00 a.m. Regional Council Chamber 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. DELEGATIONS

3. REPORTS a) CA-02-002 Region of Waterloo Visual Identity - Update of Regional Logo (Report to be distributed at the meeting) b) F-02-020 Grants to Voluntary Organizations - 2002 Process 1 c) CA-HR-02-005 Additions to Human Resources Policy Manual 4

4. INFORMATION/CORRESPONDENCE

5. OTHER BUSINESS

6. NEXT MEETING

7. CLOSED SESSION (motion required)

8. ADJOURN

Regrets Only to Marion Morris Telephone: 575-4493 Email: [email protected]

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER==S OFFICE ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair Tom Galloway and Members of the Report No: CA-02-002 Administration and Finance Committee File Code: Date: March 6, 2002 Subject: Region of Waterloo Visual Identity – Update of Regional Logo

RECOMMENDATION:

THAT the Regional Municipality of Waterloo approve the updated 1973 corporate logo as revised by Douglas Ratchford to be used to identify Regional services;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo coat of arms/crest be maintained and used as the official seal of the Regional Municipality of Waterloo, and that it be used for all official documents originating from the Regional Chair, Council and Clerks or other appropriate uses;

And that the Regional Municipality of Waterloo develop visual identity guidelines outlining usage of the new logo and coat of arms/crest.

SUMMARY:

In order to more clearly define the Regional Municipality of Waterloo’s identity, programs and services to the public, the use of a clear and recognizable logo is an essential step for the Region. In keeping with Council’s Strategic Directions and working with the recommendations of a communications audit, the decision was made to proceed with a corporate branding process. Through focus groups, three concept designs were generated. A Report to the Public created a vehicle for public and staff input into the designs. Consistent feedback determined that there was no strong preference for the design concepts. It was recommended that an updating of the original 1970’s logo designed by Douglas Ratchford. His new updated logo has received strong positive feedback.

REPORT:

Regional Council members have agreed it is essential that the Region use a clear, distinct identity for the Region’s services, including the more visible services such as Grand River Transit, Emergency Medical Services and major Regional facilities.

Corporate branding is a business process, one that is planned, strategically focused and integrated throughout the organization. Branding can establish increased visibility, continuity, direction, leadership, clarity of purpose, inspiration and also help ensure greater public accountability. The Regional Municipality of Waterloo is a corporation that must have confidence from within and from the public. A strong corporate image, such as a memorable logo, helps to solidify the presence and importance of Waterloo Region locally, provincially and nationally.

Over the past century and a half, the geographic entity recognized as the County of Waterloo or Regional Municipality of Waterloo has had an evolution of representative symbols, seals, crests and coats of arms. That evolution continues to this day. As the Region's role is continually being redefined by new-found responsibilities and an expanding population, the look of the Region evolves too.

In March of 2001, the Region retained outside assistance to conduct an audit of corporate and departmental communication materials, systems and processes, to assess and make recommendations for enhancing the Region's overall corporate identity. The findings confirmed that a number of separate, inconsistent visuals dominated the Region's corporate identity and as a result the Region's communication materials and messages have become very fragmented. Their recommendations strongly suggested the development of one consistent visual logo with clear and consistent standards and guidelines for its usage and that the use of the official coat-of-arms be reserved for official documents and reports.

Working from the results of the communications audit, it was essential to understand and define the Region’s corporate identity. The first phase of the branding process produced three concept designs that were submitted to a public review process. The designs were a product of feedback from a series of focus groups that included Regional Councillors, and members of the public.

In the fall of 2001, the three concept designs were published in the Region's, Report to the Public featuring a feedback form for public response. A consensus emerged that the concepts did not effectively represent the Region of Waterloo. What did emerge from the process, was the view that the Region should update its original logo and bring it into the 21st century. The following staff comment is indicative of this view:

"We believe the creation of a new logo is not really necessary… what is necessary is to revamp the 70's style crest with a 2000's stylized W and the seven point leaf motif. This stays with the original intent and keeps the logo consistent through history. It doesn't offend anyone and is easy to draw. It looks good by itself with or without the original text… please remember the original design by Doug Ratchford… it was a wonderful piece of graphic art and we should not toss it out so unceremoniously."

Considering the initial objective of the Region's branding process, the concept of updating the 1973 logo was the best, most viable option. This process is not uncommon in the field of corporate branding. The Region of Waterloo is a community built on tradition, roots and heritage. Drawing from its past to develop a symbol that acknowledges our heritage, while still looking to the future.

In December 2001, the Region retained Douglas Ratchford, the original designer, to develop an updated version of the 1973 Regional logo. Mr. Ratchford is a well-respected member of the community and a talented graphic designer who has provided continuity and a sense of community to the task.

Mr. Ratchford’s design has received strong positive feedback. Many feel that it is the symbol that will help to solidify the presence and identity of the Region of Waterloo.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN: To clearly identify Regional services to the community and improve citizen’s access to the Regional decision making process.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The updated logo will be phased in as existing stock is depleted or new signage is created.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS: Corporate graphic standards manual will be developed to guide departments in the implementation of a consistent visual identity.

PREPARED BY: Bryan Stortz, Executive Assistant to the CAO

APPROVED BY: Gerald Thompson, Chief Administrative Officer

Regional Municipality of Waterloo

FINANCE DEPARTMENT REPORT

To: Chair T. Galloway and Members of the Report No: F-02-020 Administration and Finance Committee File Code: Date: March 6, 2002 Subject: GRANTS TO VOLUNTARY ORGANIZATIONS - 2002 PROCESS

RECOMMENDATION:

For Discussion

SUMMARY:

This report addresses the grant requests received from voluntary organizations for Regional funding for the year 2002 and the process for reviewing this year's requests.

REPORT:

2002 Budget & Requests

The 2002 budget for grants and the requests received to date can be summarized as follows:

2002 Budget $361,075

Requests from organizations previously receiving a regional grant $421,916

Requests from 7 new organizations 95,135

Total Requests $517,051

Requests from organizations that have previously received a Regional grant exceed the approved budget provision by $60,841. Increased requests and new requests combined exceed the approved budget for grants by $155,976. A list of the 2002 requests is shown on Appendix 1.

2002 Process

Over the past few years, a grants committee has been established from members of the Administration and Finance Committee. The grants committee has reviewed the grant applications, met with representatives of the organizations requesting Regional funding and developed recommendations for funding the requests. Typically, representatives from any new organizations requesting a Regional grant are required to meet with the committee to discuss their requests. Organizations that have previously received a Regional grant and are requesting a - 2 - F-02-020 large increase in their grant for the year under review are invited to meet with the committee to discuss the increased need for funding.

Once the funding recommendations are developed by the committee, they are presented to the Administration and Finance Committee for approval. This review process has worked well in the past and it is suggested that this same process be used for reviewing the 2002 requests.

This proposed process will not apply to the "emergency type" grants now included in the Emergency Measures operating budget for 2002. Staff from this program area will determine the 2002 allocations based on the requests. It will also not apply to the Waterloo Regional Arts Foundation. The funding for this new foundation is a separate program line in the 2002 Regional budget. The Waterloo Regional Arts Foundation Advisory Committee has been formed and will be reporting back to Council on the structure and terms of reference for this program.

Timing

Under the Region's policy on grants to voluntary organizations, approved grants are generally paid on or before June 30th, which gives the Committee until the June 19th meeting to determine the 2002 allocations and meet the June 30th timing. Given the amount of time involved in the process, it is recommended that the 2002 review process commence as soon as possible.

New Requests / Requests for Increased Grants

There are seven grant requests from organizations that have not previously received a Regional grant and a number of organizations have requested grant increases (refer to Appendix 1). Assuming all organizations that received a grant in 2001 also receive a grant in 2002, there is a limited amount of funding available for new grant requests or increased requests considering new requests and increased requests exceed the approved budget for grants by $155,976.

CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLAN:

One of the goals of the Corporate Strategic Plan is to encourage participation by volunteers and to recognize their importance in the Region's programs and the community. Regional grants to the various voluntary organizations recognize the value of those organizations and their associated volunteers.

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:

The 2002 budget for grants to voluntary organizations is $361,075. Requests for 2002 grants total $517,051, with $421,916 requested from organizations that received a grant in 2001 and $95,135 requested from seven new organizations. Requests exceed the 2002 base budget provision by $155,976.

OTHER DEPARTMENT CONSIDERATIONS:

Nil - 3 - F-02-020

PREPARED BY: V. Golub, Financial Analyst

APPROVED BY: L. Ryan, Chief Financial Officer

MEDIA RELEASE: Friday, March 15, 2002, 4:30 P.M.

EMPLOYMENT & INCOME SUPPORT COMMUNITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE AGENDA

Friday, March 22, 2002 9:00 a.m. - 11:00 a.m. Community Health and Social Services Building Room 210/211 99 Regina Street South, Waterloo, Ontario

1. WELCOME & INTRODUCTIONS

2. DELEGATIONS

3. REVIEW OF AGENDA

4. MINUTES OF February 15, 2002 (Vote Required)

5. DECLARATION OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

6. CORRESPONDENCE /INFORMATION

7. APPOINTMENTS a) Vice Chair b) Nomination Sub-Committee

8. REVIEW OF E&IS DIVISION PROGRAMS a) Income Support - Presentation by Leslie Perry

9. E&IS POLICY ISSUES FOR ADVICE a) Literacy - Presentation by Nancy Schwindt

10. ECONOMIC TREND IN THE REGION - Presentation by C. Simpson, Waterloo-Wellington Training and Adjustment Board

11. ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOCUS OVER THE NEXT MONTHS

12. MEETING LOCATION AND SCHEDULE

13. OTHER BUSINESS

14. NEXT MEETING Date: Friday, May 17, 2002 9:00 a.m. - 11:00 a.m. Community Health and Social Services Building 99 Regina Street South, Waterloo, Ontario Room 508

15. ADJOURN

*For Regrets call Kerri O=Kane at 575-4450*

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO

EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME SUPPORT COMMUNIITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Regular Committee meeting held on February 15, 2002 at 9:00 a.m. in the Community Health & Social Services Building, Room 210/211, 99 Regina Street, South,Waterloo, Ontario.

Members present: Chair S. Strickland, B. Smith, G. Halley, P. Mercer, S. Brady, J. Cudney, J. Butler, E. Pfeuffer, L. Eisenporth, B. Boomer, K. Fox, J. Anderson, A. MacLeod, J. Matzeg, B. McIver, G. Pagliaroli, J. Tuer, S. Brunton, D. Dirks, E. Dubas and J. Cruikshank

Regrets: J. Ireson, D. Carter, M. Jung, G. Kazan, K. Lepard, M. Rivera and I. Sousa-Batista

1. WELCOME AND INTRODUCTIONS

Chair S. Strickland extended greetings to everyone and committee members were asked to introduce themselves.

Committee members divided into small groups and Nancy Schwindt, Manager Employment Services, lead everyone in an exercise to get better acquainted.

2. REVIEW OF AGENDA

It was noted that a section entitled "Declaration of Pecuniary Interest Under the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act" would be added to this agenda and all subsequent agendas.

M. Morris, Supervisor, Council and Administrative Services explained the intent of the legislation and the responsibility of each individual member to determine if they have a pecuniary conflict of interest.

3. DECLARATION OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

None declared.

4. COMMITTEE ORIENTATION

Nancy Schwindt reviewed the Terms of Reference for the committee highlighting the purpose, the objectives and the membership. N. Schwindt explained members of the Employment and Income Support Community Advisory Committee (E&ISCAC) represent the broad community program or group of which they are a member and not their own individual or agency interests.

In response to a question from Chair Strickland regarding the addition of new members, Nancy Schwindt explained recommendations to include additional members to the committee must be approved by a majority of the voting members and are subject to the approval of Community Services Committee and Regional Council.

Marion Morris, Supervisor, Council and Administrative Services explained the role of the Committee is to provide advice to the Region of Waterloo regarding the programs and services delivered by the Employment and Income Support Division of the Social Services Department.

EISCAC - 2 - 02/02/15

5. ORIENTATION TO THE SOCIAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME SUPPORT DIVISION

David Dirks, Director, Employment & Income Support provided an overview of the Employment and Income Support Division. D. Dirks outlined the Management Team, the services provided, the principles of the Division, the provincial initiatives underway and the service delivery redesign.

6. ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOCUS OVER THE NEXT MONTHS

Committee discussed obtaining information regarding the status of the economy, a labour market update, discretionary benefits, affordable housing and the homeless. Discussion also took place regarding the under employed and identifying the barriers to employment.

7. NEXT MEETING

A meeting schedule for the year was circulated and committee members agreed if possible the meetings would be held at different locations throughout the Region.

8. ADJOURN

MOVED by B. Smith SECONDED by G. Halley

THAT the meeting adjourn.

COMMITTEE CHAIR, S. Strickland, Chair

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth

MEDIA RELEASE: Friday, March15, 2002

REGIONAL CYCLING ADVISORY COMMITTEE AGENDA

Tuesday, March 19, 2002 4:30 PM - Light Supper 5:00 PM - Meeting Regional Administration Building Room 218, 2nd Floor 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario

NOTE: The parking garage below the Administration Building will be accessible for parking up to 5:00 p.m.

Bicycle Rack: P1 level Vehicles: P2 level

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

2. DELEGATIONS - none

3. CORRESPONDENCE - none

4. APPROVAL OF MINUTES OF MEETING - February 19, 2002

5. BUSINESS ARISING FROM MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING a) Clean Air Fair b) Road Projects c) Adopt a Road Program d) Cycling Master Plan Update

6. NEW BUSINESS a) Highway 401 crossings

7. OTHER BUSINESS

8. NEXT MEETING: April 16, 2002

9. CLOSED SESSION (motion required)

10. ADJOURN

Regrets Only to Kerri O'Kane at 575-4450 [email protected]

REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WATERLOO REGIONAL CYCLING ADVISORY COMMITTEE MINUTES

The following are the minutes of the Regular Committee meeting held on February 19, 2002 at 5:00 p.m. in Room 218, Regional Administration Building, 150 Frederick Street, Kitchener, Ontario.

Members present: Chair T. Plummer, A. Ashley, L. D’Agnillo, S. Markan, R. McMullen, B. McPherson, J. Mitchell, D. Pavey and D. Thomson

Regrets: T. Henderson

1. DECLARATIONS OF PECUNIARY INTEREST UNDER THE MUNICIPAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ACT

Dave Thomson advised he volunteers at Recycle Cycles (Item 2a) and while he did not anticipate having a conflict of interest, he would declare a conflict should the situation arise.

None declared.

2. DELEGATIONS a) Karin Kliewer, Recycle Cycles appeared before committee and explained Recycle Cycles is a non-profit, volunteer-run community bicycle centre committed to promoting recycling and sustainable transportation. Recycle Cycles offers affordable bicycles, the use of bike tools, education repair and bike safety workshops, access to bicycle maintenance and hands-on experience in bicycle repair. Recycle Cycles was established in 1993 by students at the University of Waterloo and is currently located on the second floor of the Working Centre at 43 Queen Street in Kitchener.

K. Kliewer explained Recycle Cycles volunteers learn about bike repair while refurbishing used bicycles that were destined for the landfill. The bikes are returned back into the community for a modest fee to those who need them. Approximately 100 donated bikes are refurbished every year and hundreds more repaired. Recycle Cycles also offers bike workshops such as basic and advanced bike repair, learn-to-ride and bike safety training through CANBIKE.

K. Kliewer responded to questions regarding the diversity of the volunteers, the long term vision of Recycle Cycles and the need for more volunteers and warehouse space.

Discussions ensued regarding how RCAC could assist Recycle Cycles and possible fund raising opportunities.

3. CORRESPONDENCE a) Recycle Cycles dated February 19, 2002 was received for information. RCAC - 2 - 02/02/19

4. APPROVAL OF MINUTES OF MEETING

MOVED by B. McMullen SECONDED by A. Ashley

That the minutes of the Regional Cycling Advisory Committee Meeting dated January 22, 2002 be approved as circulated.

CARRIED

5. BUSINESS ARISING FROM MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING a) Region of Waterloo 2002 Budget

JoAnn Woodhall, Transportation Demand Management Planner indicated Regional Council had adopted the 2002 budget with $388,000 included for cycling facilities in the Regional Municipality of Waterloo base roads program. J. Woodhall distributed a map highlighting the proposed 2002 road reconstruction and/or resurfacing projects. J. Woodhall will bring to a future meeting a map outlining all the 2002 road projects including the rural roads that have been identified as having wide enough surfaces to paint lines for a paved shoulder facility. b) Cycling Master Plan Update

J. Woodhall provided an update on the Cycling Master Plan Update. J. Woodhall explained the update will involve three public meetings and two focus group meetings. The participants for the focus group meetings will be invited and they will represent municipal implementers, retailers, school boards, Community Health, universities and cyclists. The first focus group meeting will be held on Thursday, March 21st at 150 Frederick Street, 8th Floor from 3:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. with the public meeting following at 7:00 p.m. J. Woodhall explained the update will also include a public attitude survey with 300 residents throughout the region being polled.

Committee members discussed RCAC's involvement in the process and L. D’Agnillo encouraged members to share their ideas or suggestions with him as the RCAC's representative on the steering committee.

Discussions ensued regarding the expectations of the committee with respect to the plan and Stephen Markan was appointed the RCAC representative to attend the focus group meeting. c) Committee's Strategic Direction 2002

J. Woodhall provided a brief background on the brainstorming session held in early 2000. After a lengthy discussion committee members agreed to revisit this issue once the Cycling Master Plan is well under way.

RCAC - 3 - 02/02/19

d) Sub-Committee Membership

After a brief discussion, committee members agreed to the re-establishment of the sub- committees on an as needed basis.

6. NEW BUSINESS a) Road Projects

JoAnn Woodhall provided updates on the on-going road projects including Victoria Street from King Street to Lawrence in Kitchener and the Uptown Waterloo Transportation Study. c) Adopt-A-Road Program

T. Plummer gave a brief background on the Adopt-A-Road Program for the benefit of the new members. T. Plummer explained the committee was considering adopting a stretch of road along Fischer-Hallman. A decision on whether or not to join the Adopt-A-Road was deferred to the next meeting.

7. OTHER BUSINESS a) T. Plummer provided an update on the cycling facilities proposed for the Waterloo Research and Technology Park. b) D. Pavey advised copies of the Cambridge Cycling Booklet are available for anyone interested in obtaining a copy. c) B. McMullen distributed information regarding examples of how the City of Mississauga is addressing bike lanes/trails on major interchanges. J. Woodhall will forward this information to the appropriate staff to review. d) The RCAC has been invited to participate this year in the Clean Air Fair scheduled for Saturday, April 20th and Sunday April 21st. Committee members were asked to contact staff if they are interested in participating. A decision regarding participation was deferred to the next meeting. e) The National Cycling Strategy postcards were given to committee members for distribution to the various universities and retail outlets.

ADJOURN

MOVED by B. McMullen SECONDED by B. McPherson

THAT the meeting adjourn.

CARRIED

COMMITTEE CHAIR, T. Plummer

REGIONAL CLERK, E. L. Orth